standard occupational classification 2000 occupational classification... · standard occupational...

284
STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Volume 1 Structure and descriptions of unit groups OFFICE FOR NATIONAL STATISTICS London: The Stationery Office

Upload: others

Post on 02-Sep-2019

36 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

STANDARDOCCUPATIONALCLASSIFICATION 2000Volume 1Structure and descriptions of unit groups

OFFICE FOR NATIONAL STATISTICS

London: The Stationery Office

Page 2: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

ISBN 0 11 621388 4

© Crown copyright 2000. Published with the permission of the Office for National Statisticson behalf of the Controller of Her Majesty's Stationery Office.

If you wish to reproduce any items in this publication, contact the ONS Copyright Manager,Zone B1/09, 1 Drummond Gate, London, SW1V 2QQ. Tel 020 7533 5674 or fax 020 7533 5685.

About the Office for National Statistics

The Office for National Statistics (ONS) is the Government Agency responsible for compiling,analysing and disseminating many of the United Kingdom’s economic, social and demographicstatistics, including the retail prices index, trade figures and labour market data, as well as the periodiccensus of the population and health statistics. The Director of ONS is also Head of the GovernmentStatistical Service (GSS) and Registrar-General in England and Wales and the agency carries out allstatutory registration of births, marriages and deaths there.

Editorial policy statement

The Office for National Statistics works in partnership with others in the Government Statistical Service toprovide Parliament, government and the wider community with the statistical information, analysis and adviceneeded to improve decision-making, stimulate research and inform debate. It also registers key life events. Itaims to provide an authoritative and impartial picture of society and a window on the work and performanceof government, allowing the impact of government policies and actions to be assessed.

Information services

For general enquiries about official statistics, please contact:

The National Statistics Public Enquiry Service: TEL 020-7355 5888 TEXTPHONE (MINICOM) 01633 812399

Alternatively write to the National Statistics Public Enquiry Service, Zone DG/18, 1 Drummond Gate,London, SW1V 2QQ. Fax 0171 533 6261or e-mail [email protected]

Most National Statistics publications are published by The Stationery Office and can be obtained fromThe Publications Centre, P.O. Box 276, London, SW8 5DT. Tel 0870 600 5522 or fax 0870 600 5333

ONS can be contacted on the Internet at http://www.statistics.gov.uk (from the 7th June 2000)

Cover artwork by Shain Bali, onsdesign

Page 3: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

In the revision and compilation of this classification, the Government Statistical Serviceacknowledges the major work undertaken by staff at the Institute for Employment Research:Professor Peter Elias, Abigail McKnight, Rhys Davies and Margaret Birch.

The work was strongly supported through a Steering Group comprising staff from theOffice for National Statistics, the Department for Education and Employment, theEmployment Service, the Health and Safety Executive, the General Register Office forScotland, the Northern Ireland Statistics and Research Agency.

The preparation of this publication was also made possible with the considerable help andco-operation of many organisations and individuals who commented on consultativedocuments, supplied information, and offered constructive suggestions.

Page 4: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Contents

CONTENTS

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

Page

List of Tables and Figures ............................................................................................... vii

Preface ............................................................................................................................. ix

Introduction....................................................................................................................... 1

General background and introduction .......................................................................... 1

The SOC manual .......................................................................................................... 2

Principles and concepts ................................................................................................ 3

Updating of SOC........................................................................................................ 17

References....................................................................................................................... 18

Structure of the Classification......................................................................................... 19

Definition of the Major, Sub-major, Minor and Unit Groups of the Classification

Major Group

1. Managers and Senior Officials ............................................................................ 37

2. Professional Occupations .................................................................................... 69

3. Associate Professional and Technical Occupations ........................................... 101

4. Administrative and Secretarial Occupations ..................................................... 155

5. Skilled Trades Occupations ............................................................................... 171

6. Personal Service Occupations ........................................................................... 207

7. Sales and Customer Service Occupations ......................................................... 225

8. Process, Plant and Machine Operatives ............................................................. 233

9. Elementary Occupations .................................................................................... 261

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 v

NAVIGATION
Select the HAND tool and click on the title below to enlarge the text for easier reading.
NAVIGATION
Navigate through this PDF by using �Bookmarks, Thumbnails or Links. Bookmarks and Thumbnails can be accessed in the Navigation pane at the left of the screen. Links are provided between entries in the Contents list, the List of Tables and their respective destinations.
Page 5: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 vii

List of Tables and Figures

LIST OF TABLES AND FIGURES

Page

Table 1 Skill levels and the sub-major group structure of SOC2000 and 6SOC90

Table 2 General Nature of Qualifications, Training and Experience for 12Occupations in SOC Major Groups

Figure 1 The changing structure of male employment, England and Wales, 151991 and 1996/7: a comparison of SOC90 and SOC2000

Figure 2 The changing structure of female employment, England and 16Wales, 1991 and 1996/7: a comparison of SOC90 and SOC2000

Page 6: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix

Preface

PREFACE

In 1990 the first single classification of occupations was introduced in the United Kingdom.This classification, known as the Standard Occupational Classification (SOC90), wassubsequently adopted by most government departments and agencies responsible for theproduction of occupationally classified information or the processing of occupational data.Across a wide variety of statistical sources and for many different functions, for example,vital registration, job matching, analysis of labour market trends, SOC90 has become thecommon single classification.

Occupational information serves a variety of purposes. It informs the job matching functionsundertaken by employment agencies, provides career information for leavers from theeducational sectors and other labour market entrants and, via statistical analysis of trends,yields guidance for the development of labour market policies – especially those whichrelate to the promotion of work-based training. While there are substantial benefits to begained from using a single classification of occupations for these purposes, these gainswill only continue to be realised if the classification is kept up-to-date. As the pace oftechnological progress quickens and as work becomes differently organised, so theoccupational map changes. In many areas of work SOC90 now appears out-of-date. Somenew occupations are difficult to position in the classification, whilst other parts of theclassification are gradually becoming defunct.

Such problems were anticipated when SOC90 was introduced. A decision was made bythe statistical body then responsible1 for SOC90, that new job titles would be positioned ina revised index to SOC90 and that the structure of the classification would be reviewedprior to the next Census of Population in 2001. In 1995 a revised index to SOC90 waspublished. The present volume completes the review process by revising the structure ofthe classification.

The conceptual basis of the classification remains unchanged. Jobs are classified in termsof their skill level and skill content. Within the context of the classification, ‘skill’ isdefined in terms of the nature and duration of the qualifications, training and work experiencerequired to become competent to perform the associated tasks in a particular job. Therevision process has focused upon particular areas of the classification where changes inthe organisation of work or in the type of work performed have been most apparent. Theseinclude jobs related to information and communication technologies, culture, media, sportsand leisure. Managerial occupations have also been subject to extensive scrutiny and tosome redefinition in SOC2000 given the extent to which the United Kingdom was foundto be different from other European Union countries in this area of classification. Theterminology of the classification has also been revised thoroughly.

1 Responsibility for the Standard Occupational Classification originally rested with the Central Statistical Office, although thetask of maintaining the classification was given to the (then) Office of Population Censuses and Surveys. Following thereorganisation of official statistics, responsibility for the classification passed to the Office for National Statistics.

Page 7: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

x Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

Pref

ace Variations in skill requirements will be found from job to job and between different

workplaces. Consequently, not all definitions can be expected to coincide exactly withspecific jobs in any particular establishment or in a given locality. For this reason theclassification should not be regarded as setting any standard or relative level in terms ofpay, hours worked or as a part of the legal regulation of the terms and conditions ofemployment.

No single classification system can satisfy the requirements of every potential user. It ishoped that the straightforward and structured approach adopted in SOC2000 as in SOC90,and its improved compatibility with the international standard, will ensure that SOC2000continues to meet the classification needs of users and producers of occupational data.

Page 8: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 1

Introduction

INTRODUCTION

1. General background and introduction

The Standard Occupational Classification, first introduced in 1990, is maintained by theOccupational Information Unit (OIU) of the Office for National Statistics (ONS). TheOIU conducts its maintenance functions on a day-by-day basis by responding to user queries,collecting and collating information on new occupational areas and by developing databasesof occupational information for the purpose of revising the classification. The OIU alsohas longer-term responsibilities to prepare and publish revisions to the classification indexand the structure of the classification.

As part of this longer-term work programme, the OIU published a new coding index toSOC90 in 1995. To prepare for revision of the classification, the OIU began to consultwith users of occupational information in 1996 regarding the need for and the nature ofany potential revision. From this consultation, a number of deficiencies within SOC90were identified. These were:

• users found it difficult to classify job titles to SOC90. The conceptual principlesof the classification were unclear, leading to ambiguities in the positioning of jobtitles within the structure of SOC90;

• in attempting to undertake job-matching work, the Employment Service wasparticularly hampered by the broad nature of certain occupational categories. Jobseekers often had quite well-defined job preferences and the Employment Servicehad difficulties matching these to vacancy information;

• certain occupational areas were developing rapidly, but were not well-defined inSOC90. These included information technology occupations, customer servicejobs, conservation and environment-related occupations and a wide range of jobsin what can loosely be termed ‘caring’ and ‘community work’ occupations.

Pressures to revise SOC90 were arising from other developments. In 1992 the StatisticalOffice of the European Communities (Eurostat) commenced a programme of work toharmonise national occupational classifications across the European Union. This wasachieved by mapping national statistical classifications to an agreed implementation of theinternational standard classification, known as ISCO 88(COM). Subsequently, countriessubmitted Labour Force Survey and Population Census data to Eurostat classified to thiscommon standard. Statistical analysis of these data showed that, for the UK, there appearedto exist a severe definitional problem with the category termed Corporate managers (Elias,1996). Defined as the managers of organisations and enterprises with 10 employees ormore, the UK had virtually three times the EU average percentage of its workforce classifiedto this category. While some variation in occupational structure between EU countries isto be expected, a difference of this scale was indicative of a significant classification problem.

Page 9: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

2 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

Intro

duct

ion Another source of pressure to reform SOC90 arose from the Review of Social Classifications.

Social class classifications2 have been in use in the UK for a long period, but had developedin a haphazard and rather unscientific manner. Starting in 1997, and undertaken as a jointcollaboration between the Economic and Social Research Council and the Office forNational Statistics, the Review proposed a conceptual basis for social classification andundertook a major analytical research programme leading to the development of a newsocial classification which uses the unit groups of SOC90 as its main ‘building blocks’3 .Although the concept of ‘skill’ does not feature explicitly in this classification4, the associatedresearch and development work revealed a number of issues that could be addressed in itsrevision5 .

Following from the OIU consultation process, an interdepartmental body was formed toconsider all of this evidence and to make recommendations regarding the nature of therevision process. This body concluded that there was a clear indication of a need to updateSOC90. The Institute for Employment Research (IER) at the University of Warwick, incollaboration with the OIU, was contracted to undertake the work required for revision - aprocess which was to be completed by 2000 in preparation for the Census of Population in2001. However, a number of constraints would regulate the scale of the revision of SOC90.First, it was recognised that many users were keen to retain as much continuity with SOC90as possible. Although the inadequacies of SOC90 and the rapid changes in the structure ofjobs would inevitably mean that a revised classification would create some discontinuity,this desire for continuity translated into a requirement that the conceptual basis of theclassification should not be changed, nor should its major group structure be altered. Asecond constraint derived from the need to improve alignment with the InternationalStandard Classification of Occupations, itself not due for revision before 2008. Besidesthese strictures, a more practical consideration acted as a significant constraint on the revisionprocess - the limited resources available for the work. Earlier classifications had consumedsignificant resources in terms of time and money6 . Efficiency gains through access tolarge computerised databases were used to offset this comparative reduction in resourcesto some extent.

2. The SOC Manual

The present manual is being published to enable operational users in both research/statisticaland client-oriented applications to use SOC in as consistent a way as possible; and toenable users of SOC-based occupational statistics to understand the classificatory principlesand coding practices according to which those statistics are produced. The manual ispublished as two volumes.

2 The two main social classifications in the UK are Social Class and Socio-economic Groups.3 See Rose and O’Reilly (1998).4 See Elias (1997).5 A consequence of this process is that the new National Statistics Socio-economic Classification will need to be re-based on

SOC2000. This work is in hand and will be completed during 2000.6 The Classification of Occupations and Directory of Occupational Titles (CODOT), introduced in 1972 was preceded by a six-

year programme of data collection and research. SOC90 took four years to develop. SOC2000 had to be completed within twoyears.

Page 10: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 3

Introduction

The remainder of Volume 1 comprises the following sections. Section 3 gives a briefaccount of some important principles, concepts and conventions according to which SOChas been developed. Section 4 describes the position on updating SOC. Section 5 sets outthe detailed SOC structure of Unit, Minor, Sub-major and Major Groups. Section 6 givesa description of each of the groups distinguished and lists job tasks which persons classifiedto the group typically carry out and common job titles which are classified to the group.

Volume 2 mainly consists of a detailed alphabetical index of job titles, giving both theSOC90 and SOC2000 Unit Group to which each is assigned. This is designed for use incoding occupations. To assist consistent coding some guidance notes are provided on theway in which the index has been compiled and organised and on how to locate exactly theright index entry, given the kind of description of the job typically provided by informants.These notes form the introductory sections to Volume 2.

3. Principles and concepts

3.1 Types of economic activity classification

In classifying jobs and persons by reference to their economic activity four distinct conceptsare generally recognised and separately measured in standard statistical sources. Theseare:

1. Economic activity status2. Occupation3. Status in employment4. Industry

Economic activity status defines whether the person is or is not at some reference time amember of the workforce. In practice those in paid employment and those currently lookingfor or available for paid employment are classified as economically active and the remainderas economically inactive. Many economically inactive persons (e.g. most of those whollyretired from employment) have, of course, had an occupation at some time in the past.

Occupation is most often determined by reference to a person’s main job at the referencetime, but for persons not currently employed may be determined by reference to the mostrecent, or most recent main, job. The SOC principles used in classifying occupations arediscussed below.

Status in employment refers to the relationship of a person doing a job to the means ofproduction (i.e. proprietor or self-employed versus employee); and, for an employee, tohis or her position in the seniority structure of the workplace (e.g. apprentice/trainee,foreman/supervisor, manager, other employee). Not all these status distinctions are madein every data source and there have been differences over time and between different

Page 11: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

4 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

Intro

duct

ion classificatory schemes as to whether certain distinctions should be built into the classification

of occupations or introduced separately.

Industry refers to the economic sector to which the work done in a particular job contributes.It is usually defined by reference to the main product made or service performed at theworkplace at or from which a job is carried on. Thus the job of a person who isoccupationally a carpenter will be classified industrially to building, if employed by abuilding firm, but to brewing, if employed by a brewing firm. Most occupational groupsinclude jobs located in many different industrial sectors; but there are some cases ofoccupations which in practice are associated almost entirely with one particular industry.In general, classification of occupations to SOC takes no account of information on industry,but for certain exceptions to this see the Notes on coding included in Volume 2 of the SOCManual.

3.2 Objects to be classified and criteria of classification

SOC is designed as a classification applicable to all paid jobs performed by economicallyactive persons in the United Kingdom. Defined as a set of tasks or duties to be carried outby one person, the notion of a job represents a basic element in the employment relationship.Jobs are usually structured by employers (or by the worker in the case of self-employment)and others, including professional bodies, employer and/or worker organisations andgovernments, may regulate their definition. Jobs are recognised primarily by the associatedjob title. They are classified into groups according to the concept of ‘skill level’ and ‘skillspecialisation’. As in SOC90, skill level is defined with respect to the

‘…duration of training and/or work experience recognised inthe field of employment concerned as being normally requiredto pursue the occupation competently’.(Employment Department Group/Office of PopulationCensuses and Surveys, 1990)

Skill specialisation is defined as the field of knowledge required for competent, thoroughand efficient conduct of the tasks. In some areas of the classification it refers also to thetype of work performed (e.g. materials worked with, tools used, etc.).

Skill levels are approximated by the length of time deemed necessary for a person to becomefully competent in the performance of the tasks associated with a job. This, in turn, is afunction of the time taken to gain necessary formal qualifications or the required amountof work-based training. Apart from formal training and qualifications, some tasks requirevarying types of experience, possibly in other tasks, for competence to be acquired. Withinthe broad structure of the classification (major groups and sub-major groups)7 referencecan be made to these four skill levels.

7 In common with the 1988 International Standard Classification of Occupations (ILO, 1990), SOC90 and SOC2000 utilise fourlevels of aggregation within the classification. These are termed major groups, sub-major groups, minor groups and unitgroups. In SOC2000, as in ISCO-88, these are represented numerically by one, two, three or four digits.

Page 12: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 5

Introduction

The first skill level equates with the competence associated with a general education,usually acquired by the time a person completes his/her compulsory education andsignalled via a satisfactory set of school-leaving examination grades. Competentperformance of jobs classified at this level will also involve knowledge of appropriatehealth and safety regulations and may require short periods of work-related training.Examples of occupations defined at this skill level within the SOC90 include postalworkers, hotel porters, cleaners and catering assistants.

The second skill level covers a large group of occupations, all of which require theknowledge provided via a good general education as for occupations at the first skilllevel, but which typically have a longer period of work-related training or workexperience. Occupations classified at this level include machine operation, driving,caring occupations, retailing, and clerical and secretarial occupations.

The third skill level applies to occupations that normally require a body of knowledgeassociated with a period of post-compulsory education but not to degree level. Anumber of technical occupations fall into this category, as do a variety of tradesoccupations and proprietors of small businesses. In the latter case, educationalqualifications at sub-degree level or a lengthy period of vocational training may notbe a necessary prerequisite for competent performance of tasks, but a significantperiod of work experience is typical.

The fourth skill level relates to what are termed ‘professional’ occupations andmanagerial positions in corporate enterprises or national/local government.Occupations at this level normally require a degree or equivalent period of relevantwork experience.

Table 1 lists the sub-major groups of SOC2000 and compares these with SOC90. As canbe seen from the names of these sub-major groups, the skill specialisation criterion hasbeen used to distinguish groups of occupations within each skill level. Thus, for example,health professionals are distinguished from science and technology professionals and skilledmetal and electrical trades from skilled construction and building trades.

Page 13: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

6 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

Intro

duct

ion Table 1: Skill levels and the sub-major group structure of SOC2000 and SOC90

Skill Sub-major groups of:level

SOC2000 SOC90

Level 4 11 Corporate managers 1a Corporate managers and administrators21 Science and technology professionals 2a Science and engineering professionals22 Health professionals 2b Health professionals23 Teaching and research professionals 2c Teaching professionals24 Business and public service professionals 2d Other professional occupations

Level 3 12 Managers and proprietors in agriculture 1b Managers/proprietors in agricultureand services and services

31 Science and technology associate 3a Science and engineeringprofessionals associate professionals

32 Health and social welfare associate 3b Health associate professionals professionals

33 Protective service occupations 6a Protective service occupations34 Culture, media and sports occupations 3c Other associate professional

occupations35 Business and public service associate 7a Buyers, brokers and sales

professionals representatives51 Skilled agricultural trades 9a Other occupations in agriculture,

forestry and fishing52 Skilled metal and electrical trades 5b Skilled engineering trades53 Skilled construction and building trades 5a Skilled construction trades54 Textiles, printing and other skilled trades 5c Other skilled trades

Level 2 41 Administrative occupations 4a Clerical occupations42 Secretarial and related occupations 4b Secretarial occupations61 Caring personal service occupations 6b Personal service occupations62 Leisure and other personal service

occupations71 Sales occupations 7b Other sales occupations72 Customer service occupations81 Process, plant and machine operatives 8a Industrial plant and machine

operators, assemblers82 Transport and mobile machine drivers 8b Drivers and mobile machine

and operatives operators

Level 1 91 Elementary trades, plant and storage 9b Other elementary occupationsrelated occupations

92 Elementary administration and serviceoccupations

Note: Sub-major groups of SOC90 have been listed in the order which best approximates their equivalentposition in SOC2000. It must be stressed however that there is no exact correspondence at this level.

Page 14: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 7

Introduction

Two of the new features of SOC2000 are also apparent from Table 1. First, it can be seenthat the sub-major group structure of SOC2000 is incorporated within the codes used todescribe the classification. The first two digits of the SOC2000 define the major and thesub-major groups of the classification. This was not the case with SOC90. For this reason,four digits are now required to describe the full code structure of SOC2000, as opposed tothe 3-digit structure of SOC90. Secondly, the sub-major group structure of SOC2000 nowfollows a more regular pattern within the classification. This has been achieved byrepositioning certain sub-major groups within the major group structure according to theskill level criterion.

3.3 The revision of SOC90

From consideration of comments received from users of SOC90, as well as from the workundertaken in the Review of Social Classifications and the harmonisation activitiesconducted for Eurostat, work on the development of SOC2000 was focused in a numberof areas. These were:

Computing and related occupations

Whilst nearly all jobs have been affected in some way by the rapid progress ininformation and communication technologies, at the forefront of these are the jobswhich relate directly to the design and implementation of such technologies. It seemedcrucial that this area should be overhauled thoroughly.

Managerial occupations

For a variety of reasons, this area was in need of reform. The apparent inconsistencyin definition of managerial occupations compared with practice in other EU countrieswas reason enough for this decision. However, other strands of research evidencepointed to forces such as ‘de-layering’ of management structures in organisationsand to a potential ‘inflation’ of the use of the title ‘manager’ in jobs which should notbe regarded as managerial8.

Conservation/environmental occupations

Shifting tastes and preferences have led to an increasing demand for environmentalprotection and conservation. SOC90 did not recognise many specific occupationsrelated to these activities within its structure. During consultations undertaken inthe development process, a number of users had expressed particular concern overthis apparent omission.

Skill upgrading/de-skilling within manufacturing processes

Two sets of forces appear to underlie change in occupations that are associatedprimarily with the manufacturing process. The continued development of

8 A good example of this is the now frequent use of the title ‘train manager’ for the job known earlier as ‘senior conductor’.

Page 15: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

8 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

Intro

duct

ion manufacturing systems which move away from mass production to small batch,

customised production may have stimulated the demand for technically qualifiedoccupations in production, to facilitate rapid re-tooling and other adjustments to theequipment used. Simultaneously, the widespread use of computerised productionand control methods may have lessened the need for workers to hold the specialisedskills in many traditional craft occupations.

Customer service occupations

Shifts in consumer tastes and preferences towards a more ‘self-service’ approach,associated with the wider availability of competitively-priced alternative goods andservices, have stimulated the demand for and supply of after-sales service, qualitytesting and assurance and customer ‘loyalty’ schemes to attract and maintaincustomers. These developments appear to have given rise to a new set of occupationsin which the associated tasks lie at the interface between the producers or distributorsand the consumers of goods and services.

Remote service provision

Development in information and communication technologies has facilitated thedemand for the provision of services outside ‘normal’ business hours and hasstimulated the development of service provision from remote call centres. Part ofthe growth in such demand may be due to latent demand and some may be a functionof increased female labour force participation. The latter trend may have resulted ina reduction in the availability of one household member to: shop, pay bills, or receiveservices related to telephone, electricity, gas, water, etc. during ‘normal’ businesshours. While web-based commercial and informational communications ortransactions may yet supersede these changes,the rapid growth in this area combinedwith the scale of employment change suggested the need for specific occupationalcategories to identify occupations in this area of work.

Sources of information about the terminology of occupations and the work content of jobswere available in a variety of sources and formats for the revision of SOC90. By far themost useful sources were derived from the Census of Population and the Labour ForceSurvey. While the 1991 Census of Population is now somewhat dated, its information wasvaluable in determining how well SOC90 was operationalised and gave useful informationon the quality of occupational detail obtained from census form-fillers.

The main source available from the 1991 Census of Population was a ½% sample ofindividual records for England and Wales. The text response to questions on occupation,industry and post-schooling qualifications was extracted from approximately 115 thousandcensus records and placed into a searchable database. Similar information was extractedfrom the 1996/97 Labour Force Survey, covering 63 thousand jobs and consisting of detailssuch as the job title, main tasks performed in the job and qualifications required for the job.Other sources of information on occupational descriptions were obtained via theEmployment Service, which generated a database of 291 thousand detailed descriptions ofjob vacancies, all coded to SOC90.

Page 16: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 9

Introduction

The Employment Service (ES) was keen to ensure that its interests in occupationalclassification for job matching purposes were adequately reflected in the new classification.To this end, the ES commissioned the IER to undertake a programme of research thatwould run parallel to the ONS-led revision of SOC90. This took the form of a review ofthe process of job matching and the role played by SOC90 in this process. Through aseries of visits to Job Centres and via the collection of relevant information from a surveyof approximately 80 Job Centres, further information was gained about the requirementsof the ES and the way in which these might be reflected in the revision process.

Other sources of information, which proved useful in investigating processes of skill changeand to illuminate the definition skill levels, were:

• the ‘371 database’ – an electronic encyclopaedia of statistical information structuredaround the 371 unit groups of SOC90 (McKnight and Elias, 1997);

• a database of queries collected over an eight year period from agencies usingSOC90 for coding occupational information;

• recently published material containing detailed descriptions of a wide variety ofjobs (trade journals, newspaper advertising for job vacancies, careers guidancematerials);

• correspondence from interested parties, including trades unions, trade associations,employers, employer associations and government departments;

• information arising from the detailed scrutiny of SOC90 unit groups by the teamdeveloping the new Social Classification for the UK.

These sources gave much valuable information about the problem areas of the SOC andyielded a ‘test-bed’ of data for experimentation with the construction of new occupationalcategories.

3.4 The structure of SOC2000

This section presents a brief summary of some of the major changes that distinguishSOC2000 from SOC90.

Major Group 1 (Managers and senior officials)

The change of the name of this major group, from managers and administrators to managersand senior officials reflects the substantial revision that has been made to this major group.Many job titles that were indicative of high level clerical work (e.g. administrative assistant)are now repositioned in major group 4.

New minor and unit groups are now included for quality and customer care managers, andin the area of Health and Social services. A new unit group exists for natural environmentand conservation managers. In the area of hospitality and leisure services, new unit groups

Page 17: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

10 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

Intro

duct

ion exist for conference and exhibition managers, leisure and sports managers and travel

agency managers. In other service sector areas, managers and proprietors of small retailestablishments are defined more clearly, and a new unit group exists for recycling andrefuse disposal managers.

Major Group 2 (Professional occupations)

In major group 2 new unit groups for information and communication technologyprofessionals have been created. IT strategy and planning professionals are shown asdistinct from software professionals. All software and programming occupations, whichinvolve a high level of knowledge of software, networking and the software/hardwareinteraction, are now classified to major group 2. Previously these were mainly classifiedto major group 3. These decisions also reflect advice and guidance received from industrytraining bodies in this area.

Research professionals are now identified according to the type of research they perform.A new unit group was also created to capture those occupations in the public service whichare essentially administrative in nature, but which require a degree or equivalent level ofexperience for competent performance.

Major Group 3 (Associate professional and technical occupations)

In major group 3 new unit groups that have been created to classify IT service deliveryoccupations. These are jobs that involve a technical knowledge of IT operations or providetechnical support to users. A new category is shown for paramedics and for medical anddental technicians. Social welfare associate professionals now distinguish youth andcommunity workers separately from housing and welfare officers. A separate minor groupwas created for therapists, including unit groups for physiotherapists, occupationaltherapists and speech and language therapists.

A significant effort was made to develop a better treatment for a large and growing groupof occupations in the arts, literature, media, sports and fitness. Three minor groups andfourteen unit groups are now used to classify occupations in this area. In the area ofbusiness and finance, a new structure was introduced, following our decision to movebrokers from major group 7 to major group 3. New unit groups are included for conservationassociate professional occupations.

A new minor group was created to facilitate repositioning of a number of unit groups fromwithin the SOC90 sub-major group, protective service occupations. These include thearmed forces, police officers, fire service officers and prison service officers.

Major Group 4 (Administrative and secretarial occupations)

Major group 4 now classifies a number of administrative occupations that were previouslyplaced in major group 1. New minor groups were created for administrative occupationsin government and related areas, finance, records, communications and for general clericaloccupations.

Page 18: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 11

Introduction

Major Group 5 (Skilled trades occupations)

Farmers have been relocated here from major group 1 and skilled farm workers from majorgroup 9.

Major Group 6 (Personal service occupations)

New occupational areas have been defined in major group 6 for childcare and relatedpersonal occupations and for leisure and travel service occupations.

Major Group 7 (Sales and customer service occupations)

In major group 7 a new minor group has been created to classify customer serviceoccupations.

Major Group 8 (Process, plant and machine operatives)

A particular concern here was to reduce the number of unit groups in this major group,many that were no longer large enough for statistical purposes due to the decline in thisarea of the occupational structure of employment.

Major Group 9 (Elementary occupations)

This major group now includes a significant number of unit groups that have beenrepositioned here from other major groups in SOC90. Particular attention is drawn to therepositioning of bar staff and waiters and waitresses from major group 6 to this majorgroup. A new minor group has been created for what we term elementary securityoccupations.

3.5 Structure of the classification

The major group structure is a set of broad occupational categories which are designed tobe useful in bringing together unit groups which are similar in terms of the qualifications,training, skills and experience commonly associated with the competent performance ofwork tasks. The divisions between major groups also reflect the important aim of aligningSOC as far as possible with the international classification ISCO 88, in which major groupsare distinguished on similar criteria.

SOC90 had nine major groups, 22 sub-major groups, 77 minor groups and 371 unit groups.SOC2000 has nine major groups, 25 sub-major groups, 81 minor groups and 353 unitgroups.

Table 2 shows the nine major groups of SOC, defined in terms of the general nature of thequalifications, training and experience associated with competent performance of tasks inthe occupations classified within each major group.

Page 19: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

12 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

Intro

duct

ion Table 2: General Nature of Qualifications, Training and

Experience for Occupations in SOC Major Groups

Major Group General Nature of Qualifications, Training andExperience for Occupations in the Major Group

Managers and A significant amount of knowledge and experience of the production processesSenior Officials and service requirements associated with the efficient functioning of

organisations and businesses.

Professional A degree or equivalent qualification, with some occupations requiringOccupations postgraduate qualifications and/or a formal period of experience-related

training.

Associate Professional An associated high-level vocational qualification, often involving aand Technical substantial period of full-time training or further study. Some additional task-Occupations related training is usually provided through a formal period of induction.

Administrative and A good standard of general education. Certain occupations will requireSecretarial further additional vocational training to a well defined standard (e.g. typingOccupations or shorthand).

Skilled Trades A substantial period of training, often provided by means of a work-Occupations based training programme.

Personal Service A good standard of general education. Certain occupations will require further Occupations additional vocational training, often provided by means of a work-based

training programme.

Sales and Customer A general education and a programme of work-based training related to salesService Occupations procedures. Some occupations require additional specific technical knowledge

but are included in this major group because the primary task involves selling.

Process, Plant and The knowledge and experience necessary to operate vehicles and other mobileMachine Operatives and stationary machinery, to operate and monitor industrial plant and

equipment, to assemble products from component parts according to strictrules and procedures and subject assembled parts to routine tests. Mostoccupations in this major group will specify a minimum standard ofcompetence that must be attained for satisfactory performance of the associatedtasks and will have an associated period of formal experience-related training.

Elementary Occupations Occupations classified at this level will usually require a minimum generallevel of education (i.e. that which is provided by the end of the period ofcompulsory education). Some occupations at this level will also have shortperiods of work-related training in areas such as health and safety, foodhygiene, and customer service requirements.

Page 20: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 13

Introduction

3.6 The impact of reclassification

To gain some indication of the potential impact of these and a wide variety of other changeson the definition of occupational structure, the Occupation Information Unit reclassified a½% sample of the 1991 Census of Population for England and Wales which was originallycoded to SOC90. While this is a guide to the potential impact of SOC2000 in terms of themeasurement of occupational structure, these comparisons must be treated with a degreeof caution. The most obvious point to make is that the Census took place almost a decadeago. Many of the new categories in SOC2000 may now be populated quite differently.Furthermore, the process of reclassifying data is different from the process of coding. Theformer involves much expert judgement and discussion. The latter is a more routine processthat, by its nature, is error prone. To address these issues, a single quarter of the LabourForce Survey (Winter 1996/7) was re-coded. The coding procedures adopted were somewhatdifferent from the original9 and the coding to SOC2000 unit groups was performed withoutreference to the original SOC90 unit group codes.

Figures 1 and 2 show, for males and females separately, changes in the occupational structureof employment in England and Wales between 1991 and 1996/7, with employment classifiedto the major group structure of SOC90 and SOC2000. In both of these charts fouroverlapping bars are shown for each major group, indicating the percentage of totalemployment in the major group. The two bars placed furthest back show the occupationalstructure as recorded in 1991, by SOC90 then by SOC2000. The two bars to the front ofeach group reveal how these percentages have changed by Winter 1996/7.

There are a number of areas where the move to SOC2000 will have a marked impact uponthe perception of the occupational structure of employment. In major group 1 (Managersand Senior Officials) the tightening of the definition of managers reduces the size of thiscategory significantly, especially for females (4 per cent reduction for females and 2 percent reduction for males). Major group 3 (Associate Professional and TechnicalOccupations) increases in size, more so for men than for women. Major group 4(Administrative and Secretarial Occupations) declines significantly for males and slightlyfor females. Major group 6 (Personal Service Occupations) declines sharply for males, byalmost three-quarters, and by about a quarter for females. The shift of waiters, waitressesand bar staff to major group 9 (Elementary Occupations) has a marked effect upon the sizeof this major group, which rises from 8 per cent of male employment to over 12 per centand from 9 per cent of female employment to over 16 per cent.

The effect of moving from SOC90 to SOC2000 is almost identical when comparing the1991 Census data with the Winter 1996/7 quarter of the Labour Force Survey. Althoughchanges in occupational structure are apparent between 1991 and 1996/7, notably the declinein skilled trades occupations for males and the decline in administrative, clerical andsecretarial occupations for females, the relative effect of moving from the old to the newclassification remains the same for each period. There is one exception however. For

9 The Labour Force Survey is coded by interviewers upon completion of a batch of interviews. The recoding of this same data toSOC2000 was undertaken by a small centralised team of office coders.

Page 21: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

14 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

Intro

duct

ion females, SOC90 appeared to indicate a slight decline in the proportion of employment

classified to Major group 1 (Managers and Senior Officials) between 1991 and 1996/7.Redefinition of this group to exclude administrative occupations reveals some underlyinggrowth in the more narrowly defined managerial category.

Page 22: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification
Page 23: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification
Page 24: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 17

Introduction

4. Updating of SOC

Changes occur in work organisation as a result of technological developments, use of newmaterials, improved methods of production or delivery of services etc. New occupationsarise either because tasks are enlarged, contracted or combined within and between existingoccupations or because new, different tasks are introduced into the organisation of work.Such new occupations may become sufficiently important to warrant their recognition andinclusion in the classification. Additionally, new index entries for Volume 2 may be required.

The Occupational Information Unit, of the Office for National Statistics, set up to supportSOC, would welcome information on such changes. This will be taken into account in theperiodical updating of SOC. For SOC90 we published an updated edition of Volume 2 in1995. For SOC2000 we are considering the production of more frequent updates to theindex, not in printed form, but to the index file held electronically.

Please contact:

Occupational Information UnitOffice for National StatisticsSegensworth RoadTitchfieldFarehamHampshirePO15 5RR

Telephone 01329 813640Facsimile 01329 813532Email [email protected]

For all other statistical enquiries:

Telephone 020 7533 5888Email [email protected]

Page 25: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

18 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

Intro

duct

ion References

Elias, P. (1996). Occupational classification (ISCO88): concepts, methods, reliabilityvalidity and cross-national comparability. OECD working paper DEELSA/ELSA/WP7(96)7. Paris: OECD.

Elias, P. (1997). ‘Social Class and the Standard Occupational Classification’. Chapter 2 inRose, D, and K. O’Reilly (eds.).

Employment Department Group/Office of Population Censuses and Surveys (1990).Standard Occupational Classification. Volume 1. London: HMSO.

International Labour Office (1990). International Standard Classification of Occupations,ISCO-88. Geneva, International Labour Office.

McKnight, A. and P. Elias (1997). ‘A database of information on unit groups of the StandardOccupational Classification’. Chapter 9 in D. Rose and K. O’Reilly (eds.) ConstructingClasses: towards a new social classification for the UK. Swindon: ESRC/ONS.

Rose, D. and O’Reilly, K. (eds.) (1997). Constructing Classes: towards a new socialclassification for theUK. Swindon: ESRC/ONS.

Rose, D. and K. O’Reilly (eds.) (1998). Final report of the ESRC Review of GovernmentSocial Classifications. Swindon: ESRC.

Page 26: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 19

Summ

ary of Structure

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 (SOC2000)Summary of Structure

The Standard Occupational Classification consists of the following major groups:

1 Managers and Senior Officials

2 Professional Occupations

3 Associate Professional and Technical Occupations

4 Administrative and Secretarial Occupations

5 Skilled Trades Occupations

6 Personal Service Occupations

7 Sales and Customer Service Occupations

8 Process, Plant and Machine Operatives

9 Elementary Occupations

The sub-major, minor group and unit group structure of these major groups is defined asfollows:

Page 27: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 21

Summ

ary of Structure

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 (SOC2000)Summary of Structure

Major Sub-Major Minor Unit Group TitleGroup Group Group Group

1 MANAGERS AND SENIOR OFFICIALS

11 CORPORATE MANAGERS

111 Corporate Managers And Senior Officials

1111 Senior officials in national government1112 Directors and chief executives of major organisations1113 Senior officials in local government1114 Senior officials of special interest organisations

112 Production Managers

1121 Production, works and maintenance managers1122 Managers in construction1123 Managers in mining and energy

113 Functional Managers

1131 Financial managers and chartered secretaries1132 Marketing and sales managers1133 Purchasing managers1134 Advertising and public relations managers1135 Personnel, training and industrial relations managers1136 Information and communication technology managers1137 Research and development managers

114 Quality And Customer Care Managers

1141 Quality assurance managers1142 Customer care managers

115 Financial Institution And Office Managers

1151 Financial institution managers1152 Office managers

116 Managers In Distribution, Storage And Retailing

1161 Transport and distribution managers1162 Storage and warehouse managers1163 Retail and wholesale managers

Page 28: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

22 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

Sum

mar

y of

Stru

ctur

e Major Sub-Major Minor Unit Group TitleGroup Group Group Group

117 Protective Service Officers

1171 Officers in armed forces1172 Police officers (inspectors and above)1173 Senior officers in fire, ambulance, prison and related

services1174 Security managers

118 Health And Social Services Managers

1181 Hospital and health service managers1182 Pharmacy managers1183 Healthcare practice managers1184 Social services managers1185 Residential and day care managers

12 MANAGERS AND PROPRIETORS INAGRICULTURE AND SERVICES

121 Managers In Farming, Horticulture, Forestry AndFishing

1211 Farm managers1212 Natural environment and conservation managers1219 Managers in animal husbandry, forestry and fishing n.e.c.

122 Managers And Proprietors In Hospitality And LeisureServices

1221 Hotel and accommodation managers1222 Conference and exhibition managers1223 Restaurant and catering managers1224 Publicans and managers of licensed premises1225 Leisure and sports managers1226 Travel agency managers

123 Managers And Proprietors In Other ServiceIndustries

1231 Property, housing and land managers1232 Garage managers and proprietors1233 Hairdressing and beauty salon managers and proprietors1234 Shopkeepers and wholesale/retail dealers1235 Recycling and refuse disposal managers1239 Managers and proprietors in other services n.e.c.

Page 29: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 23

Summ

ary of Structure

Major Sub-Major Minor Unit Group TitleGroup Group Group Group

2 PROFESSIONAL OCCUPATIONS

21 SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY PROFESSIONALS

211 Science Professionals

2111 Chemists2112 Biological scientists and biochemists2113 Physicists, geologists and meteorologists

212 Engineering Professionals

2121 Civil engineers2122 Mechanical engineers2123 Electrical engineers2124 Electronics engineers2125 Chemical engineers2126 Design and development engineers2127 Production and process engineers2128 Planning and quality control engineers2129 Engineering professionals n.e.c.

213 Information And Communication TechnologyProfessionals

2131 IT strategy and planning professionals2132 Software professionals

22 HEALTH PROFESSIONALS

221 Health Professionals

2211 Medical practitioners2212 Psychologists2213 Pharmacists/pharmacologists2214 Ophthalmic opticians2215 Dental practitioners2216 Veterinarians

23 TEACHING AND RESEARCH PROFESSIONALS

231 Teaching Professionals

2311 Higher education teaching professionals2312 Further education teaching professionals2313 Education officers, school inspectors2314 Secondary education teaching professionals2315 Primary and nursery education teaching professionals2316 Special needs education teaching professionals2317 Registrars and senior administrators of educational

establishments2319 Teaching professionals n.e.c.

Page 30: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

24 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

Sum

mar

y of

Stru

ctur

e Major Sub-Major Minor Unit Group TitleGroup Group Group Group

232 Research Professionals

2321 Scientific researchers2322 Social science researchers2329 Researchers n.e.c.

24 BUSINESS AND PUBLIC SERVICEPROFESSIONALS

241 Legal Professionals

2411 Solicitors and lawyers, judges and coroners2419 Legal professionals n.e.c.

242 Business And Statistical Professionals

2421 Chartered and certified accountants2422 Management accountants2423 Management consultants, actuaries, economists and

statisticians

243 Architects, Town Planners, Surveyors

2431 Architects2432 Town planners2433 Quantity surveyors2434 Chartered surveyors (not quantity surveyors)

244 Public Service Professionals

2441 Public service administrative professionals2442 Social workers2443 Probation officers2444 Clergy

245 Librarians And Related Professionals2451 Librarians2452 Archivists and curators

Page 31: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 25

Summ

ary of Structure

Major Sub-Major Minor Unit Group TitleGroup Group Group Group

3 ASSOCIATE PROFESSIONAL AND TECHNICALOCCUPATIONS

31 SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ASSOCIATEPROFESSIONALS

311 Science And Engineering Technicians

3111 Laboratory technicians3112 Electrical/electronics technicians3113 Engineering technicians3114 Building and civil engineering technicians3115 Quality assurance technicians3119 Science and engineering technicians n.e.c.

312 Draughtspersons And Building Inspectors

3121 Architectural technologists and town planning technicians3122 Draughtspersons3123 Building inspectors

313 IT Service Delivery Occupations

3131 IT operations technicians3132 IT user support technicians

32 HEALTH AND SOCIAL WELFARE ASSOCIATEPROFESSIONALS

321 Health Associate Professionals

3211 Nurses3212 Midwives3213 Paramedics3214 Medical radiographers3215 Chiropodists3216 Dispensing opticians3217 Pharmaceutical dispensers3218 Medical and dental technicians

322 Therapists

3221 Physiotherapists3222 Occupational therapists3223 Speech and language therapists3229 Therapists n.e.c.

323 Social Welfare Associate Professionals

3231 Youth and community workers3232 Housing and welfare officers

Page 32: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

26 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

Sum

mar

y of

Stru

ctur

e Major Sub-Major Minor Unit Group TitleGroup Group Group Group

33 PROTECTIVE SERVICE OCCUPATIONS

331 Protective Service Occupations

3311 NCOs and other ranks3312 Police officers (sergeant and below)3313 Fire service officers (leading fire officer and below)3314 Prison service officers (below principal officer)3319 Protective service associate professionals n.e.c.

34 CULTURE, MEDIA AND SPORTS OCCUPATIONS

341 Artistic And Literary Occupations

3411 Artists3412 Authors, writers3413 Actors, entertainers3414 Dancers and choreographers3415 Musicians3416 Arts officers, producers and directors

342 Design Associate Professionals

3421 Graphic designers3422 Product, clothing and related designers

343 Media Associate Professionals

3431 Journalists, newspaper and periodical editors3432 Broadcasting associate professionals3433 Public relations officers3434 Photographers and audio-visual equipment operators

344 Sports And Fitness Occupations

3441 Sports players3442 Sports coaches, instructors and officials3443 Fitness instructors3449 Sports and fitness occupations n.e.c.

35 BUSINESS AND PUBLIC SERVICE ASSOCIATEPROFESSIONALS

351 Transport Associate Professionals

3511 Air traffic controllers3512 Aircraft pilots and flight engineers3513 Ship and hovercraft officers3514 Train drivers

Page 33: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 27

Summ

ary of Structure

Major Sub-Major Minor Unit Group TitleGroup Group Group Group

352 Legal Associate Professionals

3520 Legal associate professionals

353 Business And Finance Associate Professionals

3531 Estimators, valuers and assessors3532 Brokers3533 Insurance underwriters3534 Finance and investment analysts/advisers3535 Taxation experts3536 Importers, exporters3537 Financial and accounting technicians3539 Business and related associate professionals n.e.c.

354 Sales And Related Associate Professionals

3541 Buyers and purchasing officers3542 Sales representatives3543 Marketing associate professionals3544 Estate agents, auctioneers

355 Conservation Associate Professionals

3551 Conservation and environmental protection officers3552 Countryside and park rangers

356 Public Service And Other Associate Professionals

3561 Public service associate professionals3562 Personnel and industrial relations officers3563 Vocational and industrial trainers and instructors3564 Careers advisers and vocational guidance specialists3565 Inspectors of factories, utilities and trading standards3566 Statutory examiners3567 Occupational hygienists and safety officers (health and

safety)3568 Environmental health officers

Page 34: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

28 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

Sum

mar

y of

Stru

ctur

e Major Sub-Major Minor Unit Group TitleGroup Group Group Group

4 ADMINISTRATIVE AND SECRETARIALOCCUPATIONS

41 ADMINISTRATIVE OCCUPATIONS

411 Administrative Occupations: Government AndRelated Organisations

4111 Civil Service executive officers4112 Civil Service administrative officers and assistants4113 Local government clerical officers and assistants4114 Officers of non-governmental organisations

412 Administrative Occupations: Finance

4121 Credit controllers4122 Accounts and wages clerks, book-keepers, other financial

clerks4123 Counter clerks

413 Administrative Occupations: Records

4131 Filing and other records assistants/clerks4132 Pensions and insurance clerks4133 Stock control clerks4134 Transport and distribution clerks4135 Library assistants/clerks4136 Database assistants/clerks4137 Market research interviewers

414 Administrative Occupations: Communications

4141 Telephonists4142 Communication operators

415 Administrative Occupations: General

4150 General office assistants/clerks

42 SECRETARIAL AND RELATED OCCUPATIONS

421 Secretarial And Related Occupations

4211 Medical secretaries4212 Legal secretaries4213 School secretaries4214 Company secretaries4215 Personal assistants and other secretaries4216 Receptionists4217 Typists

Page 35: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 29

Summ

ary of Structure

Major Sub-Major Minor Unit Group TitleGroup Group Group Group

5 SKILLED TRADES OCCUPATIONS

51 SKILLED AGRICULTURAL TRADES

511 Agricultural Trades

5111 Farmers5112 Horticultural trades5113 Gardeners and groundsmen/groundswomen5119 Agricultural and fishing trades n.e.c.

52 SKILLED METAL AND ELECTRICAL TRADES

521 Metal Forming, Welding And Related Trades

5211 Smiths and forge workers5212 Moulders, core makers, die casters5213 Sheet metal workers5214 Metal plate workers, shipwrights, riveters5215 Welding trades5216 Pipe fitters

522 Metal Machining, Fitting And Instrument MakingTrades

5221 Metal machining setters and setter-operators5222 Tool makers, tool fitters and markers-out5223 Metal working production and maintenance fitters5224 Precision instrument makers and repairers

523 Vehicle Trades

5231 Motor mechanics, auto engineers5232 Vehicle body builders and repairers5233 Auto electricians5234 Vehicle spray painters

524 Electrical Trades

5241 Electricians, electrical fitters5242 Telecommunications engineers5243 Lines repairers and cable jointers5244 TV, video and audio engineers5245 Computer engineers, installation and maintenance5249 Electrical/electronics engineers n.e.c.

Page 36: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

30 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

Sum

mar

y of

Stru

ctur

e Major Sub-Major Minor Unit Group TitleGroup Group Group Group

53 SKILLED CONSTRUCTION AND BUILDINGTRADES

531 Construction Trades

5311 Steel erectors5312 Bricklayers, masons5313 Roofers, roof tilers and slaters5314 Plumbers, heating and ventilating engineers5315 Carpenters and joiners5316 Glaziers, window fabricators and fitters5319 Construction trades n.e.c.

532 Building Trades

5321 Plasterers5322 Floorers and wall tilers5323 Painters and decorators

54 TEXTILES, PRINTING AND OTHER SKILLEDTRADES

541 Textiles And Garments Trades

5411 Weavers and knitters5412 Upholsterers5413 Leather and related trades5414 Tailors and dressmakers5419 Textiles, garments and related trades n.e.c.

542 Printing Trades

5421 Originators, compositors and print preparers5422 Printers5423 Bookbinders and print finishers5424 Screen printers

543 Food Preparation Trades

5431 Butchers, meat cutters5432 Bakers, flour confectioners5433 Fishmongers, poultry dressers5434 Chefs, cooks

549 Skilled Trades n.e.c.

5491 Glass and ceramics makers, decorators and finishers5492 Furniture makers, other craft woodworkers5493 Pattern makers (moulds)5494 Musical instrument makers and tuners5495 Goldsmiths, silversmiths, precious stone workers5496 Floral arrangers, florists5499 Hand craft occupations n.e.c.

Page 37: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 31

Summ

ary of Structure

Major Sub-Major Minor Unit Group TitleGroup Group Group Group

6 PERSONAL SERVICE OCCUPATIONS

61 CARING PERSONAL SERVICE OCCUPATIONS

611 Healthcare And Related Personal Services

6111 Nursing auxiliaries and assistants6112 Ambulance staff (excluding paramedics)6113 Dental nurses6114 Houseparents and residential wardens6115 Care assistants and home carers

612 Childcare And Related Personal Services

6121 Nursery nurses6122 Childminders and related occupations6123 Playgroup leaders/assistants6124 Educational assistants

613 Animal Care Services

6131 Veterinary nurses and assistants6139 Animal care occupations n.e.c.

62 LEISURE AND OTHER PERSONAL SERVICEOCCUPATIONS

621 Leisure And Travel Service Occupations

6211 Sports and leisure assistants6212 Travel agents6213 Travel and tour guides6214 Air travel assistants6215 Rail travel assistants6219 Leisure and travel service occupations n.e.c.

622 Hairdressers And Related Occupations

6221 Hairdressers, barbers6222 Beauticians and related occupations

623 Housekeeping Occupations

6231 Housekeepers and related occupations6232 Caretakers

629 Personal Services Occupations n.e.c.

6291 Undertakers and mortuary assistants6292 Pest control officers

Page 38: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

32 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

Sum

mar

y of

Stru

ctur

e Major Sub-Major Minor Unit Group TitleGroup Group Group Group

7 SALES AND CUSTOMER SERVICEOCCUPATIONS

71 SALES OCCUPATIONS

711 Sales Assistants And Retail Cashiers

7111 Sales and retail assistants7112 Retail cashiers and check-out operators7113 Telephone salespersons

712 Sales Related Occupations

7121 Collector salespersons and credit agents7122 Debt, rent and other cash collectors7123 Roundsmen/women and van salespersons7124 Market and street traders and assistants7125 Merchandisers and window dressers7129 Sales related occupations n.e.c.

72 CUSTOMER SERVICE OCCUPATIONS

721 Customer Service Occupations

7211 Call centre agents/operators7212 Customer care occupations

Page 39: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 33

Summ

ary of Structure

Major Sub-Major Minor Unit Group TitleGroup Group Group Group

8 PROCESS, PLANT AND MACHINE OPERATIVES

81 PROCESS, PLANT AND MACHINE OPERATIVES

811 Process Operatives

8111 Food, drink and tobacco process operatives8112 Glass and ceramics process operatives8113 Textile process operatives8114 Chemical and related process operatives8115 Rubber process operatives8116 Plastics process operatives8117 Metal making and treating process operatives8118 Electroplaters8119 Process operatives n.e.c.

812 Plant And Machine Operatives

8121 Paper and wood machine operatives8122 Coal mine operatives8123 Quarry workers and related operatives8124 Energy plant operatives8125 Metal working machine operatives8126 Water and sewerage plant operatives8129 Plant and machine operatives n.e.c.

813 Assemblers And Routine Operatives

8131 Assemblers (electrical products)8132 Assemblers (vehicles and metal goods)8133 Routine inspectors and testers8134 Weighers, graders, sorters8135 Tyre, exhaust and windscreen fitters8136 Clothing cutters8137 Sewing machinists8138 Routine laboratory testers8139 Assemblers and routine operatives n.e.c.

814 Construction Operatives

8141 Scaffolders, stagers, riggers8142 Road construction operatives8143 Rail construction and maintenance operatives8149 Construction operatives n.e.c.

82 TRANSPORT AND MOBILE MACHINE DRIVERSAND OPERATIVES

821 Transport Drivers And Operatives

8211 Heavy goods vehicle drivers8212 Van drivers8213 Bus and coach drivers8214 Taxi, cab drivers and chauffeurs8215 Driving instructors

Page 40: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

34 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

Sum

mar

y of

Stru

ctur

e Major Sub-Major Minor Unit Group TitleGroup Group Group Group

8216 Rail transport operatives8217 Seafarers (merchant navy); barge, lighter and boat

operatives8218 Air transport operatives8219 Transport operatives n.e.c.

822 Mobile Machine Drivers And Operatives

8221 Crane drivers8222 Fork-lift truck drivers8223 Agricultural machinery drivers8229 Mobile machine drivers and operatives n.e.c.

Page 41: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 35

Summ

ary of Structure

Major Sub-Major Minor Unit Group TitleGroup Group Group Group

9 ELEMENTARY OCCUPATIONS

91 ELEMENTARY TRADES, PLANT AND STORAGERELATED OCCUPATIONS

911 Elementary Agricultural Occupations

9111 Farm workers9112 Forestry workers9119 Fishing and agriculture related occupations n.e.c.

912 Elementary Construction Occupations

9121 Labourers in building and woodworking trades9129 Labourers in other construction trades n.e.c.

913 Elementary Process Plant Occupations

9131 Labourers in foundries9132 Industrial cleaning process occupations9133 Printing machine minders and assistants9134 Packers, bottlers, canners, fillers9139 Labourers in process and plant operations n.e.c.

914 Elementary Goods Storage Occupations

9141 Stevedores, dockers and slingers9149 Other goods handling and storage occupations n.e.c.

92 ELEMENTARY ADMINISTRATION AND SERVICEOCCUPATIONS

921 Elementary Administration Occupations

9211 Postal workers, mail sorters, messengers, couriers9219 Elementary office occupations n.e.c.

922 Elementary Personal Services Occupations

9221 Hospital porters9222 Hotel porters9223 Kitchen and catering assistants9224 Waiters, waitresses9225 Bar staff9226 Leisure and theme park attendants9229 Elementary personal services occupations n.e.c.

Page 42: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

36 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

Sum

mar

y of

Stru

ctur

e Major Sub-Major Minor Unit Group TitleGroup Group Group Group

923 Elementary Cleaning Occupations

9231 Window cleaners9232 Road sweepers9233 Cleaners, domestics9234 Launderers, dry cleaners, pressers9235 Refuse and salvage occupations9239 Elementary cleaning occupations n.e.c.

924 Elementary Security Occupations

9241 Security guards and related occupations9242 Traffic wardens9243 School crossing patrol attendants9244 School mid-day assistants9245 Car park attendants9249 Elementary security occupations n.e.c.

925 Elementary Sales Occupations

9251 Shelf fillers9259 Elementary sales occupations n.e.c.

Page 43: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 1

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 37

MAJOR GROUP 1MANAGERS AND SENIOR OFFICIALS

This major group covers occupations whose main tasks consist of the direction and co-ordination of the functioning of organisations and businesses, including internal departmentsand sections, often with the help of subordinate managers and supervisors. Workingproprietors in small businesses are included, although allocated to separate minor groupswithin the major group.

Most occupations in this major group will require a significant amount of knowledge andexperience of the production processes, administrative procedures or service requirementsassociated with the efficient functioning of organisations and businesses.

Occupations in this major group are classified into the following sub-major and minorgroups:

11 CORPORATE MANAGERS

111 CORPORATE MANAGERS AND SENIOR OFFICIALS112 PRODUCTION MANAGERS113 FUNCTIONAL MANAGERS114 QUALITY AND CUSTOMER CARE MANAGERS115 FINANCIAL INSTITUTION AND OFFICE MANAGERS116 MANAGERS IN DISTRIBUTION, STORAGE AND RETAILING117 PROTECTIVE SERVICE OFFICERS118 HEALTH AND SOCIAL SERVICES MANAGERS

12 MANAGERS AND PROPRIETORS IN AGRICULTURE ANDSERVICES

121 MANAGERS IN FARMING, HORTICULTURE, FORESTRY ANDFISHING

122 MANAGERS AND PROPRIETORS IN HOSPITALITY AND LEISURESERVICES

123 MANAGERS AND PROPRIETORS IN OTHER SERVICEINDUSTRIES

Page 44: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

1

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

38 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

SUB-MAJOR GROUP 11CORPORATE MANAGERS

Job holders in this sub-major group formulate government policy; direct the operations ofmajor organisations, government departments and special interest organisations; organiseand direct production, processing, maintenance and construction operations in industry;formulate, implement and advise on specialist functional activities within organisations;direct the operations of branches and offices of financial institutions; organise and co-ordinate the transportation of passengers, the storage and distribution of freight, and thesale of goods; manage the operations of the emergency services, customs and excise, theprison service and the armed forces; and co-ordinate the provision of health and social careservices and establishments.

MINOR GROUP 111CORPORATE MANAGERS AND SENIOR OFFICIALS

Job holders in this minor group formulate national and local government policy; plan,organise and direct government departments and plan and organise (usually with othermanagers) the operations of large companies and organisations employing over 500 people.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

1111 SENIOR OFFICIALS IN NATIONAL GOVERNMENT1112 DIRECTORS AND CHIEF EXECUTIVES OF MAJOR

ORGANISATIONS1113 SENIOR OFFICIALS IN LOCAL GOVERNMENT1114 SENIOR OFFICIALS OF SPECIAL INTEREST ORGANISATIONS

1111 SENIOR OFFICIALS INNATIONAL GOVERNMENT

Job holders in this unit group formulate and ratifylegislation and government policy, act as electedrepresentatives of either Parliament, EuropeanParliament, Regional Parliaments or Assemblies, actas representatives of the government and direct thediplomatic operations of government departments.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry is either by appointment, election or internalpromotion.

TASKS

• evaluates departmental activities, discussesproblems with government officials andadministrators, notes national and internationalopinion and formulates departmental policy;

• recommends or reviews potential policy orlegislation and offers advice and opinions oncurrent policy;

• investigates matters of concern to the generalpublic or particular groups and recommendsgovernment action where appropriate;

• advises on interpretation and implementation ofpolicy decisions, acts and regulations;

Page 45: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 1

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 39

• tables questions to ministers and introducesproposals for government action.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Assistant secretary/Grade 5 (government)DiplomatMember of European ParliamentMember of ParliamentPermanent secretary (government)

1112 DIRECTORS AND CHIEFEXECUTIVES OF MAJORORGANISATIONS

Workers in this unit group head large enterprises andorganisations employing over 500 people at singleor multiple site establishments. They plan, directand co-ordinate, with other managers, the resourcesnecessary for operations such as processing,production, construction, maintenance, transport,storage, handling and warehousing, the resources ofoffices performing clerical and related functions andthe specialist activities of enterprises andorganisations not elsewhere classified.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry is either by appointment, election or internalpromotion.

TASKS

• analyses economic, social, legal and other dataand plans, formulates and directs the operationof a company or organisation;

• consults with subordinates to formulate,implement and review company policy;

• prepares, or arranges for the preparation ofreports, budgets, forecasts or other information;

• plans and controls the allocation of resources andthe selection of senior staff;

• authorises funding for policy implementationprogrammes and institutes reporting, auditingand control systems.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Chief executive (major organisation)Company director (major organisation)Director (major organisation)General manager (major organisation)Managing director (major organisation)

1113 SENIOR OFFICIALS INLOCAL GOVERNMENT

Workers in this unit group participate in theformulation and implementation of local governmentpolicies, ensure that legal, statutory and otherprovisions concerning the running of a local authorityare observed, organise local authority office workand resources.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no pre-set entry requirements. Candidatesare recruited with a variety of academicqualifications or with relevant experience. Entry isalso possible by internal promotion.

TASKS

• evaluates departmental performance, discussesproblems with other officials and formulatesdepartmental policies;

• negotiates and monitors contracted out servicesprovided by the private sector;

• studies and acts upon any legislation that mayaffect the local authority;

• represents the authority in its dealings with otherauthorities and interest organisations;

• advises on the interpretation and implementationof local government policy.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Chief executive (local government)Town clerk

Page 46: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

1

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

40 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

1114 SENIOR OFFICIALS OFSPECIAL INTERESTORGANISATIONS

Workers in this unit group ensure that legal, statutoryand other regulations concerning the running of tradeassociations, employers associations, learnedsocieties, trade unions, charitable organisations andsimilar bodies are observed and act as representativesof the organisation concerned.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry is most common by election, internalpromotion or direct appointment and is usually basedon relevant experience although some employersalso require candidates to have academicqualifications.

TASKS

• plans, organises, co-ordinates and directs theresources of special interest organisations;

• formulates and directs the implementation oforganisation policy;

• represents union, association or organisation inconsultation or negotiation with government,employers and other bodies;

• stimulates public interest by providing publicity,giving lectures and interviews and organisingappeals for a variety of causes;

• directs or undertakes the preparation, publicationand dissemination of reports and otherinformation of interest to members and otherinterested parties.

RELATED JOB TITLES

General Secretary (trade union)Manager (charitable organisation)National organiser (charitable organisation)Ombudsman

Page 47: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 1

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 41

MINOR GROUP 112PRODUCTION MANAGERS

Job holders in this minor group plan, organise, direct and co-ordinate all activities andresources involved with production, processing, maintenance and construction operationsin industry.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

1121 PRODUCTION, WORKS AND MAINTENANCE MANAGERS1122 MANAGERS IN CONSTRUCTION1123 MANAGERS IN MINING AND ENERGY

1121 PRODUCTION, WORKS ANDMAINTENANCE MANAGERS

Production, works and maintenance managers plan,organise, direct and co-ordinate the activities andresources necessary for production in manufacturingindustries and the maintenance of engineering items,equipment and machinery.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no pre-set entry standards. Entry ispossible with either a degree or equivalentqualification, relevant experience or withoutacademic qualifications. On-the-job training isprovided and professional qualifications areavailable.

TASKS

• liaises with other managers to plan overallproduction activity and daily manufacturing andmaintenance activity;

• manages production to ensure that orders arecompleted to an agreed date and conform tocustomer and other requirements;

• monitors production and production costs andundertakes or arranges for the preparation ofreports and records;

• arranges for regular inspections of plant,machinery and equipment to detect wear ordeterioration;

• establishes causes of breakdowns, arranges forany necessary repairs, keeps records of faults andchecks completed maintenance work forcompliance with statutory regulations.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Engineering managerFactory managerProduction managerService managerShift managerWorks manager

1122 MANAGERS INCONSTRUCTION

Managers in construction plan, organise, direct, co-ordinate the construction and maintenance of civiland structural engineering works including houses,flats, factories, roads and runways, bridges, tunnelsand railway works, harbour, dock and marine worksand water supply, drainage and sewage works.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no pre-set entry standards. Entry ispossible with either a degree or equivalentqualification, relevant experience or withoutacademic qualifications. On-the-job training isprovided and professional qualifications areavailable.

Page 48: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

1

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

42 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

TASKS

• receives invitations to tender, arranges forestimates and liaises with client, architect andengineers to prepare contract documents;

• plans site layout and access routes, advises ontechnical problems and staffing, overseesimplementation of site security and safetyprocedures;

• plans, directs and co-ordinates the constructionand maintenance of civil and structuralengineering works, including demolitioncontracts, open-cast mining works and pipelineand piling contracts;

• examines designs, drawings and specifications,confirms programme of building work and laysdown building lines, levels, etc.;

• monitors and reports upon work in progress toensure that materials and construction methodsmeet with specifications and statutoryrequirements and that there are no deviationsfrom agreed plans.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Clerk of worksConstruction managerContracts manager (building and contracting)Site manager

1123 MANAGERS IN MINING ANDENERGY

Managers in mining, energy and water supply plan,organise, direct and co-ordinate the activities andresources necessary for the extraction of mineralsand other natural deposits and the production, storageand provision of gas, water and electricity supplies.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no pre-set entry standards. Entry ispossible with either GCSEs/S grades or A levels/Hgrades, a BTEC/SQA award, a degree or equivalentqualification and/or with relevant experience. Someapprenticeships are available. Off- and on-the-jobtraining is provided and can lead to professionalqualifications.

TASKS

• co-ordinates the activities of mines, quarries,drilling operations and offshore installations;

• determines staffing, material and other needs;

• co-ordinates and supervises coal-face productionactivities and ensures compliance with health andsafety regulations;

• ensures that all haulage, storage, purification anddistribution work is performed efficiently and incompliance with statutory and other regulations;

• arranges for the provision of gas, water andelectricity supplies.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Operations manager (mining, water and energy)Overman/womanQuarry manager

Page 49: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 1

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 43

MINOR GROUP 113FUNCTIONAL MANAGERS

Functional managers plan, organise and advise on specialist functions or fields of activityin an organisation. They formulate and administer policies concerning the legal, financial,marketing, sales, purchasing, work methods, public relations, personnel, information andcommunication technology, and the research and development operations of an organisation.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

1131 FINANCIAL MANAGERS AND CHARTERED SECRETARIES1132 MARKETING AND SALES MANAGERS1133 PURCHASING MANAGERS1134 ADVERTISING AND PUBLIC RELATIONS MANAGERS1135 PERSONNEL, TRAINING AND INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS

MANAGERS1136 INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY

MANAGERS1137 RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT MANAGERS

1131 FINANCIAL MANAGERS ANDCHARTERED SECRETARIES

Financial managers plan, organise, direct and co-ordinate financial information and advise oncompany financial policy. Chartered secretariesorganise and direct the work associated withmeetings of directors and shareholders, act ascompany representatives, control share registrationwork in commercial enterprises, advise on companylaw and ensure that all related regulations concerningthe running of a company are observed.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry is possible with either GCSEs/S grades, Alevels/H grades, a BTEC/SQA award, a degree orequivalent qualification. Professional qualificationsare available and are required for certain posts.

TASKS

• advises on financial matters, plans external andinternal audit programmes and arranges for the

collection and analysis of accounting, budgetaryand related information;

• liaises with other managers to determinecompany financial policy and staffing levelsappropriate for accounting activities;

• advises on company law or practice and ensuresthat company's articles and memorandum ofassociation are adhered to;

• maintains share registers in accordance with theCompanies Act and deals with all matters relatingto the sale, transfer and purchase of shares.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Company registrarCompany treasurerCredit managerFinance managerFinancial directorMerchant banker

Page 50: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

1

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

44 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

1132 MARKETING AND SALESMANAGERS

Marketing and sales managers plan, organise, directand undertake market research and formulate andimplement an organisation's marketing and salespolicies.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entrants to the professional qualifications of theChartered Institute of Marketing require GCSEs/Sgrades, A levels/H grades, a BTEC/SQA award, anAdvanced GNVQ/GSVQ Level III, a degree orequivalent qualification and/or relevant experience.NVQs/SVQs in Sales Management are available atLevel 4.

TASKS

• liaises with other managers/staff to determine therange of goods or services to be sold;

• discusses employer's or client's requirements,plans surveys and analyses customers' reactionsto product, packaging, price, etc.;

• examines and analyses sales figures and preparesproposals for marketing campaigns andpromotional activities;

• controls the recruitment and training of sales staff;

• produces reports and recommendationsconcerning marketing and sales strategies.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Business development managerCommercial managerExport managerMarketing managerProduct managerSales and marketing directorSales manager

1133 PURCHASING MANAGERS

Purchasing managers (not retail) plan, organise,direct and co-ordinate the purchasing policies andactivities of industrial, commercial and government.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry is most common with A levels/H grades, aBTEC/SQA award, a degree or equivalentqualification. Off- and on-the-job training isprovided and professional qualifications areavailable.

TASKS

• assesses the type, quality, quantity and price ofitems and dates when they must be available;

• decides on whether orders should be put out totender and evaluates suppliers' quotes;

• negotiates contract with supplier and draws upcontract documents;

• arranges for quality checks of incoming goods;

• interviews suppliers' representatives and visitstrade fairs.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Purchasing directorPurchasing managerSupplies manager

1134 ADVERTISING AND PUBLICRELATIONS MANAGERS

Advertising and public relations managers plan,organise, direct and co-ordinate the advertising,public relations and public information activities ofan organisation.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no pre-set entry standards, although mostentrants possess A levels/H grades, a degree orequivalent qualification. Entry is also possible withprofessional qualifications and/or relevantexperience. Off- and on-the-job training is provided.NVQs/SVQs in both Advertising and PublicRelations are available at Levels 3 and 4.

Page 51: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 1

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 45

TASKS

• liaises with client to discuss product/service tobe marketed, defines target group and assessesthe suitability of various media;

• conceives advertising campaign to impart thedesired product image in an effective andeconomical way;

• reviews and revises campaign in light of salesfigures, surveys, etc.;

• stays abreast of changes in media, readership orviewing figures and advertising rates;

• arranges conferences, exhibitions, seminars, etc.to promote the image of a product, service ororganisation.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Advertising managerMedia directorPublic relations managerPublicity manager

1135 PERSONNEL, TRAINING ANDINDUSTRIAL RELATIONSMANAGERS

Job holders within this unit group plan, organise,direct the personnel, training and industrial relationspolicies of organisations, advise on resourceallocation and utilisation problems, measure theeffectiveness of an organisation's systems, methodsand procedures and advise on, plan and implementprocedures to improve utilisation of labour,equipment and materials.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no pre-set entry standards, although entryis most common with a degree or equivalentqualification. Off- and on-the-job training isprovided and professional qualifications areavailable. NVQs/SVQs in Personnel Support,Personnel Management and Personnel Strategy areavailable at Levels 3, 4 and 5 respectively. NVQs/SVQs in Training and Development are available atLevels 3 and 4.

TASKS

• determines staffing needs;

• prepares job descriptions, drafts advertisementsand interviews candidates;

• monitors employee performance and discussescareer development needs with employees;

• provides or arranges for provision of trainingcourses;

• undertakes industrial relations negotiations withemployees representatives or trade unions;

• develops and administers salary, health and safetyand promotion policies;

• examines and reports upon company anddepartmental structures, chains of command,information flows, etc. and evaluates efficiencyof existing operations;

• considers alternative work procedures to improveproductivity.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Human resources managerIndustrial relations managerPersonnel managerTraining managerWorks study manager

1136 INFORMATION ANDCOMMUNICATIONTECHNOLOGY MANAGERS

Job holders in this unit group plan, organise, directand co-ordinate the work necessary to operate andprovide information communication technologyservices, to maintain and develop associated networkfacilities and to provide software and hardwaresupport.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no pre-set entry requirements. Candidatesare recruited with a variety of academicqualifications and/or relevant experience. Off- and

Page 52: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

1

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

46 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

on-the-job training is provided. ModernApprenticeships, professional qualifications andNVQs/SVQs at Levels 2, 3 and 4 are available.

TASKS

• plans, organises and directs the information andcommunication technology resources of anorganisation;

• liaises with user group representatives to clarifyrequirements and development needs;

• implements feasibility studies to guide thedevelopment and direction of Information andCommunication Technology (ICT) systems;

• plans work schedules and assigns tasks to ICTstaff;

• advises on the uses and capabilities of ICTservices;

• co-ordinates the introduction of new ICT systemsor the modification of existing systems.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Computer managerComputer operations managerData processing managerIT managerSystems managerTelecom manager

1137 RESEARCH ANDDEVELOPMENT MANAGERS

Managers in this unit group plan, organise, co-ordinate and direct resources to undertake thesystematic investigation necessary for thedevelopment of new, or to enhance the performanceof existing products and services.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entrants usually possess a degree or equivalentqualification. Training is usually provided on-the-job, although support may be provided forpostgraduate study. Professional qualifications areavailable.

TASKS

• establishes product design and performanceobjectives in consultation with other businessfunctions;

• liaises with production departments to investigatemanufacturing problems and investigations;

• develops research methodology, implements andreports upon research investigations undertaken;

• plans work schedules, assigns tasks and delegatesresponsibilities of the research and developmentteam;

• monitors the standards of scientific and technicalresearch undertaken by research team.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Director of researchLaboratory managerResearch manager

Page 53: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 1

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 47

MINOR GROUP 114QUALITY AND CUSTOMER CARE MANAGERS

Quality and customer care managers plan, organise, co-ordinate and direct resourcesnecessary for measuring, monitoring and reporting upon the qualitative aspects of a productor service, and for receiving and dealing with the responses, complaints and further needsof customers.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

1141 QUALITY ASSURANCE MANAGERS1142 CUSTOMER CARE MANAGERS

1141 QUALITY ASSURANCEMANAGERS

Managers in this unit group plan, organise, co-ordinate and direct resources necessary for theeffective measuring, monitoring and reporting on thequalitative aspects of a specified tangible (industrialproduction) or non-tangible (service provision)output.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no pre-set entry standards. Formalacademic requirements will vary betweenoccupations. Entry is possible with GCSEs/S grades,A levels/H grades, a BTEC/SQA award, a degree orequivalent qualification and/or with relevantexperience. Off- and on-the-job training is provided.NVQs/SVQs that encompass quality assuranceelements are available up to Level 4.

TASKS

• develops and implements visual, physical,functional or other appropriate measures andtests of quality;

• analyses and report upon the results of qualitycontrol tests to ensure that production remainswithin specification;

• considers the impact of legislation uponspecification requirements;

• examines current operating procedures todetermine how quality may be improved;

• attends meetings with managers to discuss qualityrelated problems and possible methods forquality improvement.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Quality assurance managerQuality control managerQuality manager

1142 CUSTOMER CAREMANAGERS

Workers in this unit group plan, organise, co-ordinateand direct resources necessary for receiving anddealing with the responses, complaints or furtherrequirements of purchasers and users of a productor service.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no pre-set entry requirements. Candidatesare recruited with a variety of academicqualifications and/or relevant experience. Specialistqualifications may be required for work withincertain sectors.

TASKS

• develop and implement policies and proceduresto deal effectively with customer requirementsand complaints;

Page 54: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

1

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

48 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

• co-ordinates and controls the work of thosewithin customer services departments;

• discuss customer responses with other managerswith a view to improving the product or serviceprovided;

• plan, co-ordinate and direct the operations of helpand advisory services to provide support forcustomers and users.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Customer relations managerCustomer service managerHelp desk manager

Page 55: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 1

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 49

MINOR GROUP 115FINANCIAL INSTITUTION AND OFFICE MANAGERS

Workers in this minor group organise, co-ordinate and direct the day-to-day running ofbanks, building societies, post offices, insurance companies and other financial institutions.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

1151 FINANCIAL INSTITUTION MANAGERS1152 OFFICE MANAGERS

1151 FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONMANAGERS

Job holders in this unit group plan, organise, directand co-ordinate the activities and resources of banks,building societies, insurance companies and postoffices.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry is possible with Advanced GNVQ/GSVQLevel III, A levels/H grades, a degree or equivalentqualification. Those with higher qualificationsobtain accelerated training. Internal promotion tomanagement is also possible. On-the-job training isprovided. Professional qualifications are availableand often mandatory.

TASKS

• plans, organises, directs and co-ordinates theactivities of financial institutions;

• verifies that accounting, recording andinformation storage and retrieval procedures areadhered to;

• authorises loans and mortgages in accordancewith bank or building society policy;

• promotes financial services, establishes contactwith the local business community andprofessional firms;

• preparing general reports and briefs on morecomplex cases for senior management.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Bank managerBranch manager (bank, building society)Building society managerPost Office managerSub-postmaster

1152 OFFICE MANAGERS

Workers in this unit group plan, organise, direct andco-ordinate the activities and resources of officeswithin commercial, public and other organisations.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry will usually require GCSEs/S grades but ispossible with other academic qualifications and/orrelevant experience. Professional qualifications areavailable in some occupations.

TASKS

• plans work schedules, assigns tasks and delegatesresponsibilities;

• advises on the handling of all correspondenceand enquiries relating to accounts, sales,statistical and vacancy records;

• ensures that procedures for considering, issuing,amending and endorsing insurance policies areadhered to;

Page 56: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

1

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

50 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

• plans, organises, directs and co-ordinates theactivities and resources of other offices notelsewhere classified including box offices, otherticket offices and accommodation bureaux.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Accounts managerAdministration managerOffice manager

Page 57: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 1

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 51

MINOR GROUP 116MANAGERS IN DISTRIBUTION, STORAGE AND RETAILING

Managers in distribution, storage and retailing plan, organise, direct and co-ordinate theactivities and resources necessary for the efficient and convenient transportation ofpassengers or freight, the loading, unloading, storage and distribution of goods and materials,and the sale of wholesale and retail goods to customers.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

1161 TRANSPORT AND DISTRIBUTION MANAGERS1162 STORAGE AND WAREHOUSE MANAGERS1163 RETAIL AND WHOLESALE MANAGERS

1161 TRANSPORT ANDDISTRIBUTION MANAGERS

Transport and distribution managers plan, organise,direct and co-ordinate the activities and resourcesnecessary for the safe, efficient and economicmovement of passengers and freight by road, rail,sea and air transport.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Candidates are recruited with a variety of academicqualifications and/or with relevant experience.Entrants to management trainee schemes offered bylarger companies will require GCSEs/S grades, Alevels/H grades, a degree or other equivalentqualifications. Off- and on-the-job training isprovided. Professional qualifications are available.Legislation of the European Union requires alltransport managers to hold a Certificate ofProfessional Competence (CPC).

TASKS

• plans the optimum utilisation of staff andoperating equipment, and co-ordinatesmaintenance activities to ensure least possibledisruption to services;

• examines traffic reports, load patterns, trafficreceipts and other data and revises transportservices or freight rates accordingly;

• directs the movement, handling and storage offreight in transit, and reviews space utilisation,

staffing and distribution expenditure to determinefuture distribution policies;

• ensures that regulations regarding hours of work,the licensing of crews and transport equipment,the operational safety and efficiency ofequipment, the insurance of vehicles and otherstatutory regulations are complied with;

• ensures that harbour channels and berths aremaintained and liaises with ship owners, crew,customs officials, dock and harbour staff toarrange entry, berthing and servicing of ships;

• supervises day-to-day activities in a railwaystation;

• arranges for maintenance of airport runways andbuildings, liaises with fuel and catering crews toensure adequate supplies and resolves anycomplaints and problems raised by airport users.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Harbour masterStation masterTraffic managerTransport manager

1162 STORAGE AND WAREHOUSEMANAGERS

Managers within this unit group plan, organise, directand co-ordinate the procedures and resourcesnecessary for the receipt, storage and warehousingof goods and for the maintenance of stocks at anoptimal level.

Page 58: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

1

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

52 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Academic qualifications may be required for someposts and entry is also possible with relevantexperience. Training is usually provided on-the-job.NVQs/SVQs in Distribution and WarehousingOperations are available at Levels 2, 3 and 4.

TASKS

• liaises with production, maintenance, sales andother departments to determine the materials andother items required for current and futureproduction schedules and sales commitments;

• reviews, develops and implements stock control,handling and distribution policies to maximiseuse of space, money, labour and other resources;

• advises purchasing department on type, qualityand quantity of goods required and dates bywhich they must be available;

• prepares reports on expenditure and advises onmaterials and parts standardisation, future storesand stock control policies;

• decides on storage conditions for particularitems, allocates warehouse space and arrangesfor regular stock inspections to detectdeterioration or damage.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Parts managerStock control managerStores managerWarehouse manager

1163 RETAIL AND WHOLESALEMANAGERS

Retail and wholesale managers plan, organise, directand co-ordinate the operations of retail and wholesaleestablishments.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry requirements vary from company to company.Entrants may possess GCSEs/S grades, A levels/Hgrades, GNVQs/GSVQs, a BTEC/SQA award, a

degree or equivalent qualification. Entry is alsopossible through promotion after gaining sufficientexperience. NVQs/SVQs in Retail Operations areavailable at Level 4.

TASKS

• provides information about merchandise to staffand customers;

• ensures that adequate reserves of merchandiseare held and that stock keeping is carried outefficiently;

• maintains financial and other records andcontrols security arrangements for the premises;

• authorises payment for supplies received anddecides on vending price and credit terms;

• examines quality of merchandise and ensures thateffective use is made of advertising and displayfacilities.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Baker's managerGarden centre managerRetail managerShop manager (retail trade)Showroom managerWholesale manager

Page 59: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 1

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 53

MINOR GROUP 117PROTECTIVE SERVICE OFFICERS

Protective service officers manage the operations of police stations, fire stations and prisons,supervise customs, excise and immigration staff and assist with inspections of goods andpersons entering or leaving the country and serve as commissioned officers in Her Majesty'sarmed forces and in foreign and Commonwealth armed forces.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

1171 OFFICERS IN ARMED FORCES1172 POLICE OFFICERS (INSPECTORS AND ABOVE)1173 SENIOR OFFICERS IN FIRE, AMBULANCE, PRISON AND

RELATED SERVICES1174 SECURITY MANAGERS

1171 OFFICERS IN ARMEDFORCES

Workers in this unit group serve as commissionedofficers in Her Majesty's armed forces, foreignand Commonwealth armed forces; plan, direct,organise and administer military operations andperform duties for which there is no civilianequivalent.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry to the UK armed forces is possible withGCSEs/S grades, A levels/H grades or with higheracademic qualifications or by promotion from NCOor other rank. Each arm of the forces has differentage restrictions. Candidates must pass a medicalexamination and interview.

TASKS

• advises and provides information on militaryaspects of defence policy;

• plans, directs and co-ordinates training andmilitary manoeuvres;

• supervises the operation of military units andmonitors the activities of junior officers, NCOsand other ranks;

• plans, directs and administers aid to civilian

authorities as requested or when faced with civildisorder, natural disaster or other emergency;

• monitors record keeping systems and preparesreports and expenditure estimates.

RELATED JOB TITLES

CaptainCommissioned officerFlight-LieutenantLieutenantLieutenant-CommanderMajorSquadron Leader

1172 POLICE OFFICERS(INSPECTORS AND ABOVE)

Police officers plan, organise, direct and co-ordinatethe resources and activities of a specific geographicalor functional area of generalised or specialised policework.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry is only possible by internal promotion fromsergeant. Degree or equivalent qualification holdersmay obtain accelerated promotion. All police forceshave age restrictions and medical requirements.

Page 60: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

1

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

54 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

TASKS

• liaises with senior officers to determine staff,financial and other short and long term needs;

• plans, directs and co-ordinates general policingfor an area or functional unit;

• directs and monitors the work of subordinateofficers;

• establishes contacts and sources of informationconcerning crimes planned or committed;

• directs and co-ordinates the operation of recordkeeping systems and the preparation of reports.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Assistant chief constableChief constableChief inspector (police service)Chief superintendent (police service)Deputy chief constable

1173 SENIOR OFFICERS IN FIRE,AMBULANCE, PRISON ANDRELATED SERVICES

Fire officers plan, organise, direct and co-ordinatethe activities and resources of a specific physical orfunctional area of a statutory or private fire brigadeand the resources necessary for the protection ofproperty at fires within a salvage corps area.Ambulance officers plan, organise, direct and co-ordinate the resources necessary for the provisionof ambulance services. Prison officers (principalofficer and above) plan, organise, direct, and co-ordinate the activities and resources necessary forthe running of a prison, remand or detention centre.Customs officers plan and direct the work ofcustoms, excise and immigration staff in themonitoring and inspection of goods and personscrossing national borders.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

The position of fire officer is achieved by internalpromotion from Fireman, Leading fireman or Sub-officer. Entry to senior positions within the prisonservice and customs and excise are either by internalpromotion or by open competition. Candidatestypically possess a degree or equivalent qualification.

Entry to the prison service is also subject to age andheight restrictions. Entry to senior positions withinthe ambulance service is largely by internalpromotion from supervisory roles.

TASKS

• liaises with senior officials and/or governmentdepartments to determine staffing, financial andother short and long term needs;

• prepares reports for insurance companies, theHome Office, Scottish Home and HealthDepartment, and other bodies as necessary;

• advises on the recruitment, training andmonitoring of staff;

• fire officers plan, direct and co-ordinate anoperational plan for one or more fire stations,attend fires and other emergencies to minimisedanger to property and people, arrange for thesalvaging of goods, immediate temporary repairsand security measures for fire damaged premisesas necessary;

• ambulance officers plan, organise, direct and co-ordinate the activities of ambulance personneland control room assistants, for the provision ofambulance services for emergency and non-emergency cases;

• prison offices interview prisoner on arrival anddischarge/departure, receive reports ondisciplinary problems and decide on appropriateaction and make periodic checks on internal andexternal security;

• customs, excise and immigration officers adviseon the interpretation of regulations concerningtaxes, duties and immigration requirements andenforce these regulations through monitoring ofpremises, examining goods entering the countryto ensure correct duty is paid and establishingthat passengers have the necessary authorisationfor crossing national borders.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Chief immigration officerChief preventive officerFire officerGovernor (prison service)Principal officer (prison service)Station officer (ambulance service)

Page 61: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 1

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 55

1174 SECURITY MANAGERS

Managers in this unit group plan, organise, directand co-ordinate the resources and activities necessaryfor the provision of private detective services andsecurity measures for individuals, establishments,organisations or for broader geographical areas.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements.Appointment may occur through promotion fromsupervisory security posts. Professionalqualifications are available and may be required bysome employers. Off- and on-the-job training isprovided. NVQs/SVQs at Levels 2 and 3 areavailable.

TASKS

• plans work schedules, assigns tasks and delegatesresponsibilities of detective and security staff;

• analyses current security requirements, advisesclients, and develops and implements appropriatesecurity measures;

• oversees the security clearance of new membersof an organisation;

• arranges for the monitoring, reporting andreviewing of present procedures with a view toimproving the efficacy of security arrangements;

• ensures that the activities of detective andsecurity staff comply with legal requirements andliaises with civil law enforcement authoritieswhere necessary.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Operations manager (security services)Owner (detective agency)Owner (security services)Security manager

Page 62: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

1

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

56 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

MINOR GROUP 118HEALTH AND SOCIAL SERVICES MANAGERS

Managers in health and social services plan, organise, direct and co-ordinate the activitiesand resources necessary for the efficient provision of primary and secondary health careservices, social care establishments and other welfare services.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

1181 HOSPITAL AND HEALTH SERVICE MANAGERS1182 PHARMACY MANAGERS1183 HEALTHCARE PRACTICE MANAGERS1184 SOCIAL SERVICES MANAGERS1185 RESIDENTIAL AND DAY CARE MANAGERS

1181 HOSPITAL AND HEALTHSERVICE MANAGERS

Managers in this unit group plan, organise, directand co-ordinate the resources and activities of healthcare providers and purchasers at both district andunit level.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entrants require a degree or equivalent qualification,a professional qualification and/or relevantexperience. Off- and on-the-job training is providedthrough management training schemes. The natureof schemes vary between regions and occupationalareas.

TASKS

• the day-to-day management of a service or unit;

• liaises with health care professionals to determineshort and long term needs and how to meet theseobjectives within budgetary constraints;

• negotiates contracts with providers andpurchasers of health care services;

• monitor and report upon the effectiveness ofservices with a view to improving the efficiencyof health care provision.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Clinical managerHealth service managerManager (hospital service)

1182 PHARMACY MANAGERS

Pharmacy managers plan, organise, co-ordinate anddirect the resources and activities of retail, hospitaland industrial pharmacies.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Pharmacists require an accredited university degreein pharmacy. Pharmacists working in hospital orindustrial posts usually possess a postgraduatequalification. Professional qualifications areavailable and mandatory for pharmacists workingin retail and hospital posts.

TASKS

• prepare and dispense medicines to hospitalpatients and on prescription to the general public;

• advise customers on how to use prescribedmedicines and provide information on the saleof over the counter medicines;

Page 63: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 1

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 57

• responsible for stock control, ordering, labelling,maintaining prescription files and recording theissue of narcotics, poisons and other habitforming drugs;

• liaises with other health care professionals withregards to the supply and form of appropriatemedications;

• research, develop, test and manufacture newpharmaceutical products.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Pharmacist's managerShop manager (retail trade, pharmacists)

1183 HEALTHCARE PRACTICEMANAGERS

Job holders in this unit group plan, organise, directand co-ordinate the work and resources of medical,dental and other forms of health care practice.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no pre-set entry requirements. Candidatesare recruited with a variety of academicqualifications or with relevant experience.Professional qualifications are available and arerequired for certain posts.

TASKS

• plans work schedules, assigns tasks and delegatesresponsibilities of practice staff;

• negotiates contracts for services with otherhealth care providers and purchasers;

• maintains patient files on medical history,consultations made and treatment undertakenand/or drugs prescribed;

• responsible for budgeting, pricing and accountingactivities within the practice.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Medical practice manager (health services)

1184 SOCIAL SERVICESMANAGERS

Job holders in this unit group plan, organise, directand co-ordinate the resources necessary to protectthe welfare of certain groups within local authoritiesincluding children and young people, families understress, people with disabilities, elderly people andpeople who are mentally or physically ill.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry is usually through internal promotion for thosewith the appropriate professional qualifications andrelevant experience. Post-qualifying professionalqualifications are available.

TASKS

• responsibility for meeting the statutoryrequirements of local authority social servicesdepartments;

• determines staffing, financial, material and othershort and long term needs;

• plans work schedules, assigns tasks and delegatesresponsibilities of social services staff;

• monitors and evaluates departmentalperformance with a view to improving socialservice provision;

• studies and advises upon changes in legislationthat will impact upon social service provision;

• liaises with representatives of other relevantagencies.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Social services managerTeam manager (social services)

1185 RESIDENTIAL AND DAYCARE MANAGERS

Managers in this group plan, organise, direct andco-ordinate the resources necessary in the provisionand running of residential and day careestablishments for persons who require specialisedcare and/or supervision.

Page 64: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

1

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

58 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no pre-set entry standards. Entry is basedlargely upon experience. Off- and on-the-job trainingis provided. NVQs/SVQs in Care and CommunityWork are available at Levels 2, 3 and 4.

TASKS

• determines staffing, financial, material and othershort and long term requirements;

• plans work schedules, assigns tasks and delegatesresponsibilities of staff;

• arranges for payment of bills, keeps accounts andadheres to health, safety and other statutoryrequirements;

• maintains contact between residents and the localcommunity and/or family and friends;

• ensures that residents have access to health andsocial care services as required;

• creates a friendly secure atmosphere to gain thetrust and confidence of those in the home or undersupervision;

• ensures that the physical comfort and all materialneeds of residents are provided and attempts toresolve problems that may arise.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Care managerManager (nursing home)Owner (retirement home)Residential manager

Page 65: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 1

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 59

SUB-MAJOR GROUP 12MANAGERS AND PROPRIETORS IN AGRICULTURE

AND SERVICESJob holders in this sub-major group manage agricultural, forestry, fishing and environmentaloperations; co-ordinate and direct the activities of restaurants, hotels, entertainmentestablishments, sports and leisure facilities, travel and property agencies, independent shops,garages, hairdressers and other services.

MINOR GROUP 121MANAGERS IN FARMING, HORTICULTURE,

FORESTRY AND FISHING

Workers in this minor group plan, organise, direct, and control the activities and resourcesof agricultural, forestry, fishing and similar establishments and are responsible for theprotection and management of the natural environment.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

1211 FARM MANAGERS1212 NATURAL ENVIRONMENT AND CONSERVATION MANAGERS1219 MANAGERS IN ANIMAL HUSBANDRY, FORESTRY AND FISHING

NEC

1211 FARM MANAGERS

Managers in this unit group plan, organise and co-ordinate the activities and resources of farmingestablishments cultivating arable crops, fruits, treesand shrubs and/or raising cattle, sheep, pigs andpoultry.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Most farm and horticultural managers have avocational agricultural qualification. These rangefrom BTEC/SQA awards to postgraduatequalifications in farm business organisation andmanagement. Candidates must normally have hadpractical agricultural experience before starting acourse. NVQs/SVQs in Agriculture are available atLevel 4.

TASKS

• determines financial, staffing and other short andlong term needs;

• produces and maintains records of production,finance and breeding;

• decides or advises on the types of crops to begrown or livestock raised;

• plans intensity and sequence of farm operationsand orders seed, fertiliser, farming equipment andother supplies;

• markets and arranges for the sale of crops,livestock and other farm produce.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Farm managerManager (agriculture)Manager (horticulture)

Page 66: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

1

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

60 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

1212 NATURAL ENVIRONMENTAND CONSERVATIONMANAGERS

Workers in this unit group plan, co-ordinate, directand organise the resources and activities necessaryfor the protection, maintenance and management ofthe general environment or of specific areasdesignated to be of special status.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entrants usually possess a BTEC/SQA award, adegree or equivalent qualification. Extensive pre-entry experience is essential. Professionalqualifications, higher degrees and postgraduatediplomas are available and may be required forcertain posts.

TASKS

• responsible for managing and protecting theenvironment in areas designated to be of specialinterest;

• represents the interests of the environment inreconciling conflicts between the interests ofbusiness, the general public and the localcommunity;

• co-ordinates the provision of information andprovides controlled and safe access to thecountryside for members of the public;

• ensures that any development within protectedareas is undertaken in accordance with planningand other statutory requirements.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Conservation managerCountryside managerEnvironmental managerNational park manager

1219 MANAGERS IN ANIMALHUSBANDRY, FORESTRY ANDFISHING NEC

Managers in this unit group perform a variety ofmanagerial tasks in farming, horticulture, forestry

and fishing not elsewhere classified in MINORGROUP 121: Managers in Farming, Horticulture,Forestry and Fishing.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry requirements range from no qualifications todegree level or equivalent awards depending on theoccupation. Off- and on-the-job training is provided.Professional qualifications and NVQs/SVQs areavailable in some areas.

TASKS

• determines staffing, financial and other long andshort term needs and keeps records on finance,production and breeding;

• decides, or advises on, type of animal to be bredand/or trained and selects, buys and trainsanimals accordingly;

• plans and directs the establishment of forestnurseries, assumes responsibility for a particulararea of forest/woodland and regularly inspectsforest work;

• selects suitable breeding grounds for shellfish,sea and freshwater fish and purchases stock;

• advises farmers and horticulturists on croppingrequirements, cultivation problems andgardening and grounds keeping;

• organises, co-ordinates and directs farming,fishing and forestry activities not elsewhereclassified, including tree felling, agriculturalcontracting and offshore fishing.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Cattery ownerFish farm managerKennels ownerNursery manager (horticulture)Racehorse trainer

Page 67: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 1

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 61

MINOR GROUP 122MANAGERS AND PROPRIETORS IN HOSPITALITY

AND LEISURE SERVICES

Workers in this minor group plan, organise, direct and co-ordinate (usually with the help ofother managers) the activities and resources of hotels, public houses and similarestablishments, restaurants, recreation and entertainment establishments, leisure and sportsfacilities and travel agencies.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

1221 HOTEL AND ACCOMMODATION MANAGERS1222 CONFERENCE AND EXHIBITION MANAGERS1223 RESTAURANT AND CATERING MANAGERS1224 PUBLICANS AND MANAGERS OF LICENSED PREMISES1225 LEISURE AND SPORTS MANAGERS1226 TRAVEL AGENCY MANAGERS

1221 HOTEL ANDACCOMMODATIONMANAGERS

Job holders in this unit group plan, organise, directand co-ordinate the activities and resources of hotels,hostels, lodging homes, holiday camps, holiday flatsand chalets and organise the domestic, catering, andentertainment facilities on passenger ships.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry is possible with a variety of academicqualifications and/or relevant experience. Largerhotel chains offer managerial trainee schemes.Candidates for these usually require a BTEC/SQAaward, a degree or equivalent qualification, or aprofessional qualification. Off- and on-the-jobtraining is provided. NVQs/SVQs in AccommodationManagement are available at Level 4.

TASKS

• analyses demand and decides on type, standardand cost of services to be offered;

• ensures physical comfort of residents orpassengers and makes special arrangements forchildren, the elderly and the infirm if required;

• approves and arranges shipboard entertainmentand shore trips and liaises with ship's agent toensure that ship is adequately provisioned;

• arranges for payment of bills, keeps accounts andadheres to licensing and other statutoryregulations.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Caravan park ownerGuest house proprietorHotel managerHotelier

1222 CONFERENCE ANDEXHIBITION MANAGERS

Conference and exhibition managers plan, organise,co-ordinate and direct the resources necessary forthe staging of conferences, exhibitions and othersimilar events.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry is possible with a variety of academicqualifications and/or relevant experience. Larger

Page 68: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

1

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

62 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

conference and exhibition management companiesmay offer training schemes. Candidates for thesetypically require a BTEC/SQA award, a degree oran equivalent qualification. Off- and on-the-jobtraining is provided.

TASKS

• discusses conference and exhibitionrequirements with clients;

• develops proposals encompassing technical andcreative inputs, and presents proposals to clients;

• allocates exhibition space to exhibitors;

• plans work schedules, assigns tasks, and co-ordinates the activities of designers, crafts persons,technical staff, caterers and other events staff;

• ensures that Health and Safety and other statutoryregulations are met.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Conference managerExhibition manager

1223 RESTAURANT ANDCATERING MANAGERS

Restaurant and catering managers plan, direct andco-ordinate the catering services of restaurants,hotels and other organisations.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry is possible with a variety of academicqualifications and/or relevant experience. Largerrestaurants and catering chains offer managerialtrainee schemes. Candidates for these usually requirea BTEC/SQA award, a degree or equivalentqualification, or a professional qualification. Off-and on-the-job training is provided. NVQs/SVQs inRestaurant Management are available at Level 4.

TASKS

• plans catering services and directs junior staff;

• decides on range and quality of meals andbeverages to be provided or discusses customer'srequirements for special occasions;

• purchases or directs the purchasing of suppliesand arranges for preparation of accounts;

• verifies that quality of food, beverages andwaiting service are as required and that kitchenand dining areas are kept clean in compliancewith statutory requirements;

• plans and arranges food preparation incollaboration with other staff and organises theprovision of waiting or counter staff;

• checks that supplies are properly used andaccounted for to prevent wastage and loss and tokeep within budget limit.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Canteen managerCatering managerFish and chip shopkeeperRestaurant managerRestaurateur

1224 PUBLICANS AND MANAGERSOF LICENSED PREMISES

Publicans and managers of licensed premisesorganise, direct and co-ordinate the activities andresources of non-residential and residential publichouses and the bar and catering facilities at non-residential clubs.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

No formal academic qualifications are required.Relevant experience is advantageous and candidatesmust be over 18 years of age. Larger chains offeraccelerated promotion for holders of degrees orequivalent qualifications. Off- and on-the-jobtraining is provided. NVQs/SVQs in On-LicensedPremises Management are available at Level 4.

TASKS

• maintains financial records for the establishment;

• arranges purchase of alcoholic and otherbeverages, bar snacks, cigarettes and other itemsand ensures that stocks are stored in properconditions;

Page 69: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 1

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 63

• supervises bar, kitchen and cleaning staff and, ifnecessary, assists with the serving of drinks;

• observes licensing laws and other statutoryregulations and regulates behaviour of customersas necessary.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Club stewardLicenseePublic house managerPublican

1225 LEISURE AND SPORTSMANAGERS

Leisure and sports managers organise, direct and co-ordinate the activities and resources required for theprovision of sporting, artistic, theatrical and otherrecreational and amenity services.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Both graduate and non-graduate entry is possible.Employers are however increasingly seekingapplicants with BTEC/SQA awards, degrees orequivalent qualifications. Off- and on-the-job trainingis provided. NVQs/SVQs in Sports and RecreationManagement are available at Level 4. Professionalqualifications may also be required for some posts.

TASKS

• recruits, supervises and trains box office staff,cashiers, gardeners, coaches, groundsmen/women;

• ensures that facilities are kept clean and in goodcondition;

• keeps abreast of new trends and developmentsin the creative arts and arranges exhibitions,theatrical productions, bands, orchestras, etc.;

• advises on the facilities available and promotespublicity in relation to shows, games, races, newtheme parks, etc.;

• checks and keeps custody of all cash receipts andmakes regular stock checks.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Leisure centre managerManager (snooker, billiards hall)Riding school ownerSports centre manager

1226 TRAVEL AGENCYMANAGERS

Travel agency managers plan, organise, direct andco-ordinate the resources and activities of travelagencies and booking offices.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry is most common with GCSEs/S grades but ispossible with other academic qualifications and/orrelevant experience. Off- and on-the-job training isavailable. NVQs/SVQs in Travel Services areavailable at Level 4.

TASKS

• plans work schedules and assigns tasks andresponsibilities;

• co-ordinates the activities of clerical, secretarialand other staff;

• discusses client's requirements and advises onroad, rail, air and sea travel and accommodation;

• makes and confirms travel and accommodationbookings, arranges group holidays, tours andindividual itineraries;

• advises on currency and passport/visa regulationsand any necessary health precautions needed.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Manager (travel agents)Travel manager

Page 70: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

1

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

64 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

MINOR GROUP 123MANAGERS AND PROPRIETORS IN OTHER SERVICE

INDUSTRIES

Workers in this minor group plan, co-ordinate and direct the activities and resources ofproperty services, garages, hairdressers and other personal services, small shops, wasteand recycling facilities, and other services not elsewhere classified in SUB-MAJOR GROUP12: Managers and Proprietors in Agriculture and Services.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

1231 PROPERTY, HOUSING AND LAND MANAGERS1232 GARAGE MANAGERS AND PROPRIETORS1233 HAIRDRESSING AND BEAUTY SALON MANAGERS AND

PROPRIETORS1234 SHOPKEEPERS AND WHOLESALE/RETAIL DEALERS1235 RECYCLING AND REFUSE DISPOSAL MANAGERS1239 MANAGERS AND PROPRIETORS IN OTHER SERVICES NEC

1231 PROPERTY, HOUSING ANDLAND MANAGERS

Workers within this unit group manage shoppingcentres, residential areas and private estates, andarrange for the sale, purchase, rental and leasing ofproperty on behalf of clients and employers.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic requirements,although entrants usually possess a BTEC/SQAaward, a degree or equivalent qualification. Manyemployers expect the attainment of membership toa professional body.

TASKS

• discusses client's requirements and may adviseclient on the purchase of property and land forinvestment and other purposes;

• conducts or arranges for structural surveys ofproperties and undertakes any necessaryvaluations of property or agricultural land;

• negotiates land or property purchases and salesor leases and tenancy agreements and arranges

legal formalities with solicitors, buildingsocieties and other parties;

• maintains or arranges for the maintenance ofestate accounts and records;

• acts as arbiter in disputes between landlord andtenant and ensures that both fulfil their legalobligations;

• examines and assesses housing applications,advises on rent levels, investigates complaints,maintains estate's amenities and liaises withtenants' association and social workers to resolveany family problems.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Housing managerProperty managerShopping centre manager

1232 GARAGE MANAGERS ANDPROPRIETORS

Garage managers and proprietors plan, organise,direct and co-ordinate the day-to-day running ofgarages and specialist vehicle maintenance andrepair establishments.

Page 71: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 1

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 65

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no pre-set entry requirements, althoughsome employers may require GCSEs/S grades orIntermediate GNVQs/GSVQs Level II. Off- and on-the-job training is provided.

TASKS

• ensures that necessary spare parts, materials andequipment are available or obtainable at shortnotice;

• arranges for maintenance staff to performnecessary maintenance and repair work onvehicles or motorcycles;

• checks completed work for compliance withsafety and other statutory regulations;

• maintains records of repair work to detectrecurrent faults;

• provides information about garage merchandisefor staff and customers.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Body shop manager (vehicle trades)Garage managerGarage ownerService manager (garage)

1233 HAIRDRESSING AND BEAUTYSALON MANAGERS ANDPROPRIETORS

Workers in this unit group plan, organise, direct andco-ordinate the activities and resources ofhairdressing salons, health clubs, beauty treatmentand similar establishments.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

No formal qualifications are required for entry.Candidates usually possess a BTEC/SQA award, anNVQ/SVQ in Hairdressing at Level 3 and/or relevantexperience.

TASKS

• determines staffing, financial, material and othershort and long term needs;

• controls the allocation, training and remunerationof hairdressing, beauty treatment and health clubstaff;

• provides clients with information and resolvesany complaints or problems;

• undertakes and/or directs hair treatments, beautytherapy or health and fitness activities;

• checks and maintains any health and fitnessequipment, and ensures that all safetyrequirements are met;

• prepares estimates, financial statements and otherreports.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Hairdresser's managerManager (hairdressing)Owner (beauty salon)

1234 SHOPKEEPERS ANDWHOLESALE/RETAILDEALERS

Workers in this unit group co-ordinate, direct andundertake the activities in the running of smallindependent retail and wholesale establishments.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements.There are a variety of NVQs/SVQs relevant to theactivities of specialist retail establishments. NVQs/SVQs in Retail Operations are available at Levels2, 3 and 4.

TASKS

• provides information about merchandise to staffand customers;

• ensures that adequate reserves of merchandiseare held and orders new stock as required;

Page 72: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

1

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

66 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

• maintains financial and other shop records andcontrols security arrangements for the premises;

• authorises payment for supplies received anddecides on vending price and credit terms;

• examines quality of merchandise and ensures thateffective use is made of advertising and displayfacilities.

RELATED JOB TITLES

General store keeperNewsagentOff-licenseeOwner (butchers)

1235 RECYCLING AND REFUSEDISPOSAL MANAGERS

Recycling and refuse disposal managers plan,organise, direct and co-ordinate the operations anddevelopment of waste disposal and recyclingfacilities within private waste management firms orpublic authorities.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry is possible with a variety of academicqualifications and/or relevant experience.Professional qualifications are available from theInstitute of Waste Management. Professionalqualifications may be mandatory in some operationalmanagement posts.

TASKS

• delegates tasks to staff and co-ordinates themaintenance and optimum utilisation of wastedisposal and recycling equipment to provide anefficient service;

• monitors levels of waste disposal and recycling,compiles statistics and produces reports;

• liaises with members of the local community toeducate and promote the concept of recyclingand appropriate waste management;

• studies legislation and liaises with wasteenforcement regulation staff to ensure thecompliance with legislation regarding wastedisposal and recycling;

• co-ordinates the resources and activities relatingto the procurement, collection, storage,processing and sale of scrap metal.

RELATED JOB TITLES

General dealerManager (refuse disposal)Recycling managerScrap metal merchant

1239 MANAGERS ANDPROPRIETORS IN OTHERSERVICES NEC

Workers in this unit group perform a variety ofmanagerial tasks in other service industries notelsewhere classified in MINOR GROUP 123:Managers and Proprietors in Other Service Industries.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry requirements vary from company to company.Some companies do not require candidates to haveacademic qualifications but others require a degreeor equivalent qualification. Off- and on-the-jobtraining is provided.

TASKS

• determines staffing, financial, material and othershort and long term requirements;

• ensures that adequate reserves of merchandiseare held and that stock keeping is carried outefficiently;

• authorises payment for supplies received anddecides on vending price and credit terms;

• examines quality of merchandise and ensures thateffective use is made of advertising and displayfacilities.

Page 73: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 1

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 67

RELATED JOB TITLES

Betting shop managerCitizens Advice Bureau managerCrematorium managerDomestic services managerHire shop managerLibrary ManagerPlant hire managerProduction manager (broadcasting)Publisher's managerVideo shop owner

Page 74: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 2

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 69

MAJOR GROUP 2PROFESSIONAL OCCUPATIONS

This major group covers occupations whose main tasks require a high level of knowledgeand experience in the natural sciences, engineering, life sciences, social sciences, humanitiesand related fields. The main tasks consist of the practical application of an extensive bodyof theoretical knowledge, increasing the stock of knowledge by means of research andcommunicating such knowledge by teaching methods and other means.

Most occupations in this major group will require a degree or equivalent qualification,with some occupations requiring postgraduate qualifications and/or a formal period ofexperience-related training.

Occupations in this major group are classified into the following sub-major and minorgroups:

21 SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY PROFESSIONALS

211 SCIENCE PROFESSIONALS212 ENGINEERING PROFESSIONALS213 INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY

PROFESSIONALS

22 HEALTH PROFESSIONALS

221 HEALTH PROFESSIONALS

23 TEACHING AND RESEARCH PROFESSIONALS

231 TEACHING PROFESSIONALS232 RESEARCH PROFESSIONALS

24 BUSINESS AND PUBLIC SERVICE PROFESSIONALS

241 LEGAL PROFESSIONALS242 BUSINESS AND STATISTICAL PROFESSIONALS243 ARCHITECTS, TOWN PLANNERS, SURVEYORS244 PUBLIC SERVICE PROFESSIONALS245 LIBRARIANS AND RELATED PROFESSIONALS

Page 75: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

2

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

70 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

SUB-MAJOR GROUP 21SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY PROFESSIONALS

Science and technology professionals undertake research and consultancy activities withinthe physical sciences; technically supervise the development, installation and maintenanceof mechanical, chemical, structural and electrical systems; advise upon and direct thetechnical aspects of production programmes; and provide consultancy and developmentservices in the provision and utilisation of information technology.

MINOR GROUP 211SCIENCE PROFESSIONALS

Science professionals are involved in planning, directing and undertaking research anddevelopment, providing, technical, advisory and consultancy services in the fields ofchemistry, biological sciences, physics, geology and meteorology.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

2111 CHEMISTS2112 BIOLOGICAL SCIENTISTS AND BIOCHEMISTS2113 PHYSICISTS, GEOLOGISTS AND METEOROLOGISTS

2111 CHEMISTS

Chemists analyse and research physical aspects ofchemical structure and change within substances anddevelop chemical techniques used in the manufactureor modification of natural substances and processedproducts.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entrants usually possess a degree. Entry may alsobe possible with an appropriate BTEC/SQA award,an Advanced GNVQ/GSVQ Level III, or otheracademic qualifications. Further specialist trainingis provided on the job. Some employers may expectentrants to gain professional qualifications.

TASKS

• develops experimental procedures, instrumentsand recording and testing systems;

• conducts experiments to identify chemical

composition, energy and chemical changes innatural substances and processed materials;

• analyses results and experimental data;

• tests techniques and processes for reliabilityunder a variety of conditions;

• develops procedures for quality control ofmanufactured products.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Analytical chemistChemistDevelopment chemistIndustrial chemistPhysical chemistResearch chemist

2112 BIOLOGICAL SCIENTISTSAND BIOCHEMISTS

Biological scientists and biochemists examine andinvestigate the morphology, structure, chemistry and

Page 76: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 2

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 71

physical characteristics of living organisms,including their inter-relationships, environments anddiseases.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entrants usually possess a degree. Entry may alsobe possible with an appropriate BTEC/SQA award,an Advanced GNVQ/GSVQ Level III, or otheracademic qualifications. Further specialist trainingis provided on the job. Some employers may expectentrants to gain professional qualifications.

TASKS

• studies the physical and chemical form, structure,composition and function of organs and tissues;

• identifies and studies the chemical substances,including microbial infections, involved inphysiological processes and the progress ofdisease;

• performs blood tests to study physiological andpathological characteristics within blood cells;

• researches the effects of internal and externalenvironmental factors on the life processes andother functions of living organisms;

• observes the structure of communities oforganisms in the laboratory and in their naturalenvironment;

• advises farmers, medical staff and others, on thenature of field crops, livestock and produce andon the treatment and prevention of disease;

• monitors the distribution, presence and behaviourof plants, animals and aquatic life, and performsother scientific tasks related to conservation notperformed by workers in UNIT GROUP 3551:Conservation and Environmental ProtectionOfficers.

RELATED JOB TITLES

BiochemistBiologistBotanistMedical laboratory scientific officerMicrobiologistPathologistZoologist

2113 PHYSICISTS, GEOLOGISTSAND METEOROLOGISTS

Physicists, geologists and meteorologists studyrelationships between matter, energy and otherphysical phenomena, the nature, composition andstructure of the Earth and other planetary bodies andforecast weather conditions and electrical, magnetic,seismic and thermal activity.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entrants usually possess a degree, although entrymay also be possible with an appropriate BTEC/SQAaward. Further specialist training is provided on thejob. Higher degrees and professional qualificationsare available.

TASKS

• conducts experiments and tests and usesmathematical models and theories to investigatethe structure and properties of matter,transformations and propagations of energy, thebehaviour of macro-molecules and living cellsand their interaction with various forms ofenergy;

• uses surveys, seismology and other methods todetermine the earth's mantle, crust, rock structureand type, and to analyse and predict theoccurrence of seismological activity;

• observes, records and collates data onatmospheric conditions from weather stations,satellites, and observation vessels to plot andforecast weather conditions;

• applies mathematical models and techniques toassist in the solution of scientific problems inindustry and commerce and seeks out newapplications of mathematical analysis.

RELATED JOB TITLES

GeologistGeophysicistMathematicianMeteorologistPhysicistSeismologist

Page 77: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

2

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

72 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

MINOR GROUP 212ENGINEERING PROFESSIONALS

Engineering professionals plan, organise and technically supervise the construction, testing,installation and maintenance of mechanical, structural, chemical, electrical and electronicsystems and equipment, advise and direct technical aspects of production programmes,and plan production schedules and work procedures to ensure efficiency and quality.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

2121 CIVIL ENGINEERS2122 MECHANICAL ENGINEERS2123 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS2124 ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS2125 CHEMICAL ENGINEERS2126 DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT ENGINEERS2127 PRODUCTION AND PROCESS ENGINEERS2128 PLANNING AND QUALITY CONTROL ENGINEERS2129 ENGINEERING PROFESSIONALS NEC

2121 CIVIL ENGINEERS

Civil engineers undertake research and design, directconstruction and manage the operation andmaintenance of civil and mining engineering structures.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Civil engineers usually possess an accredited three orfour-year degree in civil engineering or engineeringscience or an accredited Higher National Diploma orCertificate. The status of 'chartered engineer' isachieved through the completion of postgraduatetraining and membership of a chartered engineeringinstitution. The status of 'incorporated engineer' isobtained upon the completion of further training atwork and associate membership of a charteredengineering institution.

TASKS

• undertakes research and advises on mineraldeposits, soil mechanics, concrete technology,hydraulics, water and waste water treatmentprocesses and other civil engineering matters;

• determines and specifies construction methods,materials, quality and safety standards andensures that equipment operation andmaintenance comply with design specifications;

• designs structures such as roads, dams, bridges,railways, hydraulic systems, sewerage systems,industrial and other buildings and plans the layoutof tunnels, wells and construction shafts;

• organises and plans projects, arranges workschedules, carries out inspection work and plansmaintenance control;

• organises and establishes control systems tomonitor operational efficiency and performanceof materials and systems.

RELATED JOB TITLES

City engineerCivil engineerMining engineerMunicipal engineerPetroleum engineerStructural engineer

Page 78: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 2

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 73

2122 MECHANICAL ENGINEERS

Mechanical engineers undertake research and design,direct the manufacture and manage the operation andmaintenance of engines, machines, aircraft, vehicleand ships' structures and other mechanical items.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Mechanical engineers usually possess an accrediteduniversity degree. After qualifying, periods ofappropriate training and experience are requiredbefore membership of a chartered engineeringinstitution. Incorporated engineers possess anaccredited university degree, BTEC/SQA award ora Modern Apprenticeship leading to an NVQ/SVQat Level 4, followed by periods of training andrelevant experience.

TASKS

• undertakes research and advises on energy use,materials handling, thermodynamic processes,fluid mechanics, vehicles and environmentalcontrols;

• determines materials, equipment, piping,capacities, layout of plant or system andspecification for manufacture;

• designs mechanical equipment, such as steam,internal combustion and other non-electricalmotors for railway locomotives, road vehicles,aeroplanes and other machinery;

• ensures that equipment, operation andmaintenance comply with design specificationsand safety standards;

• organises and establishes control systems tomonitor operational efficiency and performanceof materials and systems.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Aeronautical engineer (professional)Automobile engineer (professional)Hydraulic engineer (professional)Marine engineer (professional)Mechanical engineer (professional)Welding engineer (professional)

2123 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS

Electrical engineers undertake research and design,direct construction and manage the operation andmaintenance of electrical equipment, power stationsand other electrical products and systems.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Electrical engineers usually possess an accrediteduniversity degree. After qualifying, periods ofappropriate training and experience are requiredbefore membership of a chartered engineeringinstitution. Incorporated engineers possess anaccredited university degree, BTEC/SQA award ora Modern Apprenticeship leading to an NVQ/SVQat Level 4. All routes are followed by periods ofappropriate training and relevant experience.

TASKS

• supervises, controls and monitors the operationof electrical generation, transmission anddistribution systems;

• determines and specifies manufacturing methodsof electrical systems;

• ensures that manufacture, operation andmaintenance comply with design specificationsand contractual arrangements;

• organises and establishes control systems tomonitor the performance and safety of electricalassemblies and systems.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Electrical engineer (professional)Generating engineer (electricity supplier)Power engineerPower transmission engineer

2124 ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS

Electronics engineers undertake research and design,direct construction and manage the operation andmaintenance of electronic motors, communicationssystems, microwave systems, and other electronicequipment.

Page 79: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

2

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

74 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Electronics engineers usually possess an accrediteduniversity degree. After qualifying, periods ofappropriate training and experience are requiredbefore membership of a chartered engineeringinstitution. Incorporated engineers possess anaccredited university degree, BTEC/SQA award ora Modern Apprenticeship leading to an NVQ/SVQat Level 4. All routes are followed by periods ofappropriate training and relevant experience.

TASKS

• undertakes research and advises on all aspectsof telecommunications equipment, radar,telemetry and remote control systems, dataprocessing equipment, microwaves and otherelectronic equipment;

• determines and specifies appropriate productionand/or installation methods and quality and safetystandards;

• organises and establishes control systems tomonitor performance and evaluate designs;

• tests, diagnoses faults and undertakes repair ofelectronic equipment.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Broadcasting engineer (professional)Electronics engineer (professional)Microwave engineerRadar engineer (research)Radio engineer (professional)

2125 CHEMICAL ENGINEERS

Chemical engineers undertake research oncommercial scale chemical processes and processedproducts, design and provide specifications anddirect the construction, operation, maintenance andrepair of chemical plants and control systems.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Chemical engineers usually possess an accrediteduniversity degree. After qualifying, periods of

appropriate training and experience are requiredbefore membership of a chartered engineeringinstitution. Incorporated engineers possess anaccredited university degree, BTEC/SQA award ora Modern Apprenticeship leading to an NVQ/SVQat Level 4. All routes are followed by periods ofappropriate training and relevant experience.

TASKS

• undertakes research and develops processes toachieve physical and/or chemical change for oil,pharmaceutical, synthetic, plastic, food and otherproducts;

• designs, controls and constructs process plantsto manufacture products;

• ensures that production methods, materials andquality standards conform to specifications andsafety requirements;

• manages the safe and efficient operation,maintenance and control of processing plant;

• prepares reports, feasibility studies and costingsfor major investments in processing facilities forincreased capacity and novel productmanufacture.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Chemical engineerPlastics engineer (professional)

2126 DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENTENGINEERS

Design and development engineers conceiveengineering designs from product ideas orrequirements in mechanical, electrical and electronicengineering.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Design and development engineers usually possessan accredited university degree. After qualifying,periods of appropriate training and experience arerequired before membership of a charteredengineering institution. Incorporated engineers

Page 80: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 2

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 75

possess an accredited university degree, BTEC/SQAaward or a Modern Apprenticeship leading to anNVQ/SVQ at Level 4. All routes are followed byperiods of appropriate training and relevantexperience.

TASKS

• assesses product requirements, including costs,manufacturing feasibility and marketrequirements;

• prepares working designs for steam, aero,turbine, marine and electrical engines,mechanical instruments, aircraft and missilestructures, vehicle and ship structures, plant andmachinery equipment, domestic electricalappliances and electronic computing andtelecommunications equipment;

• arranges construction and testing of model orprototype and modifies design if necessary;

• produces final design information for use inpreparation of layouts, parts lists, etc.;

• prepares specifications for materials and othercomponents.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Design consultantDesign engineerDevelopment engineer

2127 PRODUCTION AND PROCESSENGINEERS

Production and process engineers advise on anddirect technical aspects of production programmesto ensure cost-effectiveness and efficiency.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Production and process engineers usually possessan accredited university degree. After qualifying,periods of appropriate training and experience arerequired before membership of a charteredengineering institution. Incorporated engineerspossess an accredited university degree, BTEC/SQA

award or a Modern Apprenticeship leading to anNVQ/SVQ at Level 4. All routes are followed byperiods of appropriate training and relevantexperience.

TASKS

• studies existing and alternative productionmethods, regarding work flow, plant layout, typesof machinery and cost;

• recommends optimum equipment and layout andprepares drawings and specifications;

• devises production control methods to monitoroperational efficiency;

• investigates and eliminates potential hazards andbottlenecks in production;

• advises management on new productionmethods, techniques and equipment;

• liaises with materials buying, storing andcontrolling departments to ensure a steady flowof supplies.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Process engineerProduction consultantProduction engineer

2128 PLANNING AND QUALITYCONTROL ENGINEERS

Planning and quality control engineers planproduction schedules, work sequences, andmanufacturing and processing procedures to ensureaccuracy, quality and reliability.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Planning and quality control engineers usuallypossess an accredited university degree. Afterqualifying, periods of appropriate training andexperience are required before membership of achartered engineering institution. Incorporatedengineers possess an accredited university degree,BTEC/SQA award or a Modern Apprenticeship

Page 81: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

2

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

76 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

leading to an NVQ/SVQ at Level 4. All routes arefollowed by periods of appropriate training andrelevant experience.

TASKS

• analyses plans, drawings, specifications andsafety, quality, accuracy, reliability andcontractual requirements;

• prepares plan of sequence of operations andcompletion dates for each phase of productionor processing;

• advises on existing plant machinery/layout andany modifications required;

• devises inspection, testing and evaluationmethods for bought-in materials, components,semi-finished and finished products;

• ensures accuracy of machines, jigs, fixtures,gauges and other manufacturing and testingequipment;

• prepares work flow charts for individualdepartments and compiles detailed instructionson processes, work methods and quality andsafety standards for workers.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Industrial engineerPlanning engineerProduction plannerQuality control engineerQuality engineer

2129 ENGINEERINGPROFESSIONALS NEC

Workers in this unit group perform a variety ofengineering functions not elsewhere classified inMINOR GROUP 212: Engineering Professionals.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Chartered engineers usually possess an accrediteduniversity degree. After qualifying, periods ofappropriate training and experience are required

before membership of a chartered engineeringinstitution. Incorporated engineers possess anaccredited university degree, BTEC/SQA award ora Modern Apprenticeship leading to an NVQ/SVQat Level 4. All routes are followed by periods ofappropriate training and relevant experience.

TASKS

• researches into problem areas to advance basicknowledge, evaluate new theories and techniquesand to solve specific problems;

• establishes principles and techniques to improvethe quality, durability and performance ofmaterials such as textiles, glass, rubber, plastics,ceramics, metals and alloys;

• designs new systems and equipment with regardto cost, market requirements and feasibility ofmanufacture;

• devises and implements control systems tomonitor operational efficiency and performanceof system and materials;

• prepare sketches, drawings and specificationsshowing materials to be used, construction andfinishing methods and other details;

• examines and advises on patent applications;

• provides technical consultancy services.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Agricultural engineerCeramics engineerFood technologistFuel engineerMaterials scientistMetallurgistPatent agentProject engineerTraffic engineer

Page 82: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 2

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 77

MINOR GROUP 213INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY

PROFESSIONALS

Information and communication technology professionals advise clients as to the effectiveutilisation of information technology and develop and implement software for clients.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

2131 IT STRATEGY AND PLANNING PROFESSIONALS2132 SOFTWARE PROFESSIONALS

2131 IT STRATEGY ANDPLANNING PROFESSIONALS

IT strategy and planning professionals provide adviceon the effective utilisation of information technologyin order to solve business problems or to enhancethe effectiveness of business functions.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entrants usually possess a degree or equivalentqualification, although entry with other academicqualifications and/or relevant experience is possible.There are a variety of vocational, professional andpostgraduate qualifications available.

TASKS

• liaises with clients in order to analyse businessprocedure, clarify customer requirements and todefine the scope of existing software, hardwareand network arrangements;

• undertakes feasibility studies incorporating costs,benefits, staffing implications and training needs,and presents proposals to clients to introduce newIT solutions or to modify existing systems;

• communicates the impact of emergingtechnologies to clients and advises upon thepotential introduction of such technology;

• provides advice and assistance in theprocurement, provision, delivery, installation,maintenance and use of information systems andtheir environments.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Computer consultantSoftware consultant

2132 SOFTWARE PROFESSIONALS

Software professionals are responsible for all aspectsof the design, application, development andoperation of software systems.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entrants usually possess a degree or equivalentqualification, although entry with other academicqualifications and/or relevant experience is possible.There are a variety of vocational, professional andpostgraduate qualifications available.

TASKS

• examines existing software and determinesrequirements for new/modified systems throughconsultation with clients and staff;

• undertakes feasibility studies of softwaresolutions through specifying and costingfunctional details, equipment, staffing andoperational procedures;

• investigates, plans, designs and developssoftware solutions within stated constraints;

• installs, implements and maintains the reliabilityand security of software systems as businessfunctions;

Page 83: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

2

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

78 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

• writes operational documentation and providessubsequent support and training for users.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Analyst-programmerComputer programmerSoftware engineerSystems analystSystems designer

Page 84: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 2

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 79

SUB-MAJOR GROUP 22HEALTH PROFESSIONALS

Health professionals provide medical treatment for people and animals, conduct researchinto treatment and drugs, and dispense pharmaceutical compounds.

MINOR GROUP 221HEALTH PROFESSIONALS

Health professionals diagnose mental and physical injuries, disorders and diseases, providetreatment with drugs, surgery, therapy and corrective devices, carry out routine medicaltests and recommend preventative action to patients, conduct research into treatments anddrugs, dispense pharmaceutical compounds, and diagnose and treat sick or injured animals.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

2211 MEDICAL PRACTITIONERS2212 PSYCHOLOGISTS2213 PHARMACISTS/PHARMACOLOGISTS2214 OPHTHALMIC OPTICIANS2215 DENTAL PRACTITIONERS2216 VETERINARIANS

2211 MEDICAL PRACTITIONERS

Medical practitioners diagnose mental and physicalinjuries, disorders and diseases, prescribe and givetreatment, recommend preventative action and wherenecessary, refer the patient to a specialist.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entrants require a university degree from a medicalschool recognised by the General Medical Councilfollowed by a year of pre-registration training as ahouse officer. Once the pre-registration period iscompleted, doctors undertake up to two yearspostgraduate training in a chosen speciality.

TASKS

• examines patient, arranges for any necessaryx-rays or other tests and interprets results;

• diagnoses condition and prescribes and/oradministers appropriate treatment/surgery;

• administers routine medical tests andinoculations against communicable diseases;

• supervises patient's progress and advises on diet,exercise and other preventative action;

• refers patient to specialist where necessary andliaises with specialist;

• prepares and delivers lectures, undertakesresearch, and conducts and participates in clinicaltrials.

RELATED JOB TITLES

AnaesthetistConsultant (hospital service)DoctorGeneral practitionerMedical practitioner

Page 85: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

2

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

80 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

PhysicianPsychiatristPsycho-analystRegistrar (hospital service)Surgeon

2212 PSYCHOLOGISTS

Psychologists study and assess emotional, cognitiveand behavioural processes and abnormalities inhuman beings and animals and how these are affectedby genetic, physical and social factors.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entrants require a degree in psychology recognisedby the British Psychology Society. A variety ofpostgraduate and professional qualifications relatingto different areas of psychology are available andmay be required for certain posts.

TASKS

• develops and administers tests to measureintelligence, abilities, aptitudes, etc. and assessesresults;

• develops treatment and guidance methods andgives treatment or guidance using a variety oftherapy and counselling techniques;

• observes and experiments on humans and animalsto measure mental and physical characteristics;

• analyses the effect of hereditary, social andphysical factors on thought and behaviour;

• studies psychological factors in the treatment andprevention of mental illness or emotional andpersonality disorders.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Clinical psychologistPsychologistPsychometrist

2213 PHARMACISTS/PHARMACOLOGISTS

Pharmacists/pharmacologists advise and participatein the development and testing of new drugs and

compound and dispense drugs and medicaments inhospitals and pharmacies.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entrants possess a degree in pharmacy. To registerwith the Royal Pharmaceutical Society, entrants musthave completed a one year period of training andpassed a registration exam.

TASKS

• prepares or directs the preparation of prescribedmedicaments in liquid, powder, tablet, ointmentor other form;

• checks that recommended doses are not beingexceeded and that instructions are understood bypatients;

• maintains prescription files and records issue ofnarcotics, poisons and other habit-forming drugs;

• liaises with other professionals regarding thedevelopment, manufacturing and testing of drugs;

• tests and analyses drugs to determine theiridentity, purity and strength;

• ensures that drugs and medicaments are in goodsupply and are stored properly.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Chemist (pharmaceutical/retail)DruggistPharmaceutical chemistPharmacistPharmacologist

2214 OPHTHALMIC OPTICIANS

Ophthalmic opticians test patient's vision, diagnosedefects and disorders and prescribe glasses or contactlenses as required.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entrants require a degree in Optometry and must havepassed the Professional Qualifying Examination of the

Page 86: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 2

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 81

College of Optometrists. Advanced training inspecialised areas is available.

TASKS

• examines eyes and tests vision of patient;

• prescribes, supplies and fits appropriate spectaclelenses, contact lenses or other aids;

• advises patient on proper use of glasses, contactlenses and other aids, and on appropriate lightingconditions for reading and working;

• refers patient to a specialist, where necessary;

• carries out research with glass and lensmanufacturers.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Ophthalmic opticianOptometrist

2215 DENTAL PRACTITIONERS

Dental practitioners diagnose dental and oraldiseases, injuries and disorders, prescribe andadminister treatment, recommend preventative actionand, where necessary, refer the patient to a specialist.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entrants require a university degree and must havecompleted a period of postgraduate vocationaltraining. Specialist fields require further study andtraining.

TASKS

• examines patient's teeth, gums and jaw, usingdental and x-ray equipment;

• administers local or general anaesthetics;

• drills, prepares and fills cavities in teeth;

• constructs and fits braces, inlays, dentures andother appliances;

• supervises patient's progress and advises onpreventative action;

• refers patient to specialist, where necessary;

• prepares and delivers lectures, undertakesresearch, and conducts and participates in clinicaltrials.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Dental surgeonDentistOrthodontistPeriodontist

2216 VETERINARIANS

Veterinarians diagnose and treat animal injuries,diseases and disorders, and advise on preventativeaction.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entrants will require a university degree in veterinaryscience. Pre-entry experience in a veterinary practicemay be required for entry to a university veterinaryschool.

TASKS

• examines animal and arranges or undertakes anynecessary x-ray or other tests;

• diagnoses condition and prescribes andadministers appropriate drugs, dressings, etc.;

• performs routine medical tests and inoculatesanimals against communicable diseases;

• administers local or general anaesthetics andperforms surgery;

• investigates outbreaks of animal diseases andadvises owners on feeding, breeding and generalcare.

RELATED JOB TITLES

VeterinarianVeterinary officerVeterinary surgeon

Page 87: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

2

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

82 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

SUB-MAJOR GROUP 23TEACHING AND RESEARCH PROFESSIONALS

Job holders in this sub-major group plan, organise and undertake teaching and researchactivities within educational establishments, and inspect schools and training establishments.

MINOR GROUP 231TEACHING PROFESSIONALS

Teaching professionals plan, organise and provide instruction in academic, technical,vocational, diversionary and other subjects and inspect schools and training establishments.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

2311 HIGHER EDUCATION TEACHING PROFESSIONALS2312 FURTHER EDUCATION TEACHING PROFESSIONALS2313 EDUCATION OFFICERS, SCHOOL INSPECTORS2314 SECONDARY EDUCATION TEACHING PROFESSIONALS2315 PRIMARY AND NURSERY EDUCATION TEACHING

PROFESSIONALS2316 SPECIAL NEEDS EDUCATION TEACHING PROFESSIONALS2317 REGISTRARS AND SENIOR ADMINISTRATORS OF

EDUCATIONAL ESTABLISHMENTS2319 TEACHING PROFESSIONALS NEC

2311 HIGHER EDUCATIONTEACHING PROFESSIONALS

Higher education teaching professionals deliverlectures and teach students to at least first degreelevel, undertake research and write journal articlesand books in their chosen field of study.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry will require a good honours first degree plus ahigher degree or an equivalent professionalqualification. For vocational subjects, practicalexperience and additional qualifications may alsobe required.

TASKS

• prepares, delivers and directs lectures, seminarsand tutorials;

• prepares, administers and marks examinations,essays and other assignments;

• advises students on academic matters andencourages independent research;

• participates in decision making processesregarding curricula, budgetary, departmental andother matters;

• directs the work of postgraduate students;

• undertakes research, writes articles and booksand attends conferences and other meetings.

Page 88: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 2

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 83

RELATED JOB TITLES

Lecturer (higher education, university)Polytechnic lecturerProfessor (university)ReaderUniversity lecturer

2312 FURTHER EDUCATIONTEACHING PROFESSIONALS

Further education teaching professionals superviseand teach trade, technical, commercial, adulteducation, secondary and post-secondary courses tostudents beyond minimum school leaving age.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Further education lecturers will usually possess aprofessional or academic qualification in the subjectarea they intend to teach, plus relevant professional,industrial or business experience. Many employersrequire entrants to possess teaching qualifications.

TASKS

• prepares, delivers and directs lectures, seminarsand tutorials;

• prepares, administers and marks examinations,essays and other assignments;

• arranges instructional visits and periods ofemployment experience for students;

• assists with the administration of teaching andthe arranging of timetables;

• liaises with other professional and commercialorganisations to review course content.

RELATED JOB TITLES

College lecturerLecturerLecturer (further education)Teacher (further education)

2313 EDUCATION OFFICERS,SCHOOL INSPECTORS

Education officers plan, organise and direct theeducational activities and resources in a localauthority education area, and undertake inspectionsof schools and other training establishmentsexcluding universities.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Education officers usually posses an education-related degree or postgraduate qualification and havegained relevant experience in teaching and/or schoolmanagement. School inspectors must havecompleted a training and assessment programme inschool inspection.

TASKS

• advises on all aspects of education and ensuresthat all statutory educational requirements arebeing met;

• plans and advises on the provision of specialschools for the physically and mentallyhandicapped;

• appoints and controls teaching staff;

• verifies that school buildings are adequatelymaintained;

• arranges for the provision of school medical andmeals services;

• observes teaching, assesses learning level anddiscusses any apparent faults with teachers, headsof department and head teachers;

• prepares reports on schools concerning teachingstandards, educational standards being achieved,the spiritual, moral and social development ofpupils, resource management etc.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Curriculum development officerDirector of educationEducation inspectorEducation officerHM Inspector of Schools

Page 89: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

2

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

84 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

2314 SECONDARY EDUCATIONTEACHING PROFESSIONALS

Secondary (and middle school deemed secondary)education teaching professionals plan, organise andprovide instruction in one or more subjects, includingphysical education and diversionary activities, withina prescribed curriculum in a secondary or secondary/middle school.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry is only possible with a Bachelor of Educationor other relevant degree followed by a PostgraduateCertificate of Education. Further and higherprofessional qualifications are required for someteaching posts.

TASKS

• prepares courses in accordance with curriculumrequirements and teaches one or more subjects;

• prepares, assigns and corrects exercises andexaminations to record and evaluate students'progress;

• supervises any practical work and maintainsclassroom discipline;

• discusses progress with student, parents and/orother education professionals;

• assists with or plans and develops curriculum androta of teaching duties.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Head teacher (secondary school)Secondary school teacherTeacher (secondary school)

2315 PRIMARY AND NURSERYEDUCATION TEACHINGPROFESSIONALS

Primary (and middle school deemed primary) andnursery education teaching professionals plan,organise and provide instruction to children at alllevels up to the age of entry into secondary education.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry is only possible with a Bachelor of Educationor other relevant degree followed by a PostgraduateCertificate of Education. Further and higherprofessional qualifications are required for someteaching posts.

TASKS

• prepares courses and teaches a range of subjects;

• prepares, assigns and corrects exercises to recordand evaluate students progress;

• supervises students in classroom and maintainsdiscipline;

• teaches simple songs and rhymes and readsstories to promote language development;

• discusses progress with student, parents and/orother education professionals.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Head teacher (primary/middle school)Infant teacherJunior school teacherNursery school teacherPrimary school teacher

2316 SPECIAL NEEDS EDUCATIONTEACHING PROFESSIONALS

Special needs education teaching professionalsorganise and provide instruction at a variety ofdifferent levels to children who are partially blind,deaf, physically or mentally handicapped, epilepticor suffering from speech defects or other learningdifficulties.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry is only possible with a Bachelor of Educationor other relevant degree followed by a PostgraduateCertificate of Education. Further training forspecialist needs teaching is available for those withsufficient teaching experience and is mandatory inmany areas.

Page 90: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 2

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 85

TASKS

• assesses student's abilities and needs and devisescurriculum and rota of teaching dutiesaccordingly;

• gives instruction, using techniques appropriateto the student's handicap;

• encourages the student to develop self-help skillsto circumvent the limitations imposed by theirdisability;

• prepares, assigns and corrects exercises to recordand evaluate students progress;

• supervises students in classroom and maintainsdiscipline;

• discusses student's progress with parents andother staff.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Head teacher (special school)Special needs teacherTeacher (special school)

2317 REGISTRARS AND SENIORADMINISTRATORS OFEDUCATIONALESTABLISHMENTS

Workers in this unit group plan, organise, direct andco-ordinate the administrative work and financialresources of a university, college or other educationalestablishment.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entrants usually possess a degree or equivalentqualification and have gained relevant experiencein the field of education. Specialist training coursesand professional qualifications are available.

TASKS

• considers staffing, financial, material and othershort and long term needs;

• arranges for evaluation of management,accounting, information storage and retrieval andother facilities;

• controls administrative aspects of studentregistration and admission;

• acts as secretary to statutory and other bodies/committees associated with the educationalestablishment;

• organises examinations, necessary invigilationsand any security procedures required;

• arranges for the preparation, publication anddespatch of syllabuses and other officialdocuments.

RELATED JOB TITLES

BursarRegistrar (educational services)University administrator

2319 TEACHING PROFESSIONALSNEC

Workers in this unit group perform a variety of othereducation and teaching occupations not elsewhereclassified in MINOR GROUP 231: TeachingProfessionals.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONSEntry is possible with a variety of academicqualifications, professional qualifications and/orrelevant experience.

TASKS

• inspects and advises on the work of educational,training and similar establishments;

• designs and implements methods of assessing theperformance of students, co-ordinates andundertakes the evaluation of assessments andawards grades of merit based upon performance;

• co-ordinates the activities of private music anddancing schools, training centres and similarestablishments;

Page 91: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

2

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

86 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

• provides private academic, vocational and otherinstruction to individuals or groups;

• teaches English as a foreign language and assistsin the tuition of foreign languages.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Examiner (examination board)Nursery manager (day nursery)Owner (children's nursery)Principal (dancing school/evening institute)Private tutorTeacher of English as a foreign languageTEFL

Page 92: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 2

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 87

MINOR GROUP 232RESEARCH PROFESSIONALS

Research professionals are responsible for planning, directing and undertaking scientific,quantitative and qualitative research through the application of theoretical principles andpractical techniques in order to address a research objective.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

2321 SCIENTIFIC RESEARCHERS2322 SOCIAL SCIENCE RESEARCHERS2329 RESEARCHERS NEC

2321 SCIENTIFIC RESEARCHERS

Scientific researchers undertake the systematic studyof the nature and behaviour of natural phenomenabased upon scientific observation, experiment andmeasurement.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry is most common with a degree or equivalentqualification, but is possible with other academicqualifications. Further training is typically providedthrough specialist short courses and the attainmentof professional qualifications.

TASKS

• plans, directs and undertakes research into naturalphenomena;

• provides technical advisory and consultingservices;

• designs tests and experiments to address researchobjective and find solutions;

• applies models and techniques to medical,industrial, agricultural, military and similarapplications;

• analyses results and writes up results of tests andexperiments undertaken;

• presents results of scientific research to sponsors,addresses conferences and publishes articlesoutlining the methodology and results of researchundertaken.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Research associate (medical)Research scientistScientific officerScientist

2322 SOCIAL SCIENCERESEARCHERS

Social science researchers study the origin, structureand characteristics of language, analyse the behaviourof human beings, organise the collection ofinformation for social surveys and independentresearch, and undertake subsequent analysis.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry is most common with a degree or equivalentqualification but is possible with other academicqualifications and/or relevant experience.

TASKS

• traces the evolution of word and language forms,compares grammatical structures and analyses therelationships between ancient parent and modernlanguages;

• compiles and analyses economic, demographic,legal, political, social and other data to addressresearch objective;

Page 93: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

2

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

88 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

• administers questionnaires, carries outinterviews, organises focus groups andimplements other social research tools;

• undertakes analysis of data, presents results ofresearch to sponsors, the media and otherinterested organisations, addresses conferencesand publishes articles outlining the methodologyand results of research undertaken.

RELATED JOB TITLES

AnthropologistArchaeologistGeographerHistorianPhilologistSociologist

2329 RESEARCHERS NEC

Workers in this unit group perform a variety ofresearch activities not elsewhere classified inMINOR GROUP 232: Research Professionals.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry is most common with a degree or equivalentqualification but is possible with other academicqualifications and/or relevant experience.

TASKS

• design and develop an appropriate researchmethodology in order to address the researchobjective;

• compiles and analyses quantitative andqualitative data;

• prepare reports and present results to summarisemain findings and conclusions;

• advise government, private organisations andspecial interest groups on policy issues;

• writes journal articles, books, and addressesconferences, seminars and the media to revealresearch findings;

• undertakes research on people, incidents andother topics of interest for news, current affairsprogrammes, documentaries and entertainmentbroadcasts.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Research assistant (university)Research associate (university)Researcher (broadcasting)University research fellow

Page 94: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 2

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 89

SUB-MAJOR GROUP 24BUSINESS AND PUBLIC SERVICE PROFESSIONALS

Business and public service professionals advise and act on behalf of clients in legal matters,preside over judicial proceedings, collect and analyse financial information, performaccounting duties, advise on business and management matters, and perform a variety ofother professional occupations within the public and voluntary sectors.

MINOR GROUP 241LEGAL PROFESSIONALS

Legal professionals advise and act on behalf of individuals, businesses, organisations andgovernment in legal matters and preside over judicial proceedings.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

2411 SOLICITORS AND LAWYERS, JUDGES AND CORONERS2419 LEGAL PROFESSIONALS NEC

2411 SOLICITORS AND LAWYERS,JUDGES AND CORONERS

Workers in this unit group advise and act upon behalfof individuals, organisations, businesses andgovernment departments in legal matters, prepareand conduct court cases on behalf of clients, presideover judicial proceedings, and pronouncejudgements within a variety of court settings andtribunals.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry to training usually requires a qualifying lawdegree or postgraduate diploma. Entrants thenundertake a further year of academic training andthen complete up to four years of assessed supervisedexperience in legal practice. The position of judgeis obtained by appointment of those who havesubstantial post qualifying experience in legalpractice.

TASKS

• becomes acquainted with the facts of a casethrough reading statements, law reports, andconsulting with clients or other professionals;

• advises client on the basis of legal knowledge,research and past precedent as to whether toproceed with legal action;

• drafts pleadings and questions in preparation forcourt cases, appears in court to present evidenceto the judge and jury, cross examine witnessesand sum up why the court should decide in theirclients favour;

• undertakes legal business on behalf of client inareas of business law, probate, conveyancing andlitigation and acts as trustee or executor if required;

• instructs counsel in higher and lower courts andpleads cases in lower courts as appropriate;

• hears, reads and evaluates evidence, and instructsor advises the jury on points of law or procedure;

• conducts trials according to rules of procedure,announces the verdict and passes sentence and/or awards costs and damages.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Articled clerkBarristerCoronerJudgeSolicitor

Page 95: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

2

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

90 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

2419 LEGAL PROFESSIONALS NEC

Workers in this unit group perform a variety of otherprofessional legal occupations not elsewhereclassified in MINOR GROUP 241: LegalProfessionals.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry to training usually requires a qualifying lawdegree or postgraduate diploma. Entrants thenundertake a further year of academic training andthen complete up to four years of assessed supervisedexperience in legal practice. Entrants may alsorequire up to five years post qualifying experiencein legal practice.

TASKS

• co-ordinates the activities of magistrates courtsand advises magistrates on law and legalprocedure;

• provides legal advice to individuals withinCitizens Advice Bureaux, Law Centres and othersuch establishments;

• drafts and negotiates contracts on behalf ofemployers;

• advises employers, local and nationalgovernment and other organisations on aspectsof law and legislative implications of decisionsmade;

• represents public and private organisations incourt as necessary.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Clerk of the courtClerk to the justicesLegal advisorLegal officer

Page 96: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 2

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 91

MINOR GROUP 242BUSINESS AND STATISTICAL PROFESSIONALS

Business and statistical professionals collect and analyse financial and other material,perform accountancy duties and advise industrial, commercial and other establishmentson management and business matters.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

2421 CHARTERED AND CERTIFIED ACCOUNTANTS2422 MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTANTS2423 MANAGEMENT CONSULTANTS, ACTUARIES, ECONOMISTS

AND STATISTICIANS

2421 CHARTERED AND CERTIFIEDACCOUNTANTS

Chartered and Certified Accountants provideaccounting and auditing services and advise clientson financial matters.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entrants usually possess a degree or equivalentqualification. To qualify as an accountant, entrantsmust undertake a period of training within anapproved organisation and successfully completeprofessional examinations. Exemptions to someprofessional examinations are available to those withappropriate academic qualifications.

TASKS

• plans and oversees implementation ofaccountancy system and policies;

• prepares financial documents and reports formanagement, shareholders, statutory or otherbodies;

• audits accounts and book-keeping records;

• prepares tax returns, advises on tax problems andcontests disputed claim before tax official;

• conducts financial investigations concerninginsolvency, fraud, possible mergers, etc.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Accountant (qualified)Auditor (qualified)Certified accountantChartered accountantCompany accountant

2422 MANAGEMENTACCOUNTANTS

Management accountants collect and analysefinancial information and perform other accountingduties required by management for the planning andcontrol of an establishment's income andexpenditure.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entrants usually possess a degree or equivalentqualification. To qualify as an accountant, entrantsmust gain practical experience with an employer andsuccessfully complete professional examinations.Exemptions to some professional examinations areavailable to those with appropriate academicqualifications.

TASKS

• evaluates financial information for managementpurposes;

Page 97: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

2

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

92 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

• liaises with management and other professionalsto compile budgets and other costs;

• prepares periodic accounts, budgetary reviewsand financial forecasts;

• conducts investigations and advises managementon financial aspects of productivity, stockholding, sales, new products, etc.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Cost accountant (qualified)Cost and management accountant (qualified)Management accountant (qualified)Works accountant (qualified)

2423 MANAGEMENTCONSULTANTS, ACTUARIES,ECONOMISTS ANDSTATISTICIANS

Workers in this unit group advise industrial,commercial and other establishments on a variety ofmanagement, personnel, computing and technicalmatters, and apply theoretical principles and practicaltechniques to analyse and interpret data used to assistin the formulation of financial, business andeconomic policies.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry is most common with a degree or equivalentqualification, but is possible with other academicqualifications. Professional qualifications areavailable and mandatory for actuarial occupations.

TASKS

• assesses the functions, objectives andrequirements of the organisation seeking advice;

• identifies problems concerned with strategy,policy, markets, organisation, computingfacilities, procedures and methods;

• determines the appropriate method of datacollection and research methodology, andanalyses and interprets information gained andformulates recommendations;

• advises governments, commercial enterprises,organisations and other clients in light of researchfindings;

• addresses seminars, conferences and the mediato present results of research activity or to expressprofessional views.

RELATED JOB TITLES

ActuaryBusiness analystEconomistManagement consultantManagement services officerStatistician

Page 98: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 2

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 93

MINOR GROUP 243ARCHITECTS, TOWN PLANNERS, SURVEYORS

Architects, town planners and surveyors conduct surveys to determine the exact positionof natural and constructed features, prepare bills of quantities for construction projects,and design and plan the layout of buildings for commercial, residential, industrial andother uses.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

2431 ARCHITECTS2432 TOWN PLANNERS2433 QUANTITY SURVEYORS2434 CHARTERED SURVEYORS (NOT QUANTITY SURVEYORS)

2431 ARCHITECTS

Architects plan and design the construction anddevelopment of buildings and land areas with regardto functional and aesthetic requirements.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entrants require a professional qualification inarchitecture that will encompass an accredited degreeand postgraduate qualification, and at least two yearspractical experience.

TASKS

• liaises with client and other professionals toestablish building type, style, cost limitations andlandscaping requirements;

• studies condition and characteristics of site,taking into account drainage, topsoil, trees, rockformations, etc.;

• analyses site survey and advises client ondevelopment and construction details and ensuresthat proposed design blends in with thesurrounding area;

• prepares detailed scale drawings andspecifications for design and construction andsubmits these for planning approval;

• monitors construction work in progress to ensurecompliance with specifications.

RELATED JOB TITLES

ArchitectArchitectural consultantChartered architectLandscape architect

2432 TOWN PLANNERS

Town planners direct or undertake the planning ofthe layout and the co-ordination of plans for thedevelopment of urban and rural areas.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entrants usually possess either an accredited degreeor postgraduate qualification and must havecompleted at least two years work experience in townplanning before gaining professional status.

TASKS

• analyses information to establish the nature,extent, growth rate and likely developmentrequirements of the area;

• consults statutory bodies and other interestedparties to ensure that local interests are cateredfor and to evaluate competing developmentproposals;

Page 99: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

2

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

94 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

• drafts and presents graphic and narrative plans,affecting the use of public and private land,housing and transport facilities;

• examines and evaluates development proposalssubmitted and recommends acceptance,modification or rejection;

• liaises with national and local government andother bodies to advise on urban and regionalplanning issues.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Planning officer (local government)Town plannerTown planning consultant

2433 QUANTITY SURVEYORS

Quantity surveyors advise on financial andcontractual matters relating to, and prepare bills ofquantities for, construction projects and provideother support functions concerning the financing andmaterials required for building projects.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry is through professional training andmembership of professional organisations. Entry toprofessional examinations will require GCSEs/Sgrades and A levels/H grades, a BTEC/SQA award,a degree or equivalent qualification. Candidatesusually undertake a period of probationary trainingand professional assessment.

TASKS

• liaises with client on project costs, formulatesdetailed cost plan and advises contractors andengineers to ensure that they remain within costlimit;

• examines plans and specifications and preparesdetails of the material and labour required forthe project;

• prepares bills of quantities for use by contractorswhen tendering for work;

• examines tenders received, advises client on themost acceptable and assists with preparation ofa contract document;

• measures and values work in progress andexamines any deviations from original contract;

• measures and values completed contract forauthorisation of payment.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Quantity surveyorQuantity surveyor's assistantSurvey technician (quantity surveying)

2434 CHARTERED SURVEYORS(NOT QUANTITYSURVEYORS)

Chartered surveyors conduct surveys related to themeasurement, management, valuation anddevelopment of land, natural resources, buildings,other types of property, and infrastructure such asharbours, roads and railway lines.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry requirements to professional bodies vary.Entrants usually possess an accredited degree,equivalent qualification and/or postgraduatequalification. Entrants must also have successfullycompleted a probationary training period andprofessional assessment.

TASKS

• surveys, measures and describes land surfacesto establish property boundaries and to aid withconstruction or cartographic work;

• surveys mines, prepares drawings of surfaces,hazards and other features to control the extentand direction of mining;

• surveys buildings to determine necessaryalterations and repairs;

Page 100: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 2

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 95

• measures shore lines, elevations and underwatercontours, establishes high and low water marks,plots shore features and defines navigablechannels.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Building surveyorChartered surveyorLand surveyorMining surveyorSurveyorSurveyor and estimator

Page 101: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

2

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

96 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

MINOR GROUP 244PUBLIC SERVICE PROFESSIONALS

Workers in this minor group advise on the formulation and implementation of governmentpolicy, direct the activities of government departments; provide information, advice andsupport to protect the welfare of vulnerable groups; supervise, counsel and help offenders;and provide spiritual motivation and guidance.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

2441 PUBLIC SERVICE ADMINISTRATIVE PROFESSIONALS2442 SOCIAL WORKERS2443 PROBATION OFFICERS2444 CLERGY

2441 PUBLIC SERVICEADMINISTRATIVEPROFESSIONALS

Public service administrative professionals advise onthe implementation and formulation of governmentpolicy, develops and implements the administrativepolicies of government departments, and co-ordinates and directs the resources and activities ofoffices of local and national government departments.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entrants typically possess a degree or an equivalentqualification. Entry is also possible by internalpromotion for those with appropriate experience.Training is typically provided on-the-job in the formof short courses for specialist areas.

TASKS

• advises government on the interpretation andimplementation of policy decisions, acts andregulations, and provides technical assistance inthe formulation of government policy;

• co-ordinates the activities of departmental staff,assigns tasks and responsibilities and makeschanges in procedures to deal with variations inworkload;

• co-ordinates and directs the activities of InlandRevenue offices, Job Centres, Benefits Agencyoffices and other local offices of nationalgovernment;

• develops and implements administrative policesof government departments, including payarrangements, personnel and training policies andcapital projects;

• registers and maintains records of all births,deaths and marriages in local authority area,issues appropriate certificates and reports anysuspicious causes of death to the coroner.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Area officer (local government)Civil servant (grade 6,7)Divisional officer (local government)Principal/Grade 7 (government)Registrar of births, deaths and marriagesSuperintendent registrar

2442 SOCIAL WORKERS

Social workers provide information, advice andsupport to protect the welfare of vulnerable groupsincluding children, young people, families understress, people with disabilities, elderly people andpeople who are mentally or physically ill.

Page 102: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 2

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 97

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Both graduate and non-graduate entry is possible.Entrants are required to take the Diploma of SocialWork professional qualification. Exemptions maybe possible for those with relevant qualifications and/or experience.

TASKS

• liaises with other health and social careprofessionals to identify those in need and at riskwithin the local community;

• interviews individuals and groups to assesses thenature and extent of difficulties;

• arranges for further counselling or assistance inthe form of financial or material help;

• attempts to resolve family problems and, ifnecessary, arranges for children to be resettledwith foster parents or in a children's home;

• keeps case records and prepares reports.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Child care officerChild protection officerSocial workerTeam leader (social work)

2443 PROBATION OFFICERS

Probation officers supervise, counsel and helpoffenders before trial, during any prison orcommunity sentence and on their release from prison.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Candidates are recruited with a variety of academicqualifications or with relevant experience. InEngland and Wales off- and on-the-job training isprovided leading to NVQ in Community Care atLevel 4. In Scotland, entry requirements are the sameas for social workers.

TASKS

• produces pre-sentence reports to the court aboutan individual's crime, their personalcircumstances, the suitability of sentencing, thelikelihood of re-offending and the future risk tothe public;

• enforces court orders and serves the public byproviding a wide range of supervisionprogrammes for those in receipt of a communitysentence;

• draw up probation plans with offenders and helpthem follow it, advise them on any work and helpthem with any family or social problems;

• works with prisoners in giving advice onproblems such as drug and alcohol abuse,addressing training needs, finding work andgetting accommodation.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Community service officerProbation officer

2444 CLERGY

Members of the clergy provide spiritual motivationand guidance, conduct worship according to the formof service of a particular faith/denomination andperform related functions associated with religiousbeliefs and practices.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entrants typically possess GCSEs/S grades, A levels/H grades, a degree or equivalent qualification.Candidates must pass a residential selection procedure.Entrants then attend theological college where trainingincludes theological instruction and practical pastoralexperience. Training can last up to six years dependingupon age, experience and denomination.

TASKS

• prepares and delivers sermons and talks and leadscongregation in worship;

Page 103: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

2

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

98 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

• interprets doctrines and instructs intending clergymembers in religious principles and practices;

• performs marriages, funerals, christenings andother special religious services;

• visits members of the congregation in their homesand in hospitals and counsels those in need ofspiritual or moral guidance;

• undertakes administration and social duties asrequired.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Clergyman/womanClerk in holy ordersDeaconMinister (religion)PriestVicar

Page 104: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 2

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 99

MINOR GROUP 245LIBRARIANS AND RELATED PROFESSIONALS

Librarians and related professionals appraise, obtain, organise, develop and make availablecollections of written and recorded material, art objects, pictures, artefacts and other itemsof general and specialised interest.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

2451 LIBRARIANS2452 ARCHIVISTS AND CURATORS

2451 LIBRARIANS

Librarians appraise, obtain, index, collate and makeavailable library acquisitions and organise andcontrol other library services.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry will require an accredited degree orpostgraduate qualification. Most postgraduatecourses require applicants to have had up to twelvemonths work experience. Professional qualificationsand NVQs/SVQs in Information and Library Serviceare available at Levels 2, 3 and 4.

TASKS

• selects and arranges for the acquisition of books,periodicals, audio-visual and other material;

• collects, classifies and catalogues information,books and other material;

• prepares and circulates abstracts, bibliographies,book lists, etc.;

• identifies the information needs of clients, seeksout and evaluates information sources;

• establishes information storage systems to dealwith queries and to maintain up to date records;

• manages library borrowing and inter-library loanfacilities.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Assistant librarianBranch librarianChartered librarianLibrarian

2452 ARCHIVISTS AND CURATORS

Archivists and curators collect, appraise and preservecollections of recorded and other material ofhistorical interest.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic requirements althoughentrants usually possess a degree or higher degree.Many postgraduate courses require applicants tohave gained relevant practical experience prior toentry. Training is typically received on-the-job.Professional qualifications leading to NVQs/SVQsin Curatorial and Conservation Skills at Levels 3, 4and 5 are available.

TASKS

• examines, appraises and advises on acquisitionof exhibits, government papers and othermaterial;

• classifies material and arranges for its safekeeping and preservation;

Page 105: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

2

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

100 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

• maintains indexes, bibliographies and descriptivedetails of archive material and arranges forreproductions of items where necessary;

• liaises with school and other groups orindividuals, publicises exhibits and arrangesspecial displays for general, specialised oreducational interest;

• allows access to original material or material noton display for researchers;

• answers verbal or written enquiries and givesadvice on exhibits or other material.

RELATED JOB TITLES

ArchivistConservatorCurator

Page 106: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 3

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 101

MAJOR GROUP 3ASSOCIATE PROFESSIONAL AND TECHNICAL

OCCUPATIONSThis major group covers occupations whose main tasks require experience and knowledgeof principles and practices necessary to assume operational responsibility and to givetechnical support to Professionals in the natural sciences, engineering, life sciences, socialsciences, humanities and related fields and to Managers and Senior Officials.

The main tasks involve the operation and maintenance of complex equipment; legal, financialand design services; the provision of information technology services; providing skilled supportto health and social care professionals; and serving in protective service occupations. Culture,media and sports occupations are also included in this major group. Most occupations in thismajor group will have an associated high-level vocational qualification, often involving asubstantial period of full-time training or further study. Some additional task-related training isusually provided through a formal period of induction.

Occupations in this major group are classified into the following sub-major and minorgroups:

31 SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ASSOCIATE PROFESSIONALS

311 SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING TECHNICIANS312 DRAUGHTSPERSONS AND BUILDING INSPECTORS313 IT SERVICE DELIVERY OCCUPATIONS

32 HEALTH AND SOCIAL WELFARE ASSOCIATEPROFESSIONALS

321 HEALTH ASSOCIATE PROFESSIONALS322 THERAPISTS323 SOCIAL WELFARE ASSOCIATE PROFESSIONALS

33 PROTECTIVE SERVICE OCCUPATIONS

331 PROTECTIVE SERVICE OCCUPATIONS

34 CULTURE, MEDIA AND SPORTS OCCUPATIONS

341 ARTISTIC AND LITERARY OCCUPATIONS342 DESIGN ASSOCIATE PROFESSIONALS343 MEDIA ASSOCIATE PROFESSIONALS344 SPORTS AND FITNESS OCCUPATIONS

Page 107: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

3

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

102 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

35 BUSINESS AND PUBLIC SERVICE ASSOCIATEPROFESSIONALS

351 TRANSPORT ASSOCIATE PROFESSIONALS352 LEGAL ASSOCIATE PROFESSIONALS353 BUSINESS AND FINANCE ASSOCIATE PROFESSIONALS354 SALES AND RELATED ASSOCIATE PROFESSIONALS355 CONSERVATION ASSOCIATE PROFESSIONALS356 PUBLIC SERVICE AND OTHER ASSOCIATE PROFESSIONALS

Page 108: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 3

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 103

SUB-MAJOR GROUP 31SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY ASSOCIATE

PROFESSIONALSScience and technology associate professionals perform a variety of technical supportfunctions to scientists, technologists, engineers and architects, prepare technical drawings,undertake building inspections, provide technical support for IT operations and users.

MINOR GROUP 311SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING TECHNICIANS

Workers in this minor group perform a variety of technical support functions to assist thework of scientists and technologists, assist in the design, development and maintenance ofelectronic systems, perform technical quality assurance related tasks, support the work ofbuilding and civil engineers, and perform various other technical support functions forengineers.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

3111 LABORATORY TECHNICIANS3112 ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONICS TECHNICIANS3113 ENGINEERING TECHNICIANS3114 BUILDING AND CIVIL ENGINEERING TECHNICIANS3115 QUALITY ASSURANCE TECHNICIANS3119 SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING TECHNICIANS NEC

3111 LABORATORY TECHNICIANS

Laboratory technicians carry out routine laboratorytests and perform a variety of technical supportfunctions requiring the application of established orprescribed procedures and techniques to assistscientists with their research, development, analysisand testing.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry varies from employer to employer. Entrantsusually possess GCSEs/S grades, an appropriateBTEC/SQA award or a GNVQ/GSVQ. Professionalqualifications and Modern Apprenticeships areavailable in some areas of work. Good eyesight, andin some cases, normal colour vision are also required.

TASKS

• sets up and assists with the construction and thedevelopment of scientific apparatus forexperimental, demonstration or other purposes;

• prepares and analyses body fluids, secretionsand/or tissue to detect infections or to examinethe effects of different drugs;

• grows cultures of bacteria and viruses, preparestissue sections and other organic and inorganicmaterial for examination and stains and fixesslides for microscope work;

• operates and services specialised scientificequipment, undertakes prescribed measurementsand analyses and ensures that sterile conditionsnecessary for some equipment are maintained;

Page 109: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

3

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

104 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

• records and collates data obtained fromexperimental work and documents all workcarried out.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Cytology screenerHealth physics monitorLaboratory technicianScientific assistant

3112 ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONICSTECHNICIANS

Electrical and electronics technicians perform avariety of miscellaneous technical support functionsto assist with the design, development, installation,operation and maintenance of electrical andelectronic systems.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entrants usually possess GCSEs/S grades, anIntermediate GNVQ/GSVQ Level II or a BTEC/SQA award. NVQs/SVQs in Servicing ElectronicSystems are available at Levels 2 and 3.

TASKS

• plans and prepares work and test schedules basedon specifications and drawings;

• sets up equipment, undertakes tests, takesreadings, performs calculations and records andinterprets data;

• plans installation methods, checks completedinstallation for safety and controls or undertakesthe initial running of the new electrical orelectronic equipment or system;

• diagnoses and detects faults and implementsprocedures to maintain efficient operation ofsystems and equipment;

• visits and advises clients on the use and servicingof electrical and electronic systems andequipment.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Electrical technicianElectronics technicianSignals officer (MOD)

3113 ENGINEERING TECHNICIANS

Engineering technicians perform a variety oftechnical support functions to assist engineers withthe design, development, operation, installation andmaintenance of engineering systems andconstructions.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entrants to training usually posses GCSEs/S grades.Professional training consists either of full-time studyfor a BTEC/SQA award followed by two years on-the-job training, or a Modern Apprenticeship leadingto an NVQ/SVQ at Level 3 or 4.

TASKS

• plans and prepares work and test schedules basedon specifications and drawings;

• sets up equipment, undertakes tests, takesreadings, performs calculations and records andinterprets data;

• prepares estimates of materials, equipment andlabour required for engineering projects;

• diagnoses and detects faults and implementsprocedures to maintain efficient operation ofsystems and equipment;

• visits and advises clients on the use and servicingof mechanical and chemical engineering productsand services.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Commissioning engineerContracts engineerEngineering technicianEngineer's assistantTechnician engineer

Page 110: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 3

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 105

3114 BUILDING AND CIVILENGINEERING TECHNICIANS

Building and civil engineering technicians performa variety of miscellaneous technical supportfunctions to assist civil and building engineers.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entrants usually possess a relevant BTEC/SQAaward or an Advanced GNVQ/GSVQ Level III. Thestatus of engineering technician is obtained after aperiod of further training at work and upon gainingthe membership of a professional engineeringinstitution.

TASKS

• sets up apparatus and equipment and undertakesfield and laboratory tests of soil and workmaterials;

• performs calculations and collects, records andinterprets data;

• sets out construction site, supervises excavationsand marks out position of building work to beundertaken;

• inspects construction materials and superviseswork of contractors to ensure compliance withspecifications and arranges remedial work asnecessary.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Building technicianCivil engineering technicianStructural engineering technician

3115 QUALITY ASSURANCETECHNICIANS

Quality assurance technicians perform a variety oftechnical inspections, testing and monitoring tasksto detect processing, manufacturing and otherdefects.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entrants typically possess GCSEs/S grades, a BTEC/SQA award or A levels/H grades. Training istypically received on-the-job, supplemented bytraining courses where instruction in specifictechniques is required. Various industry specificNVQs/SVQs encompass aspects of quality control.

TASKS

• sets up scientific, electronic, or other technicalequipment to perform functional and inspectiontests;

• analyses and interprets the results of testsundertaken and writes up reports upon completion;

• supervises the work of routine inspection staffand notes any defects reported;

• assists quality control engineers in undertakingproduction audits;

• liaises with production engineers and staff tomaintain the quality of output and to developmanagement quality systems.

RELATED JOB TITLES

NDT technicianQA co-ordinatorQuality assurance technician

3119 SCIENCE AND ENGINEERINGTECHNICIANS NEC

Workers in this unit group perform a variety oftechnical support functions not elsewhere classifiedin MINOR GROUP 311: Science and EngineeringTechnicians.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry varies from employer to employer. Entrantsusually possess GCSEs/S grades, a BTEC/SQAaward or an Intermediate GNVQ/GSVQ Level II.Professional qualifications are available and may berequired in some areas of work.

Page 111: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

3

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

106 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

TASKS

• sets up apparatus for experimental,demonstration or other purposes;

• undertakes tests and takes measurements andreadings;

• performs calculations and records and interpretsdata;

• otherwise assists technologists as directed.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Materials technicianTechnical assistantTechnical officerTechnician

Page 112: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 3

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 107

MINOR GROUP 312DRAUGHTSPERSONS AND BUILDING INSPECTORS

Workers in this minor group prepare technical drawings, plans and charts, give technicalassistance to planners and architects, and undertake inspections of buildings to ensurecompliance with regulations, bye-laws and other requirements.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

3121 ARCHITECTURAL TECHNOLOGISTS AND TOWN PLANNINGTECHNICIANS

3122 DRAUGHTSPERSONS3123 BUILDING INSPECTORS

3121 ARCHITECTURALTECHNOLOGISTS AND TOWNPLANNING TECHNICIANS

Architectural technologists and town planningtechnicians perform a variety of technical supportfunctions to assist architects and planners with thedesign of buildings and the layout of urban and ruralareas.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entrants possess a variety of qualifications includingGCSEs/S grades, a BTEC/SQA award, an AdvancedGNVQ/GSVQ Level III or a degree. Professionalqualifications are available and membership toprofessional institutions may be required for someposts.

TASKS

• investigates proposed design with regard topracticality, cost and use;

• prepares building plans, drawings andspecifications for use by contractors;

• liaises with engineers and building contractorsregarding technical construction problems andattends site meetings on behalf of architect;

• surveys land and property uses and preparesreport for planning authority;

• issues development permits as authorised;

• checks that completed work conforms tospecifications.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Architectural assistantArchitectural technicianArchitectural technologistPlanning assistant (local government)Planning enforcement officer

3122 DRAUGHTSPERSONS

Draughtspersons prepare technical drawings, plans,maps, charts and similar items.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entrants usually possess GCSEs/S grades, BTEC/SQA awards, an appropriate GNVQ/GSVQ or Alevels/H grades. Further training consists of coursesof study and supervised practical experience.

TASKS

• examines design specification to determinegeneral requirements;

Page 113: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

3

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

108 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

• considers the suitability of different materialswith regard to the dimensions and weight andcalculates the likely fatigue, stresses, tolerances,bonds and threads;

• prepares design drawings, plans or sketches andchecks feasibility of construction and compliancewith safety regulations;

• prepares detailed drawings, plans, charts or mapsthat include natural features, desired surfacefinish, elevations, electrical circuitry and otherdetails as required;

• arranges for completed drawings to bereproduced for use as working drawings.

RELATED JOB TITLES

CartographerDesigner-detailerDesigner-draughtsmanDraughtsman/womanDraughtsman-engineerEngineering draughtsman

3123 BUILDING INSPECTORS

Building inspectors inspect building plans andstructures to ensure compliance with buildingregulations, bye-laws and any other statutoryrequirements.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry is possible with a variety of academicqualifications although employers increasinglyrequire candidates to possess a degree. Professionalqualifications and membership to professionalbodies are available and may be required in someposts.

TASKS

• examines building plans to ensure compliancewith local, statutory and other requirements;

• inspects building structure, sanitation, lighting,ventilation and fire precautions to determinesuitability for habitation;

• visits building sites, examines foundations andinspects drains to ensure compliance withregulations;

• inspects structural condition of buildings forinsurance and mortgage purposes;

• prepares reports and recommendations on allinspections made.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Building control officerBuilding inspectorInspector (NHBRC)

Page 114: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 3

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 109

3131 IT OPERATIONSTECHNICIANS

IT operations technicians are responsible for the day-to-day running of computer systems and networksincluding the preparation of back-up systems, andfor performing regular checks to ensure the smoothfunctioning of such systems.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry is possible with a variety of academicqualifications and/or relevant experience. Entrantstypically possess GCSEs/S grades and A levels/Hgrades, BTEC/SQA awards, an Advanced GNVQ/GSVQ Level III or a degree. Training is usuallyprovided on-the-job supplemented by specialisedcourses. Postgraduate and professionalqualifications, and a variety of NVQs/SVQs atLevels 2, 3 and 4 are available.

TASKS

• installs, monitors and supports area networks andaccompanying hardware and software;

• analyses performance and makesrecommendations to enhance reliability, usability,security and other aspects of systemperformance;

• provides guidance to users on hardware, softwareand network operations;

• identifies problems, agrees remedial action andundertakes emergency network maintenance ifrequired;

MINOR GROUP 313IT SERVICE DELIVERY OCCUPATIONS

Workers in this minor group are responsible for the day-to-day running of computer systemsand networks, and provide technical support, advice and guidance for IT users and customers.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

3131 IT OPERATIONS TECHNICIANS3132 IT USER SUPPORT TECHNICIANS

• acts as a liaison between users, outside suppliers,engineers and other technical groups;

• develops and maintains site administrationdocumentation and configuration records.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Computer operatorDatabase managerIT technicianNetwork technicianSystems administratorWeb master

3132 IT USER SUPPORTTECHNICIANS

IT user support technicians are responsible forproviding technical support, advice and guidance forcustomers or IT users within an organisation, eitherdirectly or by telephone, e-mail or other networkinteraction.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry is possible with a variety of academicqualifications and/or relevant experience. Entrantstypically possess GCSEs/S grades and A levels/Hgrades, BTEC/SQA awards, an Advanced GNVQ/GSVQ Level III or a degree. Training is usuallyprovided on-the-job supplemented by specialisedcourses. Postgraduate and professional qualifications,and NVQs/SVQs in Support Users of InformationTechnology at Levels 2 and 3 are available.

Page 115: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

3

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

110 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

TASKS

• addresses IT queries and problems fromcustomers or IT users within an organisation;

• discusses problem with IT user and asksquestions in order to determine the likely cause;

• advises users remotely on the sequence of actionsthat are likely to remedy the problem;

• arranges for support staff or field engineers tovisit the user, or arrange for the return ofequipment for inspection where problems cannotbe solved remotely;

• maintains records of the queries received, theaction taken to remedy the problem and the finaloutcome.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Help desk operatorHelpline operator (computing)IT helpline support officerSupport technician (computing)Systems support officer

Page 116: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 3

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 111

SUB-MAJOR GROUP 32HEALTH AND SOCIAL WELFARE ASSOCIATE

PROFESSIONALSHealth and social welfare associate professionals provide a variety of technical supportfunctions for health professionals in the treatment of patients, apply physical, therapeuticand other treatments or activities to assist in physical and psychological recovery, andprovide social welfare and related community services.

MINOR GROUP 321HEALTH ASSOCIATE PROFESSIONALS

Workers in this minor group assist doctors in their tasks, provide nursing care for the sickand injured, provide prenatal and postnatal care for mothers and babies, administer firstaid treatment in emergencies, operate x-ray and other imaging equipment, fit hearing aidsand spectacles, treat foot, eye, speech and movement disorders, provide a variety of technicalsupport functions for health professionals.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

3211 NURSES3212 MIDWIVES3213 PARAMEDICS3214 MEDICAL RADIOGRAPHERS3215 CHIROPODISTS3216 DISPENSING OPTICIANS3217 PHARMACEUTICAL DISPENSERS3218 MEDICAL AND DENTAL TECHNICIANS

3211 NURSES

Nurses provide general and/or specialised nursingcare for the sick, injured and others in need of suchcare, assist medical doctors with their tasks, andadvise and teach on nursing practice.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Both non-graduate, graduate and postgraduate entryis possible. Training lasts up to four years dependingupon the method of study. There is a lower age limitof 16 years 6 months to enter training. Post-

registration training is available for a range of clinicalspecialisms.

TASKS

• assists medical doctors, deals with emergenciesand prepares patients for examination;

• monitors patient's progress, administers drugsand medicines, applies surgical dressings andgives other forms of treatment;

• participates in the preparation for physical andpsychological treatment of mentally ill patients;

Page 117: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

3

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

112 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

• plans duty rotas and organises and directs thework and training of ward and theatre nursingstaff;

• advises on nursing care, disease prevention,nutrition, etc. and liaises with hospital board/management on issues concerning nursing policy.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Health visitorNurseStaff nurseState enrolled nurseState registered nurseWard sister

3212 MIDWIVES

Midwives deliver, or assist in the delivery of babies,provide antenatal and postnatal care and adviseparents on baby care.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry is most common as a Registered General Nurse(RGN) to shortened pre-registration training lasting18 months. For non-registered nurses, entry to thethree year pre-registration training programmerequires GCSEs/S grades or an approved educationalequivalent. Some institutions allow candidates whodo not possess the minimum entry requirements totake an educational test. There is a lower age limitof 17 years to enter training.

TASKS

• monitors condition and progress of patient duringpregnancy;

• delivers babies in normal births and assistsdoctors with difficult deliveries;

• monitors recovery of mother in postnatal periodand supervises the nursing of premature and otherbabies requiring special attention;

• advises on baby care, exercise, diet and familyplanning issues.

RELATED JOB TITLES

MidwifeMidwifery sister

3213 PARAMEDICS

Paramedics provide advanced first aid and lifesupport treatment in emergency situations andtransport sick and injured people who require skilledtreatment.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Paramedics must have completed at least 12 monthsexperience as an ambulance technician (see UnitGroup 6112: Ambulance staff (excludingparamedics)) before selection for paramedic training.Selection involves written and practicalexaminations in ambulance care and an interview.Entrants must then complete 8 weeks of assessedtraining to gain a Certificate for AmbulanceParamedic Skills.

TASKS

• drives ambulance or accompanies driver torespond to calls for assistance at accidents,emergencies and other incidents;

• ascertains nature of injuries, provides first aidtreatment and assesses appropriate method ofconveying patients;

• completes patient report forms describingpatients condition and any treatment undertakenfor the use of medical staff;

• transports and accompanies patients who eitherrequire or potentially require skilled treatmentwhilst travelling.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Ambulance paramedicParamedic

Page 118: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 3

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 113

3214 MEDICAL RADIOGRAPHERS

Medical radiographers operate x-ray machines,ultrasound, magnetic resonance imaging and otherimaging devices for diagnostic and therapeuticpurposes under the direction of a radiologist or othermedical practitioner.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entrants usually possess GCSEs/S grades and Alevels/H grades followed by three years training fora recognised degree in radiography. Minimum ageon entry to training is 17 years. Post-qualifyingcourses are available for specialist areas.

TASKS

• verifies identity of patient and ensures thatnecessary preparations have been made for theexamination/treatment;

• decides length and intensity of exposure orstrength of dosage of isotope;

• positions patient and operates x-ray, scanning orfluoroscopic equipment;

• maintains records of all radiographic/therapeuticwork undertaken.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Diagnostic radiographer (medical services)Medical radiographerX-ray operator

3215 CHIROPODISTS

Chiropodists diagnose and treat ailments andabnormalities of the human foot.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry is most common with GCSEs/S grades and Alevels/H grades followed by three years training fora recognised degree in chiropody, podiatry or

podiatric medicine. Courses combine theoretical andpractical training. There is a lower age limit for entryof 18 years.

TASKS

• examines patient's feet to determine the natureand extent of disorder;

• treats conditions of the skin, nails and soft tissuesof feet by minor surgery, massage and heattreatment, padding and strapping or drugs;

• prescribes, makes and fits pads and otherappliances to correct and/or protect footdisorders;

• advises patient on aspects of foot care to avoidrecurrence of foot problems;

• refers patients who require further medical orsurgical attention.

RELATED JOB TITLES

ChiropodistChiropodist-podiatrist

3216 DISPENSING OPTICIANS

Dispensing opticians supply and fit spectacles andother optical aids according to prescription.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry is most common with GCSEs/S grades, aBTEC/SQA award, an Intermediate GNVQ/GSVQLevel II or A levels/H grades followed by up to threeyears training and the successful completion ofprofessional examinations.

TASKS

• interprets prescription and measures patient'sface to determine distance between pupil centres,height of bridge of nose, etc.;

• advises patient on lens type and choice ofspectacle frames;

Page 119: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

3

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

114 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

• prepares detailed instructions for workshop;

• ensures that completed spectacles conform tospecification and fit the patient correctly andcomfortably;

• fits spectacles and advises patient on lens care andany other difficulties likely to be experienced.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Dispensing optician

3217 PHARMACEUTICALDISPENSERS

Pharmaceutical dispensers assist pharmacists indispensing drugs and medicines, and issue pre-packaged prescriptions.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entrants usually possess GCSEs/S grades. Trainingis typically received on-the-job, supplemented bystudy towards vocational qualifications. NVQs/SVQs in Pharmacy Services are available at Level 3.

TASKS

• checks received prescriptions for legality andaccuracy;

• prepares drugs and medicines under thesupervision of pharmacist;

• maintains records of prescriptions received anddrugs issued;

• advises patients or customers on the use of drugsprescribed or medication purchased;

• checks stock levels, orders new stock frompharmaceutical companies and ensures that drugsare stored appropriately.

RELATED JOB TITLES

DispenserDispensing assistantPharmacy technician

3218 MEDICAL AND DENTALTECHNICIANS

Workers in this unit group operate cardiographic andencephalographic testing equipment, give simpledental treatment, fit artificial limbs and hearing aids,and undertake related medical and dental tasks.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entrants usually possess GCSEs/S grades, BTEC/SQA awards, an Intermediate GNVQ/GSVQ LevelII or A levels/H grades. Training may last up to fiveyears depending upon the field and method of study.Professional qualifications and NVQs/SVQs at Level3 are available in some areas.

TASKS

• operates equipment to diagnose and record ortreat hearing, heart, brain, lung and kidneyailments;

• undertakes scaling and polishing of teeth, appliesmedicaments, carries out post-operative hygienework and advises on preventative dentistry;

• makes dentures, crowns, bridges, orthodontic andother dental appliances according to individualpatient requirements;

• measures patient's for, and fits them with, surgicalappliances, hearing aids and artificial limbs;

• performs related medical tasks including treatinghair and scalp disorders and conducting tests onglaucoma patients.

RELATED JOB TITLES

AudiologistCardiographerDental hygienistDental technicianMedical technical officer

Page 120: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 3

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 115

MINOR GROUP 322THERAPISTS

Workers in this minor group plan and apply physical, therapeutic and other treatments oractivities to assist in the physical and psychological recovery from illness and injury, andto minimise the effects of disabilities.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

3221 PHYSIOTHERAPISTS3222 OCCUPATIONAL THERAPISTS3223 SPEECH AND LANGUAGE THERAPISTS3229 THERAPISTS NEC

3221 PHYSIOTHERAPISTS

Physiotherapists plan and apply massage, exercise,hydrotherapy and electrotherapy in the treatment ofinjuries, diseases or disabilities.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry is most common with GCSEs/S grades and Alevels/H grades followed by up to four years trainingon an approved degree scheme necessary for stateregistration as a physiotherapist. To enter trainingthere is a lower age limit of 17 years and candidatesmust pass a medical examination.

TASKS

• examines medical reports and assesses patientto determine the condition of muscles, nerves orjoints in need of treatment;

• plans and undertakes therapy to improvecirculation, restore joint mobility, strengthenmuscles and reduce pain;

• explains treatment to and instructs patient inposture and other exercises and adapts treatmentas necessary;

• monitors patient's progress and liaises with othersconcerned with the treatment and rehabilitationof patient.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Chartered physiotherapistPhysiotherapistSuperintendent physiotherapist

3222 OCCUPATIONALTHERAPISTS

Occupational therapists work with people who havea physical or mental disability or mental illness inorder to maximise self-confidence and independentfunctioning.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entrants usually possess A levels/H grades, anAdvanced GNVQ/GSVQ Level III, a BTEC/SQAaward or equivalent qualifications followed bytraining on an approved degree scheme necessaryfor state registration as an occupational therapist.There is a lower age limit of 18 years to entertraining.

TASKS

• considers the physical, psychological and socialneeds of a patient;

• designs, initiates and monitors carefully selectedand graded activities as part of the assessmentand intervention process;

Page 121: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

3

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

116 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

• makes home visits to clients, families and carersto assist them to deal and cope with disability;

• counsels clients in ways to promote a healthylifestyle, prevention of illness and/or preparationfor coping with increasing stages of illness.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Occupational therapist

3223 SPEECH AND LANGUAGETHERAPISTS

Speech and language therapists are responsible forthe assessment, diagnosis and treatment of speech,language, fluency and voice disorders caused bydisability, injury or illness.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entrants require a recognised graduate orpostgraduate degree that encompasses both theoryand clinical practice. Successful completion of thesecourses leads to eligibility for a certificate to practiceand membership of the Royal College of Speech andLanguage Therapists. Full membership is grantedafter completion of a year of supervised postqualifying experience.

TASKS

• assesses and diagnoses a clients condition;

• designs and initiates an appropriate remedialprogramme of treatment;

• treats speech and language disorders by coachingclients or through the use of artificialcommunication devices;

• attends case conferences and liaises with otherspecialists such as doctors, teachers, socialworkers and psychologists;

• counsels relatives to help cope with the problemscreated by a patients disability;

• writes reports and maintains client caseloads.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Speech and language therapistSpeech therapist

3229 THERAPISTS NEC

Workers in this unit group plan and apply physicaland therapeutic treatments and activities to assistrecovery from illness and to minimise the effects ofdisabilities not elsewhere classified in MINORGROUP 322: Therapists.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entrants usually possess an accredited degree orpostgraduate qualification. Training can takebetween two to five years depending upon the chosenmethod of study. Courses provide a mixture oftheoretical study and practical experience.Membership of professional bodies may bemandatory in some areas.

TASKS

• prescribes diet therapy and gives advice topatients, health care professionals and thepublic on dietetic and nutritional matters forthose with special dietary requirements or toprevent i l lness amongst the generalpopulation;

• diagnoses and treats disorders of vision and eyemovements, monitors subsequent progress andrecommends further optical, pharmacological orsurgical treatment as required;

• manipulates and massages patient to discover thecause of pain, relieve discomfort, restore functionand mobility and to correct irregularities in bodystructure;

• inserts needles under the skin, administersaromatic herbs and oils and massages body torelieve pain and restore health;

• assesses and provides treatment for people withmental disabilities, or those suffering with mentalillness.

Page 122: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 3

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 117

RELATED JOB TITLES

AcupuncturistDieticianMasseurOrthoptistOsteopathPsychotherapist

Page 123: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

3

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

118 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

MINOR GROUP 323SOCIAL WELFARE ASSOCIATE PROFESSIONALS

Social welfare associate professionals direct, organise and provide social welfare and relatedcommunity services, assess and address the housing needs of individuals or localities,assist those with physical and mental disabilities or illnesses, investigate cases of abuse orneglect and perform other welfare functions.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

3231 YOUTH AND COMMUNITY WORKERS3232 HOUSING AND WELFARE OFFICERS

3231 YOUTH AND COMMUNITYWORKERS

Youth and community workers provide support toindividuals or groups of individuals through a rangeof activities or services that aim to encourageparticipation in social, political and communityactivities.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements.Most qualified youth workers possess an accrediteddiploma in higher education or postgraduate diplomain youth and community work. A majority ofqualifying courses are for people aged over 21.

TASKS

• organises social, recreational and educationalactivities in youth groups and local communitycentres;

• undertakes the day-to-day running of communitycentres and supervises the activities of part-timeand voluntary workers;

• liaises and supports voluntary workers runninggroups in village halls, churches, mosques andother places of worship;

• advises individuals with particular needs orproblems through informal discussion, individualcounselling or formal group discussion;

• works with tenants to improve facilities onhousing estates, helps set up credit unions,encourages parents to establish playgroups,works with other groups to find solutions toshared concerns or problems.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Community workerDay centre officerYouth leaderYouth worker

3232 HOUSING AND WELFAREOFFICERS

Housing and welfare officers assess and addresshousing needs of particular localities and individuals,assist the blind, deaf, sick, elderly, physicallyhandicapped and mentally ill with problems relatingto their condition, investigate cases of child neglector ill treatment and perform other welfare tasks notelsewhere classified.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry is possible with a variety of academicqualifications and/or relevant work experience.NVQs/SVQs in Housing are available at Levels 2, 3and 4. Professional qualifications are available andmay be required for some posts.

Page 124: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 3

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 119

TASKS

• oversee the day-to-day running of rentedproperties including arranging for the signing ofleases, rent collection, maintenance work,interviewing prospective tenants and allocatingproperties to waiting list applicants;

• ensures that special needs accommodation issuited to the needs of particular groups such asthe elderly and disabled, and that statutoryrequirements for providing accommodation aremet;

• investigates allegations of child neglect or abuse,liaises with other social workers, probationofficers and the police and, where necessary,recommends legal action;

• helps the handicapped and sick to adjust to thelimitations imposed by their condition andarranges for any necessary alterations in thehome;

• performs other welfare tasks not elsewhereclassified including working in a Citizens AdviceBureau, developing community participation inplanning issues and organising local authorityhome help services.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Advice workerCare officerCounsellor (welfare services)Education welfare officerHousing officerWelfare officer

Page 125: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

3

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

120 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

SUB-MAJOR GROUP 33PROTECTIVE SERVICE OCCUPATIONS

Workers in protective service occupations serve in the armed forces, the police force, fireservice, prison service and perform other protective service roles.

MINOR GROUP 331PROTECTIVE SERVICE OCCUPATIONS

Workers in this minor group serve in Her Majesty's, foreign and Commonwealth armedforces, investigate crimes and maintain law and order, fight fires and advise on fireprevention, guard inmates and maintain discipline at prisons and detention centres, andperform other miscellaneous protective service roles.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

3311 NCOs AND OTHER RANKS3312 POLICE OFFICERS (SERGEANT AND BELOW)3313 FIRE SERVICE OFFICERS (LEADING FIRE OFFICER AND

BELOW)3314 PRISON SERVICE OFFICERS (BELOW PRINCIPAL OFFICER)3319 PROTECTIVE SERVICE ASSOCIATE PROFESSIONALS NEC

3311 NCOs AND OTHER RANKS

Workers in this unit group are full-time members ofthe armed forces of the UK, the Commonwealth andother foreign countries and perform duties for whichthere is no civilian equivalent.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

For a majority of positions entry does not dependupon academic qualifications. Entrants generallyhave to pass a selection interview, physical andmedical examination. Entry to certain trades requiresGCSEs/S grades or equivalent qualifications.

TASKS

• monitors, operates, services and repairs militaryequipment;

• stands watch and guards military establishmentsand other buildings;

• trains and exercises using various militaryequipment and tactics;

• patrols areas of possible military activity;

• leads and trains new recruits and lower ranks.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Airman/womanCorporalPetty officerPrivateSapperSergeantSergeant-Major

Page 126: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 3

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 121

3312 POLICE OFFICERS(SERGEANT AND BELOW)

Police officers (Sergeant and below) co-ordinate andundertake the investigation of crimes, patrol publicareas, arrest offenders and suspects and enforce lawand order.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no academic requirements for entry to thecivilian (Home Office) police although graduatesmay apply for accelerated promotion. Entrants mustsit an entry test and pass a medical examination. Allpolice officers undergo a two year probationarytraining period.

TASKS

• receives instructions from senior officers andpatrols an assigned area on foot, horseback,motorcycle, motor car or boat to check securityand enforce regulations;

• directs and controls traffic or crowds anddemonstrations;

• investigates complaints, crimes, accidents, anysuspicious activities or other incidents;

• interviews suspects, takes statements fromwitnesses and stops, searches and/or arrestssuspects;

• prepares briefs or reports for senior officers;

• gives evidence in court cases.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Detective sergeantPolice constablePolice officerPoliceman

3313 FIRE SERVICE OFFICERS(LEADING FIRE OFFICERAND BELOW)

Workers in this unit group co-ordinate and participatein fire fighting activities, advise on fire preventionand salvage goods during and after fires.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic requirements althoughsome brigades may specify certain GCSEs/S grades.Good colour vision without spectacles or contactlenses is required. Candidates must also pass amedical examination and a strength test. Initialtraining lasts between 3 and 4 months and is followedby a two year probationary period of assessment.

TASKS

• inspects premises to identify potential firehazards and to check that statutory fire fightingequipment is available and in working order;

• arranges fire drills and tests alarm systems andequipment;

• travels to fire or other emergency by vehicle andlocates water mains if necessary;

• operates hose pipes, ladders, chemical, foam, gasor powder fire extinguishing appliances;

• rescues people or animals trapped by fire andadministers first aid;

• removes goods from fire damaged premises,clears excess water, makes safe any structuralhazards and takes any other necessary steps toreduce damage to property.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Fire officer (coal mine)Fire fighter (fire service)Fireman (fire service)

Page 127: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

3

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

122 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

3314 PRISON SERVICE OFFICERS(BELOW PRINCIPAL OFFICER)

Prison service officers (below Principal Officer)direct, co-ordinate and participate in guardinginmates and maintaining discipline in prisons andother detention centres.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entrants require GCSEs/S grades or equivalentqualifications. Candidates must be between 20 and49 years old in England and Wales or between 20and 57 years old in Scotland. Candidates must passa pre-entry test and full medical examination. Basictraining lasts for a period of 11 weeks and is followedby a 12 month probationary period.

TASKS

• escorts prisoners to and from cells and supervisesthem during meals, recreation and visiting periods;

• watches for any infringements of regulations andsearches prisoners and cells for weapons, drugsand other contraband items;

• guards entrances and perimeter walls;

• investigates disturbances or any other unusualoccurrences;

• escorts prisoners transferred from one institutionto another;

• reports on prisoners' conduct as necessary.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Prison officerWarder (prison service)

3319 PROTECTIVE SERVICEASSOCIATE PROFESSIONALSNEC

Workers in this unit group inspect goods to ensurecompliance with regulations concerning payment ofduty, establish that persons entering and leaving theUK have necessary authorisation for crossing

national borders, monitor maritime conditions,undertake search and rescue operations and performother security and protective service occupations notelsewhere classified in MINOR GROUP 331:Protective Service Occupations.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

These posts have varying entry requirements. Someposts require no academic qualifications whereasothers require GCSEs/S grades and/or relevantpractical experience. Entry to some occupations isfollowed by periods of assessed probationarytraining and professional examinations.

TASKS

• examines, weighs and counts goods imported byship or aircraft, ensures that the declared valueof goods is satisfactory and that duties and taxeshave been paid;

• examines passports, visas, work permits andother immigration documents, and allows orrefuses entry into the UK;

• maintains revenue control at breweries, tobaccofactories and other premises where dutiablegoods are manufactured, processed or stored;

• visits racecourses, greyhound stadiums andbetting shops to ensure compliance with legalrequirements;

• broadcasts information on weather and maritimeconditions, monitors shipping and providesinstruction to navigators;

• receives distress messages, alerts otherappropriate rescue services and participates insearch and rescue operations;

• photographs, fingerprints and undertakes otherforms of forensic examination at the scene of acrime.

RELATED JOB TITLES

CoastguardCoastguard officerCustoms and Excise officerEmergency planning officerScenes of crime officer (civilian)

Page 128: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 3

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 123

SUB-MAJOR GROUP 34CULTURE, MEDIA AND SPORTS OCCUPATIONS

Workers in this sub-major group create and restore artistic works; write, edit and evaluateliterary material; perform in acts of entertainment; arrange and perform musicalcompositions; produce television, film and stage presentations; present television and radiobroadcasts; operate camera, sound and lighting equipment; promote the image oforganisations, goods and services; design commercial and industrial products; compete insporting events for financial gain; and provide training and instruction for sporting andrecreational activities.

MINOR GROUP 341ARTISTIC AND LITERARY OCCUPATIONS

Workers in this minor group create and restore artistic work, write, evaluate and edit literarymaterial, translate written and spoken statements, perform in films, theatre and other actsof entertainment, write, arrange and perform musical compositions, and produce televisionprogrammes, films and stage presentations.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

3411 ARTISTS3412 AUTHORS, WRITERS3413 ACTORS, ENTERTAINERS3414 DANCERS AND CHOREOGRAPHERS3415 MUSICIANS3416 ARTS OFFICERS, PRODUCERS AND DIRECTORS

3411 ARTISTS

Workers in this unit group create artistic works bypainting, drawing, printing, sculpting and engraving,design artwork and illustrations, and restore damagedpieces of art.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

No specific academic qualifications are requiredalthough a variety of GNVQs/GSVQs, BTEC/SQAawards and degrees are available.

TASKS

• conceives and develops ideas for artisticcomposition;

• selects appropriate materials, medium and method;

• prepares sketches, scale drawings or colourschemes;

• builds up composition into finished work bycarving, sculpting, etching, painting, engravingand drawing;

• approaches managers of galleries and exhibitionsin order to get finished work displayed.

Page 129: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

3

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

124 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

RELATED JOB TITLES

Animator (cartoon films)ArtistIllustratorPicture restorerSculptor

3412 AUTHORS, WRITERS

Workers in this unit group write, edit and evaluateliterary material for publication (excluding materialfor newspapers, magazines and other periodicals)and translate spoken and written statements intodifferent languages.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry is possible with a variety of academicqualifications and/or relevant experience.Postgraduate and professional qualifications areavailable and are required for some occupations.

TASKS

• determines subject matter and researches asnecessary by interviewing, attending publicevents, seeking out records, etc.;

• selects material for publication, checks style,grammar and accuracy of content, arranges forany necessary revisions and checks proof copiesbefore printing;

• negotiates contracts with freelance agents andwith buyer on behalf of writer;

• writes instruction manuals and user guides,technical reports, catalogues and indexes,prepares sales literature and writes technicalarticles for trade journals;

• converts documents or spoken statements fromoriginal or source language into anotherlanguage.

RELATED JOB TITLES

AuthorAuthor (technical)

EditorFreelance writerInterpreterScript writerTranslator

3413 ACTORS, ENTERTAINERS

Actors and entertainers sing, portray roles indramatic productions, perform comedy routines,gymnastic feats and tricks of illusion, train animalsto perform and perform with them.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry does not depend on academic qualificationsalthough some drama schools require candidates tohave GCSEs/S grades or A levels/H grades. Entryto drama schools is usually based upon an audition.Some colleges prefer students to be under 25 yearsof age. Membership of the appropriate Trades Unionis usually required. GNVQs/GSVQs and BTEC/SQA awards in Performing Arts are available.

TASKS

• studies script, play or book and prepares andrehearses interpretation;

• assumes character created by a playwright orauthor and communicates this to an audience;

• performs singing, comedy, illusion and conjuringroutines;

• trains animals to perform entertaining routinesand may perform with them;

• plays pre-recorded music at nightclubs,discotheques, and private functions.

RELATED JOB TITLES

ActorDisc jockeyEntertainerSinger (entertainment)

Page 130: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 3

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 125

3414 DANCERS ANDCHOREOGRAPHERS

Dancers and choreographers devise, direct, rehearseand perform classical and contemporary danceroutines.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic requirements,although some dance schools may require candidatesto have passed relevant dance exams. Entry to mostcourses is via audition. Some dance schools may stateminimum and maximum height requirements.Performers' courses typically last three years and leadto a diploma or certificate awarded by the school.Some degree courses are also available.

TASKS

• builds and maintains stamina, physical strength,agility and general health through fitnessexercises and healthy eating;

• attends rehearsals to develop and practice danceroutines for performance;

• demonstrates and directs dance moves, monitorsand analyses technique and performance, anddetermines how improvements can be made.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Ballet dancerBallet teacherChoreographerDance instructorDancer

3415 MUSICIANS

Musicians write, arrange, orchestrate, conduct andperform musical compositions.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirementsalthough many possess degrees or diploma courses.

Entry to a degree or graduate diploma course requiresA levels/H grades. Entrants to the performers'diploma course generally possess GCSEs/S gradesand Associated Board examination passes in theirchosen instrument(s) and will be required to auditionfor places.

TASKS

• conceives and writes original music;

• tunes instrument and studies and rehearses score;

• plays instrument as a soloist or as a member of agroup or orchestra;

• scores music for different combinations ofvoices and instruments to produce desiredeffect;

• auditions and selects performers and rehearsesand conducts them in the performance of thecomposition.

RELATED JOB TITLES

CellistComposer (music)MusicianOrganistPianistViolinist

3416 ARTS OFFICERS,PRODUCERS ANDDIRECTORS

Arts officers, producers and directors assumecreative, financial and organisational responsibilitiesin the production of television programmes, films,stage presentations and the promotion and exhibitionof other cultural activities.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry does not depend on academic qualifications althoughmany entrants possess BTEC/SQA awards, diplomas ordegrees in theatre, drama, stage management or mediarelated courses. Training is received on-the-job,supplemented by specialist courses.

Page 131: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

3

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

126 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

TASKS

• chooses writers, scripts, technical staff andperformers, and assumes overall responsibilityfor completion of project on time and withinbudget;

• directs actors, designers, camera team, soundcrew and other technical staff to achieve desiredeffects;

• breaks script into scenes and formulates ashooting schedule that will be most economicalin terms of time, location and sets;

• prepares rehearsal and production schedule formain events, design of sets and costumes,technical rehearsals and dress rehearsals;

• ensures necessary equipment, props, performersand technical staff are on set when required;

• selects, contracts, markets and arranges for thepresentation of performance, visual and heritagearts.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Arts development officerArts officerEntertainment agentProducer (entertainment)Stage manager (entertainment)Studio manager

Page 132: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 3

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 127

MINOR GROUP 342DESIGN ASSOCIATE PROFESSIONALS

Workers in this minor group use visual, audio, multimedia and other techniques to conveyinformation for publicity, promotional and advertising purposes, design industrial andcommercial products, clothing and fashion accessories.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

3421 GRAPHIC DESIGNERS3422 PRODUCT, CLOTHING AND RELATED DESIGNERS

3421 GRAPHIC DESIGNERS

Graphic designers using illustrative, sound, visualand other multimedia techniques to convey amessage for information, advertising, promotion orpublicity purposes.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entrants have usually completed a foundation course,an Advanced GNVQ/GSVQ Level III, a BTEC/SQAaward, a degree and/or postgraduate qualification.An NVQ/SVQ in Graphic Design is available atLevel 2.

TASKS

• liaises with client to clarify aims of project brief,discusses media to be used, establishes timetablefor project and defines budgetary constraints;

• undertakes research into project, considersprevious related projects and compares costs ofusing different processes;

• prepares sketches, scale drawings, models,colour schemes and other mock-ups to showclients and discusses any required alterations;

• prepares instructions for printers, specifiestypefaces, size, alignments and other formattingrequirements.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Commercial artistGraphic artistGraphic designer

3422 PRODUCT, CLOTHING ANDRELATED DESIGNERS

Product, clothing and related designers plan, directand undertake the creation of designs for newindustrial and commercial products, clothing andrelated fashion accessories.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entrants have usually completed a foundation course,an Advanced GNVQ/GSVQ Level III, a BTEC/SQAaward, a degree and/or postgraduate qualification.NVQs/SVQs in Fashion Design and Design areavailable at Level 2.

TASKS

• liaises with client to determine the purpose, cost,technical specification and potential uses/usersof product;

• undertakes research to determine markettrends;

Page 133: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

3

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

128 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

• prepares sketches, designs, patterns or prototypesfor textiles, clothing, footwear, jewellery, fashionaccessories, ceramics, plastics, motor vehicles,domestic appliances and engineering products;

• submits design to management, sales departmentand client for approval and makes any necessaryalterations;

• oversees production of sample product.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Clothing designerCommercial designerFashion designerFurniture designerIndustrial designerInterior designerTextile designer

Page 134: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 3

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 129

MINOR GROUP 343

MEDIA ASSOCIATE PROFESSIONALS

Workers in this minor group write, evaluate and edit literary material for newspapers andperiodicals, present, direct and produce television and radio broadcasts, promote the imageand understanding of organisations and operate camera, sound, video and lighting equipment.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

3431 JOURNALISTS, NEWSPAPER AND PERIODICAL EDITORS3432 BROADCASTING ASSOCIATE PROFESSIONALS3433 PUBLIC RELATIONS OFFICERS3434 PHOTOGRAPHERS AND AUDIO-VISUAL EQUIPMENT

OPERATORS

3431 JOURNALISTS, NEWSPAPERAND PERIODICAL EDITORS

Journalists, newspaper and periodical editors write,evaluate and edit literary material for publication innewspapers, magazines and other periodicals.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic requirements althoughentrants usually possess a degree. A variety ofpostgraduate diplomas are available. NVQs/SVQscovering various aspects of journalism are availableat Levels 3 and 4.

TASKS

• determines subject matter and undertakesresearch by interviewing, attending public events,seeking out records, reviewing written work,attending film and stage performances etc.;

• writes articles and features and submits draftmanuscripts to newspaper, magazine orperiodical editor;

• selects material for publication, checks style,grammar, accuracy and legality of content andarranges for any necessary revisions;

• liaises with production staff in checking finalproof copies immediately prior to printing.

RELATED JOB TITLES

JournalistNews editor (newspaper)Reporter (newspaper)Sports writerSub-editor

3432 BROADCASTING ASSOCIATEPROFESSIONALS

Broadcasting associate professionals introduce,present and participate in radio and televisionprogrammes, research material for broadcasts, andassume organisational and financial responsibilityfor the production of television and radioprogrammes.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic requirements althoughentrants usually possess a degree and haveexperience in journalism and/or broadcasting.Training is usually on-the-job supplemented byprofessionally recognised training courses. NVQs/SVQs in Broadcast Journalism are available at Level4.

Page 135: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

3

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

130 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

TASKS

• introduces radio and television programmes,reads news bulletins and makes announcements;

• conducts interviews and prepares reports fornews broadcasts, current affairs programmes anddocumentaries;

• directs actors and briefs designers, cameraoperators, sound recordists and editors on theeffect to be achieved;

• assumes financial and organisationalresponsibility for the completion of televisionprogrammes on time and within budget;

• edits film and videotape to assemble shots in therequired sequence.

RELATED JOB TITLES

BroadcasterNews reporter (broadcasting)Production assistant (broadcasting)Radio journalistTelevision producerVideo editor

3433 PUBLIC RELATIONSOFFICERS

Public relations officers promote the image andunderstanding of an organisation and its products orservices to consumers, businesses, members of thepublic and other specified audiences.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements,although entrants usually possess A levels/H gradesand a degree or equivalent qualification. Trainingis typically received on-the-job and supplementedby short courses or qualifications provided byprofessional institutions.

TASKS

• discusses issues of business strategy, products,services and target client base with managementto identify public relations requirements;

• writes, edits and arranges for the effectivedistribution of press releases, news letters andother public relations material;

• addresses individuals, clients and other targetgroups through meetings, presentations, themedia and other events to enhance the publicimage of an organisation;

• develops and implements tools to monitor andevaluate the effectiveness of public relationsexercises.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Information officerPress officerPublic relations consultantPublicity assistant

3434 PHOTOGRAPHERS ANDAUDIO-VISUAL EQUIPMENTOPERATORS

Workers in this unit group operate and assist withstill, cine and television cameras and operate otherequipment to record and project sound and visionfor entertainment, commercial and industrialpurposes.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no set academic requirements althoughentrants usually possess GCSEs/S grades, A levels/H grades and are able to demonstrate proof of pre-entry work experience. A variety of BTEC/SQAawards, diplomas, degrees and postgraduatequalifications are available. NVQs/SVQs inPhotography are available at Levels 2, 3 and 4.

TASKS

• selects subject and conceives composition ofpicture or discusses composition with colleagues;

• arranges subject, lighting, camera equipment andany microphones;

• checks that camera is loaded, inserts lenses andadjusts aperture and speed settings as necessary;

Page 136: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 3

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 131

• photographs subject or follows action by movingcamera;

• checks operation and positioning of projectors,videotape machines, mobile microphones andmixing and dubbing equipment;

• operates telecine, projection and videoequipment to record and play back films andtelevision programmes;

• operates sound mixing and dubbing equipmentto obtain desired mix, level and balance of sound.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Audio visual technicianCamera operator (film, television production)Film technicianPhotographerPress photographerProjectionistSound recordist

Page 137: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

3

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

132 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

MINOR GROUP 344SPORTS AND FITNESS OCCUPATIONS

Workers in this minor group prepare for and compete in sporting events for financial gain,train amateur and professional sportsmen and women to enhance performance, promoteparticipation and standards in sport, organise and officiate sporting events, and provideinstruction, training and supervision for various forms of exercise and other recreationalactivities.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

3441 SPORTS PLAYERS3442 SPORTS COACHES, INSTRUCTORS AND OFFICIALS3443 FITNESS INSTRUCTORS3449 SPORTS AND FITNESS OCCUPATIONS NEC

3441 SPORTS PLAYERS

Professional sportsmen and women train andcompete, either individually or as part of a team, intheir chosen sport for financial gain.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

No academic qualifications are required. Entry isbased upon talent that can be further developedthrough coaching and training.

TASKS

• participates in exhibitions, pre-qualifying events,tournaments and competitions;

• attends training sessions to develop skills andpractice individual or team moves and tactics;

• builds stamina, physical strength and agilitythrough running, fitness exercises and weighttraining;

• maintains clothing and other specialised sportingequipment;

• discusses performance problems with coaches,physiotherapists, dieticians and doctors.

RELATED JOB TITLES

CricketerFootballerGolferJockey

3442 SPORTS COACHES,INSTRUCTORS ANDOFFICIALS

Sports coaches, instructors and officials work withamateur and professional sportsmen and women toenhance performance, encourage greaterparticipation in sport, and organise and officiatesporting events according to established rules.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic requirements althoughindividuals must have experience in their sport andthe relevant coaching and refereeing qualifications.Applicants to coaching courses must normally beover 18 years old and hold a first aid certificate.Some courses encompass coaching awards withinbroader programmes of study such as BTEC/SQAawards. NVQs/SVQs are available in the contextof certain sports.

Page 138: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 3

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 133

TASKS

• coaches teams or individuals by demonstratingtechniques and directing training and exercisesessions;

• controls team selection and discipline andrecruits ancillary staff such as coaches orphysiotherapists;

• monitors and analyses technique andperformance, and determines how futureimprovements can be made;

• deals with administrative aspects such asarranging matches, contests or appearances forathlete or team, and organising required transportand accommodation;

• provides information and develops facilities toencourage greater participation in sport, and toenhance the standards of participants;

• starts race, competition or match and controlsits progress according to established rules.

RELATED JOB TITLES

RefereeSports coachSports development officerSteward (horse racing)Swimming teacherUmpire

3443 FITNESS INSTRUCTORS

Fitness instructors deliver training in aerobics, keepfit, weight training and other forms of exercise atprivate health and fitness centres or local authorityrun sports and leisure centres.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTE ANDASSORTED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic requirements.Entrants however must possess coachingqualifications recognised by the appropriategoverning body. Applicants to coaching coursesmust normally be over 18 years old and hold a firstaid certificate.

TASKS

• assesses the fitness levels of clients;

• devises programmes of training appropriate tothe needs of clients with varying levels ofstrength, fitness and ability;

• ensures that clients do not injure themselvesthrough over exertion or using incorrect trainingtechniques;

• plans and monitors personal fitness schedules;

• understands the health and safety aspects ofdifferent forms of exercise and ensures that anystatutory requirements are met.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Aerobics instructorFitness consultantKeep fit teacher

3449 SPORTS AND FITNESSOCCUPATIONS NEC

Workers in this unit group instruct and superviseclients in a variety of recreational activities such asclimbing, canoeing and mountaineering.

TYPICAL ENTRY REQUIREMENTS

There are no formal academic requirements.Entrants must possess a variety of coachingqualifications recognised by the appropriategoverning bodies and usually have considerablepractical experience. Applicants to coaching coursesmust normally be 18 years old and hold a first aidcertificate.

TASKS

• devises programmes of activities to suit the needsof clients with varying levels of strength, fitnessand ability;

• understands the health and safety aspects ofdifferent forms of recreational activity andensures that any statutory requirements are met;

Page 139: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

3

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

134 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

• inspects and maintains specialised clothing andother sporting equipment;

• arranges transportation and accommodation forparticipants.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Outdoor pursuits instructorOutward bound tutorRiding instructor

Page 140: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 3

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 135

SUB-MAJOR GROUP 35BUSINESS AND PUBLIC SERVICE ASSOCIATE

PROFESSIONALSBusiness and public service associate professionals command and control the movementof air, sea and rail traffic; organise the administrative work of legal practices; performspecialist financial tasks; purchase goods and materials; provide technical sales advice toclients; undertake market research, recruitment, training and industrial relations activities;arrange for the trading and leasing of property on behalf of clients; undertake the planning,promotion and maintenance of areas of the environment; perform administrative functionsin government; and undertake statutory inspections of health and safety.

MINOR GROUP 351TRANSPORT ASSOCIATE PROFESSIONALS

Workers in this minor group command and navigate aircraft and vessels, drive trains, performtechnical functions to operate and maintain such craft, and plan and regulate the groundand air movements of aircraft.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

3511 AIR TRAFFIC CONTROLLERS3512 AIRCRAFT PILOTS AND FLIGHT ENGINEERS3513 SHIP AND HOVERCRAFT OFFICERS3514 TRAIN DRIVERS

3511 AIR TRAFFIC CONTROLLERS

Air traffic controllers prepare flight plans, authoriseflight departures and arrivals and maintain radio,radar and/or visual contact with aircraft to ensurethe safe movement of air traffic.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entrants must be aged between 18 and 27 at timeof application. Entrants require GCSEs/S gradesand A levels/H grades, a BTEC/SQA award or anAdvanced GNVQ/GSVQ Level III. Academicrequirements may be lowered for those withrelevant aviation experience. Candidates musthave good eyesight and no hearing or speechdefects. Entrants are required to undergo amedical examination. Training lasts 74 weeks andconsists of courses of study followed by

supervised practical experience leading to theaward of a Civil Aviation Authority licence.

TASKS

• maintains radio and/or radar or visual contactwith aircraft and liaises with other air trafficcontrollers and control centres to direct aircraftin and out of controlled airspace and into holdingareas ready for landing;

• gives landing instructions to pilot and monitorsdescent of aircraft;

• directs movement of aircraft and motor vehicleson runways, taxiways and in parking bays;

• obtains information regarding weatherconditions, navigational hazards, landingconditions, seating arrangements, loading ofcargo, fuel and catering supplies;

Page 141: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

3

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

136 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

• calculates fuel consumption and optimum flyingheight, plans route and prepares flight plan foraircraft pilot;

• discusses operational requirements with pilot,issues duty schedules for flight deck and cabincrews, maintains records of flight progress andauthorises flight departure.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Air traffic controllerController of aircraftFlight plannerGround movement controller (airport)

3512 AIRCRAFT PILOTS ANDFLIGHT ENGINEERS

Aircraft flight deck officers check, regulate, adjustand test engines and other equipment prior to take-off, navigate and pilot aircraft and give flying lessons.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entrants with GCSEs/S grades and A levels/H grades,an Advanced GNVQ/GSVQ Level III or a BTEC/SQA award can apply for an airline sponsorship.Private residential training is available to candidateswith GCSEs/S grades or appropriate BTEC/SQA orGNVQ/GSVQ awards or to holders of Private PilotsLicences who have 700 hours flying experience.Normal colour vision is required and candidatesundergo a medical examination. Training lasts upto 15 months and consists of courses of study andflying instruction. Airlines may have additional ageand height requirements.

TASKS

• studies flight plan, discusses it with flight deckcrew and makes any necessary adjustments;

• directs or undertakes routine checks on engines,instruments, control panels, cargo distributionand fuel supplies;

• directs or undertakes the operation of controlsto fly aeroplanes and helicopters, complying with

air traffic control and aircraft operatingprocedures;

• monitors fuel consumption, air pressure, engineperformance and other indicators during flightand advises pilot of any factors that affect thenavigation or performance of the aircraft;

• maintains radio contact and discusses weatherconditions with air traffic controllers;

• performs specified tests to determine aircraft'sstability, response to controls and overallperformance;

• accompanies pupil on training flights anddemonstrates flying techniques.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Airline captainAirline pilotCommercial pilotFlight engineerFlying instructorPilot

3513 SHIP AND HOVERCRAFTOFFICERS

Ship and hovercraft officers command and navigateships and other craft, co-ordinate the activities ofofficers and deck and engine room ratings, operateand maintain communications equipment on boardship and undertake minor repairs to engines, boilersand other mechanical and electrical equipment.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entrants usually possess GCSEs/S grades and Alevels/H grades. Good colour vision withoutspectacles or contact lenses is required for someposts and candidates must undergo a medicalexamination. Training lasts three to four years andcombines taught courses and assessed training at sea.

TASKS

• allocates duties to ship's officers and co-ordinatesand directs the activities of deck and engine roomratings;

Page 142: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 3

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 137

• directs or undertakes the operation of controlsto inflate air cushions, run engines and propeland steer ships, hovercraft and other vessels;

• locates the position of vessel using electronic andother navigational aids such as charts andcompasses and advises on navigation whereappropriate;

• monitors the operation of engines, generators andother mechanical and electrical equipment andundertakes any necessary minor repairs;

• maintains radio contact with other vessels andcoast stations;

• prepares watch keeping rota and maintains alook-out for other vessels or obstacles;

• maintains log of vessel's progress, weatherconditions, conduct of crew, etc.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Chief engineer (hovercraft)Master marinerNavigator (shipping)Ship's captain (merchant navy)Ship's officer (merchant navy)

3514 TRAIN DRIVERS

Train drivers drive diesel, diesel-electric, electric andsteam locomotives that transport passengers andgoods on surface and underground railways.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic requirements.Entrants must pass a medical examination. Goodhearing, good eyesight and normal colour vision arerequired. Off- and on-the-job training is provided.An NVQ/SVQ in Rail Transport (Driving) isavailable at Level 2.

TASKS

• checks controls, gauges, brakes and lights beforestart of journey and studies route, timetable andtrack information;

• starts train when directed and operates controlsto regulate speed;

• watches for track hazards, observes signals andtemperature, pressure and other gauges;

• stops as directed to allow passengers to embark/disembark, the loading and unloading of freightand coupling/uncoupling of carriages and tubs;

• checks safety equipment, regulates the heatingof passenger compartments and records enginedefects or unusual incidents on the journey.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Engine driver (railways)Locomotive driverTrain driver

Page 143: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

3

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

138 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

MINOR GROUP 352LEGAL ASSOCIATE PROFESSIONALS

Legal associate professionals organise the administrative work of legal practices and performspecialised legal duties.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit group:

3520 LEGAL ASSOCIATE PROFESSIONALS

3520 LEGAL ASSOCIATEPROFESSIONALS

Workers in this unit group provide administrativesupport for legal professionals, and investigate andmake recommendations on legal matters that do notfall within the province of a normal court of law.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entrants usually possess GCSEs/S grades and Alevels/H grades in appropriate subject areas. Off-and on-the-job training is available. Membershipof professional institutions will be required for someposts. Candidates must pass professionalexaminations and complete up to five years ofpractical experience.

TASKS

• runs chambers on behalf of principals, developsthe practice, manages the flow of work, decideswhich cases to accept, arranges appropriate feesand prepares financial records;

• collates information, drafts briefs and otherdocuments;

• interviews and advises clients, undertakespreparatory work for court cases;

• attends court to assist barristers and solicitors inthe presentation of a case;

• assists in all aspects of property conveyancingand probate and common law practice.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Barrister's clerkConveyancerData protection officerLegal assistantLegal executive

Page 144: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 3

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 139

MINOR GROUP 353BUSINESS AND FINANCE ASSOCIATE PROFESSIONALS

Business and finance associate professionals calculate the probable costs of projects, assessthe value of properties, underwrite insurance policies and assess liability regarding claims,deal in commodities and financial assets, advise clients on insurance, investment, taxation,mortgages, pensions and other financial matters, and assist accounting and financialprofessionals in managing an organisations financial affairs.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

3531 ESTIMATORS, VALUERS AND ASSESSORS3532 BROKERS3533 INSURANCE UNDERWRITERS3534 FINANCE AND INVESTMENT ANALYSTS/ADVISERS3535 TAXATION EXPERTS3536 IMPORTERS, EXPORTERS3537 FINANCIAL AND ACCOUNTING TECHNICIANS3539 BUSINESS AND RELATED ASSOCIATE PROFESSIONALS NEC

3531 ESTIMATORS, VALUERS ANDASSESSORS

Estimators, valuers and assessors plan and undertakethe calculation of probable costs of civil, mechanical,electrical, electronic and other projects, estimate thevalue of property and chattels, and investigateinsurance claims to assess their validity and to assignliability.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry is possible with a variety of academicqualifications. Entrants typically possess GCSEs/Sgrades, A levels/H grades, GNVQs/GSVQs orBTEC/SQA awards. Professional qualifications areavailable and may be required by some employers.

TASKS

• examines plans, drawings, specifications, partslists, etc. and specifies the materials andcomponents required;

• assesses condition, location, desirability andamenities of property to be valued;

• assesses costs of materials, labour time and otherfactors such as required profit margins, transportcosts, tariffs and fare structures, possible hazards,etc.;

• prepares comprehensive estimates of time andcosts and presents these in report or tender form;

• examines insurance documents to assessextent of liability and gathers informationabout incident from police, medical records,ship's log, etc. and investigates potentialfraudulent claims.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Building estimatorEstimatorInsurance assessorPlanner-estimatorSurveyor and valuerValuation surveyorValuer

Page 145: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

3

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

140 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

3532 BROKERS

Workers in this unit group deal in commodities,stocks, shares and foreign exchange on behalf ofclients or on own account, broker insurance andreinsurance, and buy and sell shipping and freightspace.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic requirements althoughmany employers require entrants to possess a degreeor equivalent qualification. Training is typicallyundertaken in-house, although entrants may attendcourses run by professional institutions. Registrationwith a regulatory authority may be required in somepositions.

TASKS

• advises client on the suitability of particularinsurance schemes and places insurance onbehalf of client;

• discusses buying and/or selling requirements ofclient and gives advice accordingly;

• analyses information concerning market trendsfor commodities, financial assets and foreignexchange and advises client/employer on thesuitability of a particular investment;

• records and transmits buy and sell orders forstocks, shares and bonds and calculatestransaction costs;

• provides independent advice on the suitabilityof insurance schemes and places insurance onbehalf of client;

• arranges for the production of auction catalogues,fixes reserve prices, attends auction and bids onbehalf of client, or negotiates purchase/sale byprivate treaty of goods not sold at auction;

• obtains cargo space, fixes freight charges andsigns and issues bills of loading;

• collects freight charges from client andundertakes all necessary formalit iesconcerning customs and the loading/unloadingof cargo.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Commodity traderFinancial brokerForeign exchange dealer (banking)Insurance brokerShipbrokerStockbroker

3533 INSURANCE UNDERWRITERS

Workers in this unit group identify and measure therisks associated with an activity, determine whetherthis risk is insurable and issue insurance policeswhich provide financial compensation in the eventof loss.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic requirements,although many employers expect entrants to studyfor the associateship examinations of the CharteredInsurance Institute. Entrants to professionalexaminations usually require GCSEs/S grades andA levels/H grades, an Advanced GNVQ/GSVQLevel III, or a BTEC/SQA award.

TASKS

• receives and assesses proposals andpropositions for insurance from brokers andclients;

• identifies and evaluates the risks associated witha proposal;

• liaises with insurance surveyors, actuaries andrisk managers where the risks associated with aproposal are not clear;

• calculates premiums, provides quotations and,if acceptable to the client, issues policies;

• ensures that the insurance policy clearly definesthe liabilities accepted and any exceptions orexclusions;

• negotiates terms of reinsurance contracts.

Page 146: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 3

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 141

RELATED JOB TITLES

Insurance underwriterUnderwriter

3534 FINANCE AND INVESTMENTANALYSTS/ADVISERS

Workers in this unit group advise customers on thepurchase of investment, insurance, mortgages,pensions and other financial services and products.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic requirements althoughentrants usually possess GCSEs/S grades. Trainingis typically undertaken in-house, although entrantsmay attend courses run by professional institutions.Registration with a regulatory authority may berequired in some positions.

TASKS

• predicts the long and short term futureperformance of securities and other financialassets and advises upon what will be a goodinvestment for their clients;

• analyses the financial position of clients, takinginto account outgoings, dependants andcommitments;

• advises on the relative merits of pension schemes,insurance policies and mortgages that best meetthe needs of clients given their personalcircumstances;

• undertakes administrative duties on behalf ofclients;

• identifies and attracts new clients by arrangingvisits and explaining the benefits of financialproducts.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Financial adviserFinancial consultantMortgage consultantPension adviser

3535 TAXATION EXPERTS

Taxation experts advise clients on tax matters andassess tax liabilities.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry is possible with GCSEs/S grades or a BTEC/SQA award, although many entrants possess a degreeor equivalent qualification. A professionalqualification is required in either accountancy ortaxation. Training is undertaken on-the-job andusually takes approximately four years to complete.

TASKS

• examines accounts of industrial, commercial andother establishments to determine their taxliability and makes adjustments to claims wherenecessary;

• considers particular problems concerning allforms of personal and company taxation;

• stays abreast of all changes in tax law andprecedent;

• discusses disputed cases with accountants andother specialists;

• represents Government/client in contestedclaims before tax officials or an independenttribunal.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Inspector of taxesTax consultantTax seniorTaxation adviser

3536 IMPORTERS, EXPORTERS

Importers and exporters buy commodities fromoverseas for the home market and sell home-produced commodities to overseas markets.

Page 147: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

3

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

142 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry does not depend on academic qualificationsalthough some employers require candidates to havea degree or equivalent qualification. Some postsrequire candidates to have knowledge of a foreignlanguage. Professional qualifications are available.Entrance to professional examinations requiresGCSEs/S grades and A levels/H grades or equivalentqualifications.

TASKS

• investigates and evaluates home and overseasdemand for particular commodities;

• obtains orders from buyers and arranges paymentby bill of exchange, letter of credit or othermeans;

• arranges for shipment of commodities overseasand ensures that insurance and export licencesare in order;

• carries out customs clearance procedures forimports, arranges their storage and delivery andsells them personally or through a commoditybroker;

• advises home and overseas producers on thelikely future demand for their goods.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Export agentExporterImporter

3537 FINANCIAL ANDACCOUNTING TECHNICIANS

Financial and accounting technicians work alongsideaccountants and other financial professionals inmanaging the financial affairs of organisations.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic requirements.Professional qualifications are available from the

Association of Chartered Certified Accountants andthe Association of Accounting Technicians. Thesequalifications can be linked to NVQs/SVQs inAccounting at Levels 2, 3 and 4. Exemptions toprofessional examinations may be granted to thosewith certain academic qualifications.

TASKS

• maintains profit and loss accounts, budgets,cashflow forecasts and other accounting records;

• produces, collates and reports financialinformation for managers;

• liaises with clients to ensure that payments aremade on time and credit limits are not exceeded;

• ensures invoices and payments are correct andsent out on time;

• monitors accounting systems to determineaccounts are being maintained effectively andprovides information on accounting practices toauditors.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Accounting technicianFinancial controller

3539 BUSINESS AND RELATEDASSOCIATE PROFESSIONALSNEC

Workers in this unit group advise on the effectivenessof an organisation's procedures, systems andmethods, organise business conferences andexhibitions and perform other business and relatedoccupations not elsewhere classified in MINORGROUP 353: Business and Finance AssociateProfessionals.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements,although entrants typically possess GCSEs/S grades,A levels/H grades, a BTEC/SQA award or equivalentqualifications. Professional qualifications areavailable and may be required by some employers.

Page 148: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 3

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 143

TASKS

• studies particular department or problem area andassesses its interrelationships with otheractivities;

• studies work methods and procedures bymeasuring work involved and computingstandard times for specified activities, andproduces report detailing suggestions forincreasing efficiency and lowering costs;

• analyses project components, organises them intoa logical sequence and establishes the minimumtime required for the project;

• purchases services, receives payment fromclients, processes contracts and deals withcontractual arrangements;

• canvasses political opinion, writes and distributesleaflets, writes and distributes press releases andother such material to promote the image andpolicies of a political party or election candidate,arranges fund raising activities, and organises andparticipates in election campaigns;

• discusses requirements for conferences,exhibitions, functions or similar events, adviseson the facilities available, makes bookingarrangements and undertakes and makes anyfurther preparations required.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Conference co-ordinatorExhibition officerManagement information officerWork study engineerWork study officer

Page 149: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

3

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

144 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

3541 BUYERS AND PURCHASINGOFFICERS

Buyers and purchasing officers organise andundertake the buying of raw materials, equipmentand merchandise from manufacturers, importers,wholesalers and other sources for wholesaledistribution, resale or for own internal use.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic requirements althoughmany employers expect A levels/H grades, BTEC/SQA awards or degrees. Professional qualificationsand NVQs/SVQs in Procurement at Levels 2, 3 and4 are available.

TASKS

• attends trade fairs, shows and displays to examinenew product lines, examines price lists andsamples and selects the most suitable supplieror places tenders with suitable firms;

• assesses budgetary limitations and customerrequirements and decides on quantity, type, rangeand quality of goods or services to be bought;

• helps negotiate contract with supplier andspecifies details of goods or services required;

• ensures that delivered items comply with order,monitors quality of incoming goods and returnsunsatisfactory or faulty items;

MINOR GROUP 354SALES AND RELATED ASSOCIATE PROFESSIONALS

Sales and related associate professionals purchase raw materials, equipment andmerchandise, provide technical sales advice to customers, undertake market research, andarrange for the trading and leasing of property on behalf of clients.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

3541 BUYERS AND PURCHASING OFFICERS3542 SALES REPRESENTATIVES3543 MARKETING ASSOCIATE PROFESSIONALS3544 ESTATE AGENTS, AUCTIONEERS

• prices merchandise, places repeat orders for fastselling goods and arranges for promotions orprice reductions for slow selling lines;

• maintains records and prepares reports asnecessary.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Assistant buyerBuyerMedia buyerProcurement officer

3542 SALES REPRESENTATIVES

Sales representatives provide advice to existingand potential customers, and receive orders forspecialist machinery, equipment, materials andother products or services that require technicalknowledge.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic requirements,although entrants usually possess academicqualifications and/or relevant experience in aparticular profession or speciality. Training is usuallyon-the-job. Professional qualifications and NVQs/SVQs at Levels 2 and 3 are available.

Page 150: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 3

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 145

TASKS

• discusses customer requirements and advisesthem on the capabilities and limitations of thegoods or services being sold;

• quotes prices, credit details, delivery dates andpayment arrangements and arranges for deliveryand installation of goods if appropriate;

• makes follow up visits to ensure customersatisfaction and to obtain further orders;

• stays abreast of advances in product/field andsuggests possible improvements to product orservice;

• maintains records and accounts of sales madeand handles customer complaints.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Manufacturer's agentSalesman/woman (wholesale)Technical representative

3543 MARKETING ASSOCIATEPROFESSIONALS

Marketing associate professionals assist in thedevelopment and implementation of projects whichaim to elicit the preferences and requirements ofconsumers, businesses and other specified targetgroups so that suppliers may meet these needs.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic requirements,although many entrants possess a BTEC/SQA award,A levels/H grades, a degree or equivalentqualification. Training is typically in-house,supplemented by short courses or professionalqualifications provided by the Market ResearchSociety. NVQs/SVQs in Marketing Research areavailable at Levels 3 and 4.

TASKS

• discusses business methods, products orservices and targets customer group with

employer or client in order to identifymarketing requirements;

• establishes an appropriate quantitative andqualitative market research methodology andprepares proposals outlining programmes ofwork and details of costs;

• collates and interprets findings of marketresearch and presents results to clients;

• discusses possible changes that need to be madein terms of design, price, packaging, promotionetc. in light of market research with appropriatedepartments;

• briefs advertising team on client requirements,monitors the progress of advertising campaignsand liaises with client on potential modifications.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Account representative (advertising)Commercial officerMarket researcherMarketing consultant

3544 ESTATE AGENTS,AUCTIONEERS

Estate agents and auctioneers arrange for thevaluation, sale, purchase, rental and leasing ofproperty on behalf of clients.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry is most common via membership of theProfessional Society for Valuers, Auctioneers andEstate Agents. Entrants to professional trainingpossess GCSEs/S grades, an NVQ/SVQ at Level 2,an Intermediate GNVQ/GSVQ Level II and/orrelevant experience. Off- and on-the-job training istaken over a two year period.

TASKS

• discusses client's requirements and may adviseclient on the purchase of property and land forinvestment and other purposes;

Page 151: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

3

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

146 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

• conducts or arranges for structural surveys ofproperties and undertakes any necessaryvaluations of property or agricultural land;

• advises vendors and purchasers on market pricesof property, accompanies clients to viewproperty;

• markets the property on behalf of the vendor,prepares written information and pressadvertisements;

• negotiates land or property purchases, sales,leases or tenancy agreements and arranges legalformalities with solicitors, building societies andother parties;

• makes inventories of property for sale, advisesvendor of suitable reserve price, issuescatalogues, conducts auction, notes bids andrecords sale.

RELATED JOB TITLES

AuctioneerEstate agentLand agentLetting agent

Page 152: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 3

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 147

MINOR GROUP 355CONSERVATION ASSOCIATE PROFESSIONALS

Workers in this minor group are responsible for the planning, management, promotion andday-to-day maintenance of areas of the environment in ways that are of benefit to wildlifeand the public.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

3551 CONSERVATION AND ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONOFFICERS

3552 COUNTRYSIDE AND PARK RANGERS

3551 CONSERVATION ANDENVIRONMENTALPROTECTION OFFICERS

Conservation and environmental protection officersare responsible for the scientific planning and dailyrunning of areas of the environment in a way thatreconciles the interests of conservation, land ownersand the public.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entrants usually possess a BTEC/SQA higher awardor degree although some employers may require ahigher degree or postgraduate qualification. ModernApprenticeships and NVQs/SVQs in EnvironmentalConservation at Levels 2 and 3 are also available.

TASKS

• conducts ecological surveys to identify plant andanimal species, map their habitat and draw upconservation plans;

• liaises with conservation organisations, planningauthorities and land owners to establish naturereserves and Sites of Special Scientific Interest,and to identify and protect buildings and areasof historical interest;

• carries out environmental assessments as to theconsequences of proposed new developments;

• organises and supervises conservation projectsand the work of part-time and voluntary staff;

• provides information to the public through settingup displays, writing leaflets, making presentationsand addressing the media.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Conservation officerConservationistEnvironmental protection officerNational park officer

3552 COUNTRYSIDE AND PARKRANGERS

Countryside and park rangers look after thecountryside for the benefit of wildlife and the publicthrough practical conservation, environmentaleducation and liaison between land owners, localcommunities and visitors.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entrants usually possess a BTEC/SQA higher awardor degree although some employers may require ahigher degree or postgraduate qualification. Amajority of entrants have prior practical experience.A range of training courses from professional

Page 153: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

3

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

148 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

associations and NVQs/SVQs in EnvironmentalConservation at Levels 2 and 3 are available.

TASKS

• advises visitors, organises guided walks andanswers questions from the public about an areaand its wildlife;

• encourages environmental education throughaddressing schools and community groups;

• patrols an area to monitor damage, erosion,access to rights of way and the state of footpathsand other facilities, and carries out remedialmaintenance work as necessary;

• acts as an intermediary between land owners,visitors and the local community in disputes overrights of access;

• works with the emergency services in instancesof fire, flood, injury or mountain rescue.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Countryside rangerCountryside wardenEnvironmental wardenPark ranger

Page 154: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 3

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 149

MINOR GROUP 356PUBLIC SERVICE AND OTHER ASSOCIATE

PROFESSIONALS

Public service and other associate professionals supervise and undertake generaladministrative functions in national and local government, advise upon and undertakerecruitment, staff appraisal and industrial relations activities, give advice regarding careers,training and related opportunities, provide vocational training, undertake inspections andinvestigations to ensure statutory compliance, implement health and safety measures withinestablishments and organisations, and undertake inspections to ensure compliance withenvironmental health regulations.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

3561 PUBLIC SERVICE ASSOCIATE PROFESSIONALS3562 PERSONNEL AND INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS OFFICERS3563 VOCATIONAL AND INDUSTRIAL TRAINERS AND

INSTRUCTORS3564 CAREERS ADVISERS AND VOCATIONAL GUIDANCE

SPECIALISTS3565 INSPECTORS OF FACTORIES, UTILITIES AND TRADING

STANDARDS3566 STATUTORY EXAMINERS3567 OCCUPATIONAL HYGIENISTS AND SAFETY OFFICERS

(HEALTH AND SAFETY)3568 ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH OFFICERS

3561 PUBLIC SERVICE ASSOCIATEPROFESSIONALS

Public service associate professionals supervise andundertake general administrative work in nationaland local government departments, and organise theactivities of local offices of national governmentdepartments.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entrants typically possess A levels/H grades or anequivalent qualification, although many entrantspossess a degree. Entry may be possible by promotionfrom clerical grades for those with suitable experience.Training is typically provided on-the-job,supplemented by specialised courses. Professionalqualifications are available in some areas.

TASKS

• co-ordinates activities of office staff, assignstasks and responsibilities and makes changes inprocedures to deal with variations in workload;

• assists senior government officers with policywork, external liaison or general administrativework;

• supervises a variety of administrative functionsin government departments such as recruitmentand training, the negotiation and arrangement ofcontracts, building and capital management,monitoring and authorising departmentexpenditure etc.;

• organises resources for the acceptance andrecording of vacancy details, the selection ofsuitable applicants and other Job Centreactivities;

Page 155: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

3

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

150 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

• authorises the payment of social security benefits,arranges for domiciliary visits to assess thefinancial circumstances of claimants andinvestigates any state insurance contributionproblems;

• advises public or companies on general taxproblems and arranges for the issue, receipt andexamination of tax forms, assessment of PAYEcodes and the computation of tax arrears andrebates.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Higher executive officer (government)Principal officer (local government)Senior executive officer (government)

3562 PERSONNEL ANDINDUSTRIAL RELATIONSOFFICERS

Personnel and industrial relations officers conductresearch and advise on recruitment, training, staffappraisal and industrial relations policies and assistspecialist managers with negotiations on behalf of acommercial enterprise, trades union or otherorganisation.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic requirements althoughmost entrants possess a degree or equivalentqualification and/or relevant experience. Manyemployers expect staff to gain membership of theInstitute of Personnel Development through studyfor professional qualifications. NVQs/SVQs inPersonnel Support are available at Level 3.

TASKS

• undertakes research into pay differentials,productivity and efficiency bonuses and otherpayments;

• develops and recommends personnel andindustrial relations policies and assists with theirimplementation;

• arranges meetings between management andemployees or trades unions and assists withnegotiations concerning pay and conditions ofemployment;

• advises on training and recruitment, negotiatingprocedures, salary agreements and otherpersonnel and industrial relations issues;

• provides practical recruitment and selectionservices to clients such as preparingadvertisements, checking application forms andinterviewing candidates.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Industrial relations officerPersonnel officerRecruitment consultant

3563 VOCATIONAL ANDINDUSTRIAL TRAINERS ANDINSTRUCTORS

Vocational and industrial trainers provide instructionin manual, manipulative and other vocational skillsand advise on, plan and organise vocationalinstruction within industrial, commercial and otherestablishments.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

No formal educational qualifications are requiredfor entry, although most entrants have qualified insome other area of work. Professional qualificationsare available from the Institute of Personnel andDevelopment. NVQs/SVQs in Training andDevelopment are available at Levels 3, 4 and 5.

TASKS

• assesses training requirements and prepareslectures, demonstrations and study aids;

• supervises trainee development, assists traineeswith difficulties and prepares regular progressreports on each trainee for management;

• arranges work experience and instructional visitsfor trainees;

Page 156: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 3

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 151

• plans curriculum and rota of staff duties andupdates or amends them in light of developments;

• advises on training programmes and discussesprogress or problems with staff and trainees;

• devises general and specialised training coursesin response to particular needs.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Staff trainerTechnical instructorTraining consultantTraining instructorTraining officer

3564 CAREERS ADVISERS ANDVOCATIONAL GUIDANCESPECIALISTS

Workers in this unit group give advice on careers oroccupations, training courses and related matters,direct school leavers and other job seekers intoemployment and assess their progress.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entrants to training usually possess a degree, anapproved diploma or equivalent qualification.Professional training towards the Diploma in CareersGuidance consists of a one-year full-time coursefollowed by a one-year probationary period of on-the-job training.

TASKS

• uses an interview, questionnaire and/orpsychological or other test to determine theaptitude, preferences and temperament of theclient;

• advises on appropriate courses of study oravenues into employment;

• visits educational and other establishments togive talks and distribute information regardingcareers;

• liaises with employers to determine employmentopportunities and advises schools, colleges orindividuals accordingly;

• organises careers forums and exhibitions andestablishes and maintains contact with localemployers and/or training organisations andTECs;

• monitors progress and welfare of young peoplein employment and advises them on anydifficulties.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Careers adviserCareers officerPlacement co-ordinatorPlacement officer

3565 INSPECTORS OF FACTORIES,UTILITIES AND TRADINGSTANDARDS

Inspectors of factories, utilities and trading standardsundertake investigations and inspections to verifyand ensure compliance with acts, regulations andother requirements regarding weights, measures andtrade descriptions, the installation and safety ofelectrical, gas and water supplies and equipment andthe welfare, health and safety in factories and allwork sites subject to the provisions in the FactoryActs.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entrants usually possess A levels/H grades, a degreeor equivalent qualification. Professionalqualifications, postgraduate diplomas and NVQs/SVQs at Levels 3 and 4 are available and may berequired in some occupations.

TASKS

• inspects measuring and similar equipment infactories and visits street traders, shops, garagesand other premises to check scales, weights andmeasuring equipment;

Page 157: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

3

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

152 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

• inspects factories and other work sites to ensureadequate cleanliness, temperature, lighting andventilation, checks for fire hazards and inspectsstorage and handling arrangements of dangerousmaterials;

• visits sites during construction and inspectscompleted installations of electricity, gas or watersupply;

• draws attention to any irregularities orinfringements of regulations and advises on waysof rectifying them;

• investigates industrial accidents or anycomplaints made by the public, preparesreports and recommendations on allinspections made and recommends legalaction where necessary.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Gas inspectorInspector of factories (government)Inspector of weights and measuresInstallation inspector (electricity, gas)Plumbing inspectorTrading standards officer

3566 STATUTORY EXAMINERS

Workers in this unit group undertake investigationsand inspections to ensure compliance with bye-laws,acts and other regulations concerning river pollutionand use of fishing grounds, the condition andstandard of ships' structures, equipment andaccommodation, the treatment of animals, theoperation of commercial, passenger and road goodsvehicles and other miscellaneous concerns/issues notelsewhere classified.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry is most common with experience gained inemployment, but is possible with GCSEs/S gradesor A levels/H grades. On-the-job training is providedand professional qualifications are available and arerequired for some posts.

TASKS

• verifies the weight of vehicles, checks driverslicence and the number of hours worked;

• takes regular samples of river water forlaboratory analysis and removes any diseased fishfrom the river;

• visits premises discharging effluent into river andadvises on ways of preventing pollution;

• prevents illegal fishing and inspects and verifiesfishing licences;

• visits kennels, race courses, slaughterhouses andother areas where animals are kept, investigatesany complaints and advises on animal care;

• provides first aid treatment for animals andundertakes humane killing where necessary;

• undertakes other inspections not elsewhereclassified, including alkali, drugs, explosives,flight operations, horticulture, wages and mininginspections.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Driving examiner (Dept of Transport)Fishery officerFlight examinerNational Insurance inspectorPollution control officerRSPCA inspectorWater bailiff

3567 OCCUPATIONAL HYGIENISTSAND SAFETY OFFICERS(HEALTH AND SAFETY)

Workers in this unit group counsel employees onpersonal, domestic and other problems andgrievances, advise on industrial health and safety andco-ordinate accident prevention and safety measureswithin an establishment or organisation.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entrants usually possess an NVQ/SVQ at Level 4 inOccupational Health and Safety Practice or a national

Page 158: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 3

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 153

diploma awarded by the National Examination Boardin Occupational Safety and Health. After three yearsrelevant experience, holders of these qualifications canapply for membership of the Institution ofOccupational Safety and Health.

TASKS

• assists employees in need of accommodation andmaintains contact with those off work due to illness;

• counsels individuals on any personal or domesticproblems affecting their work;

• inspects factory and other work areas to ensurecompliance with health and safety legislation;

• instructs workers in the proper use of protectiveclothing and safety devices;

• compiles statistics on accidents and injuries,analyses their causes and makesrecommendations to management accordingly;

• gives talks and distributes information onaccident prevention;

• carries out routine tests on safety devices andprotective clothing.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Health and Safety officerOccupational hygienistSafety adviserSafety officer

3568 ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTHOFFICERS

Environmental health officers undertake inspectionsand investigations to verify and ensure compliancewith government acts, orders and regulations relatingto environmental hygiene and the general health ofthe public.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry will require GCSEs/S grades and A levels/Hgrades. Registration to the Chartered Institute of

Environmental Health requires candidates to possessan accredited degree or postgraduate qualificationand to complete a year of assessed practical trainingand further professional examinations.

TASKS

• inspects and investigates housing and workingconditions, conditions under which food, drinkand drugs are manufactured and stored,atmospheric pollution, drainage, sewage andrefuse disposal, noise levels, etc. to ensurecompliance with government regulations;

• makes visits and inspections in accordance witha planned programme or in response tocomplaints;

• advises on ways of rectifying conditions thatcontravene regulations;

• prepares reports and recommendations on allinspections made;

• recommends legal action in cases of persistentcontravention of regulations.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Authorised meat inspectorEnvironmental health inspectorEnvironmental health officerPublic health officer

Page 159: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 4

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 155

MAJOR GROUP 4ADMINISTRATIVE AND SECRETARIAL

OCCUPATIONSOccupations within this major group undertake general administrative, clerical andsecretarial work, and perform a variety of specialist client-orientated clerical duties. Themain tasks involve retrieving, updating, classifying and distributing documents,correspondence and other records held electronically and in storage files; typing, word-processing and otherwise preparing documents; operating other office and businessmachinery; receiving and directing telephone calls to an organisation; and routinginformation through organisations.

Most occupations in this major group will require a good standard of general education.Certain occupations will require further additional vocational training or professionaloccupations to a well-defined standard.

Occupations in this major group are classified into the following sub-major and minorgroups:

41 ADMINISTRATIVE OCCUPATIONS

411 ADMINISTRATIVE OCCUPATIONS: GOVERNMENT ANDRELATED ORGANISATIONS

412 ADMINISTRATIVE OCCUPATIONS: FINANCE413 ADMINISTRATIVE OCCUPATIONS: RECORDS414 ADMINISTRATIVE OCCUPATIONS: COMMUNICATIONS415 ADMINISTRATIVE OCCUPATIONS: GENERAL

42 SECRETARIAL AND RELATED OCCUPATIONS

421 SECRETARIAL AND RELATED OCCUPATIONS

Page 160: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

4

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

156 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

SUB-MAJOR GROUP 41ADMINISTRATIVE OCCUPATIONS

Workers in this sub-major group undertake administrative and clerical work in governmentdepartments and non-governmental organisations; perform specialist clerical tasks in relationto financial records and transactions, the administration of pension and insurance policies,the storage and transportation of freight, the activities of libraries, market research anddatabase administration; operate telecommunications equipment and perform other generalclerical tasks.

MINOR GROUP 411ADMINISTRATIVE OCCUPATIONS: GOVERNMENT AND

RELATED ORGANISATIONS

Workers in this minor group undertake a variety of administrative and clerical work ingovernment departments and non-governmental organisations.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

4111 CIVIL SERVICE EXECUTIVE OFFICERS4112 CIVIL SERVICE ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS AND ASSISTANTS4113 LOCAL GOVERNMENT CLERICAL OFFICERS AND ASSISTANTS4114 OFFICERS OF NON-GOVERNMENTAL ORGANISATIONS

4111 CIVIL SERVICE EXECUTIVEOFFICERS

Workers in this unit group undertake administrativeduties within government offices and departments,and supervise the activities of junior administrativeand clerical staff.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry is possible with GCSEs/S grades and A levels/H grades, BTEC/SQA awards or GNVQs/GSVQs,although many entrants are graduates. Off- and on-the-job training is provided. NVQs/SVQs andprofessional qualifications are available for certainareas of work.

TASKS

• plans work schedules, assigns duties and supervisesthe activities of administrative and clerical staff;

• undertakes random or regular checks of work toassess output and quality;

• ensures that accounting, verifying, recording andother prescribed procedures are adhered to;

• advises on the purchase of office equipment andsupplies;

• assists senior government officers with policywork, external liaison or general administrativework;

• undertakes administrative and supervisory dutiesspecific to the operation of Inland Revenueoffices, Job Centres, Benefits Agency offices andother local offices of national government.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Adviser (Job Centre)Executive officer (government)Revenue executive (government)

Page 161: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 4

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 157

4112 CIVIL SERVICEADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERSAND ASSISTANTS

Civil Service administrative officers and assistantsundertake a variety of clerical work in nationalgovernment departments, and in local offices ofnational government departments.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry is possible with GCSEs/S grades, and/orrelevant practical experience. NVQs/SVQs inAdministration are available at Levels 2 and 3.Modern Apprenticeships leading to NVQ/SVQ atLevel 3 are also available.

TASKS

• maintains and updates correspondence,documents, data and other records for storage infiles or on computer;

• classifies, sorts and files publications,correspondence etc. in offices and libraries;

• responds to telephone enquiries and other formsof correspondence;

• undertakes a variety of clerical tasks specific tothe operations of Inland Revenue offices, JobCentres, Benefits Agency offices and other localoffices of national government;

• performs miscellaneous clerical tasks such asproof reading printed material, drafting letters,taking minutes etc.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Administrative assistant (government)Administrative officer (government)Revenue assistant (government)

4113 LOCAL GOVERNMENTCLERICAL OFFICERS ANDASSISTANTS

Local government clerical officers and assistantsundertake a variety of clerical duties in localgovernment offices and departments.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry is most common with GCSEs/S grades.Evidence of keyboard skills may also be required insome posts. Off- and on-the-job training is provided.NVQs/SVQs in Administration are available atLevels 2 and 3.

TASKS

• computes cost of product/services and maintainsand balances records of financial transactions;

• prepares and checks invoices and verifiesaccuracy of records;

• receives and pays out cash and cheques andperforms closely related clerical duties;

• operates data processing equipment to updateand maintain data, correspondence and otherrecords for storage or despatch;

• arranges, classifies and indexes publications,correspondence and other material in librariesand offices;

• performs other clerical duties not elsewhereclassified including preparing financialinformation for management, proof readingprinted material and drafting letters in reply tocorrespondence or telephone enquiries.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Administrative assistant (local government)Clerical assistant (local government)Clerical officer (local government)Local government officer

4114 OFFICERS OF NON-GOVERNMENTALORGANISATIONS

Workers in this unit group perform a variety ofadministrative and clerical tasks in the running oftrade associations, employers' associations, learnedsocieties, trade unions, charitable organisations andsimilar bodies.

Page 162: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

4

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

158 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic requirements althoughpre-entry experience is usually necessary. Someorganisations only employ their own members,although evidence of related work within pressuregroups, the voluntary sector, trade unions or otherorganisations is generally sufficient.

TASKS

• maintains and updates records of membershipdetails, subscription fees, mailing lists, etc.;

• circulates and reports information of relevanceto members and interested parties;

• arranges meetings, conferences and other eventsand circulates agenda and other relevant material;

• receives and responds to written and telephonecorrespondence from members and otherorganisations;

• undertakes fund raising activities within aspecified geographical area;

• prepares and provides measures of organisationalactivity for senior officials.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Branch secretary (charitable organisation)Charity administratorOfficial (trade union)Organiser (trade union)

Page 163: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 4

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 159

MINOR GROUP 412ADMINISTRATIVE OCCUPATIONS: FINANCE

Workers in this minor group perform administrative and other tasks in relation to creditcontrol and debt collection, the maintenance of financial records within firms, financialtransactions made with customers and the collection of payments from businesses andhouseholds.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

4121 CREDIT CONTROLLERS4122 ACCOUNTS AND WAGES CLERKS, BOOK-KEEPERS, OTHER

FINANCIAL CLERKS4123 COUNTER CLERKS

4121 CREDIT CONTROLLERS

Credit controllers perform financial, administrativeand other tasks in relation to credit control and debtcollection.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry is most common with GCSEs/S grades but isalso possible with other academic qualifications.Professional qualifications are available and may berequired for some posts.

TASKS

• receives requests for credit submissions andlending proposals;

• arranges for investigations of the creditworthiness of individuals or companies;

• deals with any enquiries or difficultiesconcerning the acceptance or rejection of creditapplications;

• checks that accounting, recording and statutoryprocedures are adhered to for all credittransactions;

• arranges for the collection of arrears of payment.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Credit control clerkCredit controllerCredit supervisor

4122 ACCOUNTS AND WAGESCLERKS, BOOK-KEEPERS,OTHER FINANCIAL CLERKS

Accounts and wages clerks, book-keepers, and otherfinancial clerks, maintain and balance records offinancial transactions, calculate hours worked, wagesdue and other relevant contributions/deductions andperform other financial and related clerical duties.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no minimum academic requirements,although entrants typically possess GCSEs/S gradesor equivalent qualifications. Training is typicallyprovided on-the-job. NVQs/SVQs in Administrationare available at Levels 1 and 2.

TASKS

• checks and records accuracy of daily records offinancial transactions;

Page 164: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

4

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

160 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

• prepares provisional balances and reconcilesthese with appropriate accounts;

• calculates and records hours worked, wages due,deductions and voluntary contributions;

• compiles schedules and distributes or arrangesdistribution of wages and salaries;

• calculates costs and overheads and preparesanalyses for management.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Accounts assistantAccounts clerkAudit assistantBookkeeperCost clerkLedger clerkWages clerk

4123 COUNTER CLERKS

Counter clerks deal with the payment of money,cheques and other financial claims and open andclose accounts. Advise upon financial products andservices offered by banks, building societies and postoffices.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no minimum academic requirements,although entrants usually possess GCSEs/S grades, Alevels/H grades or an Advanced GNVQ/GSVQ LevelIII. On-the-job training is provided. NVQs/SVQs inProviding Financial Services (Banks and BuildingSocieties) are available at Levels 2, 3 and 4.

TASKS

• deals with enquiries from customers, other banksand other authorised enquirers;

• maintains records of transactions and compilesinformation;

• advises customers on financial services andproducts available;

• receives and pays out cash, cheques, moneyorders, credit notes, foreign currency or travellerscheques;

• provides postal services, pays pensions, JobSeekers' Allowance and other state benefits toclaimants, supplies official forms anddocumentation to the public, and performs othertasks specific to the activities of a post office.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Bank clerkBox office clerkCashier (bank, building society)Cashier (bookmakers, turf accountants)Clerk (bank, building society)Post office clerkTicket seller

Page 165: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 4

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 161

MINOR GROUP 413ADMINISTRATIVE OCCUPATIONS: RECORDS

Workers in this minor group create, maintain, update and file correspondence, data,documents and information held electronically for storage and despatch.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

4131 FILING AND OTHER RECORDS ASSISTANTS/CLERKS4132 PENSIONS AND INSURANCE CLERKS4133 STOCK CONTROL CLERKS4134 TRANSPORT AND DISTRIBUTION CLERKS4135 LIBRARY ASSISTANTS/CLERKS4136 DATABASE ASSISTANTS/CLERKS4137 MARKET RESEARCH INTERVIEWERS

4131 FILING AND OTHERRECORDS ASSISTANTS/CLERKS

Filing and other records assistants and clerksmaintain and update documents, correspondence andother records and organises their storage.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no minimum academic requirements,although entrants typically possess GCSEs/S gradesor equivalent qualifications. Training is typicallyprovided on-the-job. NVQs/SVQs in Administrationat Levels 1 and 2 are available.

TASKS

• examines and sorts incoming material;

• classifies, files, archives and locates documentsand other records;

• copies or duplicates documents or other records;

• performs specialised clerical tasks in connectionwith conveyancing, litigation and themaintenance of medical records.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Filing clerkLottery assistantRecords clerkTechnical clerk

4132 PENSIONS AND INSURANCECLERKS

Pensions and insurance clerks provide generalclerical support to senior colleagues and performspecialist clerical tasks in relation to theadministration of pension and insurance policies.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no minimum academic requirements,although entrants usually possess GCSEs/S grades.Training is usually provided on-the-job. NVQs/SVQs in Insurance are available at Levels 2 and 3.Professional qualifications are also available.

TASKS

• answers queries from clients and assists ininterpreting and completing informationrequested on forms;

Page 166: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

4

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

162 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

• checks forms completed by clients and contactsclients to obtain additional information or toclarify details;

• makes arrangements for financial advisers to visitclients and potential customers;

• transfers information from application forms andother documentation to computerised records;

• receives notice of changes to personalcircumstances and updates files;

• issues application forms, policy documents,reminders, claims forms and other standarddocumentation;

• performs general clerical duties to support seniorstaff.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Claims handlerInsurance clerkPensions administrator

4133 STOCK CONTROL CLERKS

Stock control clerks receive orders from customers,prepare requisitions or despatch documents forordered goods, maintain and update records, filesand other correspondence regarding in relation tothe storage and despatch of goods.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no minimum academic requirements,although entrants usually possess GCSEs/S grades.Training is usually provided on-the-job. NVQs/SVQs are available at Levels 2 and 3.

TASKS

• receives and checks in deliveries from suppliersor completed stock to be despatched tocustomers;

• allocates appropriate storage space in accordancewith stock control and space utilisation policies;

• receives enquiries and orders from customers,and quotes prices, discounts, delivery dates andother relevant information;

• prepares requisitions, consignments and otherdespatch documents;

• checks requisitions against stock records andforwards to issuing department;

• adjusts stock records as orders are received,reports on damaged stock and preparesrequisitions to replenish damaged stock.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Material controllerProgress chaserStock control clerkStock controller

4134 TRANSPORT ANDDISTRIBUTION CLERKS

Workers in this unit group perform various clericalfunctions related to the transport and distribution ofgoods and freight.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no minimum academic requirements,although entrants usually possess GCSEs/S grades.Training is usually provided on-the-job. NVQs/SVQs considering various aspects of roaddistribution and cargo operations are available atLevels 1, 2 and 3.

TASKS

• processes customer orders and forwardsrequisition documentation to storage anddistribution personnel;

• formulates delivery loads, vehicle schedules androutes to be followed by delivery staff;

• monitors tachograph readings and maintainsrecords of hours worked and distance travelledby drivers;

Page 167: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 4

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 163

• obtains customs clearance and processes importand export documentation necessary for themovement of goods between countries;

• maintains records regarding the movement andlocation of freight, containers and staff.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Distribution co-ordinatorFleet administratorFleet controllerShipping clerkTransport clerk

4135 LIBRARY ASSISTANTS/CLERKS

Library assistants and clerks classify, sort and filepublications, documents, audio-visual andcomputerised material in libraries and offices.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no minimum academic requirements,although entrants usually possess GCSEs/S grades.Training is usually provided on-the-job. NVQs/SVQs in Information and Library Services areavailable at Levels 2 and 3.

TASKS

• sorts, catalogues and maintains library records;

• locates and retrieves material on request forborrowers;

• issues library material and records date of issue/due date for return;

• classifies, labels and indexes new books;

• performs simple repairs on old books.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Library assistantLibrary clerk

4136 DATABASE ASSISTANTS/CLERKS

Database assistants and clerks create, maintain,preserve and update information held in electronicdatabases, computer files, voice-mailboxes and e-mail systems.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no minimum academic requirements,although entrants usually possess GCSEs/S grades.Training is usually provided on-the-job.

TASKS

• receives, checks, prioritises and assemblesinformation for inputting;

• operates keyboard to edit, update and create files,to enter data and to retrieve data or produceoutput;

• checks accuracy through validation ofinformation inputted and monitoring theconsistency of any output;

• reports failures to systems programmers andengineers;

• enters database to search for information andanswer enquiries;

• performs general clerical duties includingmaintaining records and completing worksheets.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Computer clerkData entry clerkData processorVDU operator

4137 MARKET RESEARCHINTERVIEWERS

Market research interviewers conduct interviews tocollect information on the opinions and preferencesof consumers, businesses, the electorate and otherselected groups.

Page 168: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

4

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

164 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements.Training is typically provided on-the-job. NVQs/SVQs in Market Research (Interviewing) areavailable at Level 2.

TASKS

• approaches members of the public, individuals,households and organisations to arrange andconduct face to face interviews, telephoneinterviews, focus groups, panel interviews etc.;

• records progress of interviews by noting answers,completing questionnaires, making audio orvisual recordings or inputting responses into acomputer;

• collects questionnaires, diaries, and otherresearch materials left with interviewees andconducts follow-up interviews;

• collates and reviews information collected andwrites reports.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Market research interviewerMarket researcher (interviewing)Telephone interviewer

Page 169: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 4

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 165

MINOR GROUP 414ADMINISTRATIVE OCCUPATIONS: COMMUNICATIONS

Workers in this minor group operate switchboards, receive and direct telephone calls, provideadvice and assistance in making telephone calls and operate other telecommunicationsequipment.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

4141 TELEPHONISTS4142 COMMUNICATION OPERATORS

4141 TELEPHONISTS

Telephonists receive and direct callers incommercial, industrial and other establishments, andoperate telephone (public) and office (private)switchboards to advise on, and assist with, makingtelephone calls and to relay incoming, outgoing andinternal calls.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Academic qualifications may not be required. On-the-job training is provided.

TASKS

• receives callers and directs them to appropriateperson or department;

• operates switchboard to connect outgoing callsor to relay incoming or internal calls;

• reports any faults on telephone operating system;

• gives advice on dialling and other special featuresavailable;

• provides directory information, dialling codesand details of charges;

• alerts emergency services in cases of fire, crimeor accident.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Switchboard operator (telephone)Telephone operatorTelephonist

4142 COMMUNICATIONOPERATORS

Workers in this unit group operatetelecommunications equipment to transmit andreceive signals and messages.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Academic qualifications may not be required. On-the-job training is provided.

TASKS

• receives messages, weather reports and othermaterial to transmit;

• tunes transmitter to required channel orwavelength and relays or receives message to/from person or vehicle;

• uses a teleprinter or telex keyboard to transmitmessages to other teleprinters or telexes;

• keeps record of messages sent and received;

• performs routine tests and maintenance onequipment and reports faults.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Communications operatorControl room operator (emergency services)Radio operatorTelecommunications officerTelex operator

Page 170: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

4

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

166 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

MINOR GROUP 415ADMINISTRATIVE OCCUPATIONS: GENERAL

Workers in this minor group perform a variety of clerical tasks and comprise people describedas 'clerk', 'clerical assistant' or with other job titles lacking specific details.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit group:

4150 GENERAL OFFICE ASSISTANTS/CLERKS

4150 GENERAL OFFICEASSISTANTS/CLERKS

Workers in this unit group are responsible forrecording, filing and disseminating information fora business, organisation or individual.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no minimum academic requirements,although entrants usually possess GCSEs/S grades.Training is usually provided on-the-job. NVQs/SVQs in Administration are available at Levels 2and 3.

TASKS

• stores information by filling in forms, writingnotes and filing records;

• types reports, memos, notes, minutes and otherdocuments;

• receives and distributes incoming and outgoingcorrespondence;

• checks figures, prepares invoices and recordsdetails of financial transactions made.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Clerical assistantClerical officerClerkClerk-typistOffice supervisor

Page 171: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 4

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 167

SUB-MAJOR GROUP 42SECRETARIAL AND RELATED OCCUPATIONS

Secretarial occupations perform general secretarial, clerical and organisational duties insupport of management and other workers.

MINOR GROUP 421SECRETARIAL AND RELATED OCCUPATIONS

Workers in this minor group provide shorthand and audio dictation services, type, edit andprint documents using typewriters, word processors or personal computers, perform generalclerical and organisational duties in support of management or other workers, and receiveand direct clients and visitors to commercial, government and other establishments.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

4211 MEDICAL SECRETARIES4212 LEGAL SECRETARIES4213 SCHOOL SECRETARIES4214 COMPANY SECRETARIES4215 PERSONAL ASSISTANTS AND OTHER SECRETARIES4216 RECEPTIONISTS4217 TYPISTS

4211 MEDICAL SECRETARIES

Medical secretaries file and maintain medical andother records, transcribe notes and dictation intotypewritten form and perform other routine clericaltasks in hospitals/surgeries and other medicalestablishments.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entrants require GCSEs/S grades or an IntermediateGNVQ/GSVQ Level II. To qualify as a medicalsecretary, entrants take a one-year full-time or two-year part-time diploma in medical secretarial studies.NVQs/SVQs in Administration are available atLevels 2, 3 and 4.

TASKS

• sorts and files correspondence;

• writes down dictated matter in shorthand andtranscribes it into typewritten form;

• transcribes audio dictation into typewritten form;

• maintain patients' records and arrangesappointments;

• answers enquiries and refers patient toappropriate experts;

• organises and attends meetings and keeps recordsof proceedings.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Doctor's secretaryMedical secretary

Page 172: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

4

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

168 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

4212 LEGAL SECRETARIES

Legal secretaries file and maintain legal and otherrecords, transcribe notes and dictation intotypewritten form and perform other routine clericaltasks in legal practices.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic requirements,although employers may expect candidate to possessa legal secretarial qualification. Entrants toprofessional legal courses typically require GCSEs/S grades or equivalent qualifications. NVQs/SVQsin Administration are available at Levels 2, 3 and 4.

TASKS

• sorts and files correspondence;

• writes down dictated matter into shorthand andtranscribes it into typewritten form;

• transcribes audio dictation into typewritten form;

• maintains court and clients' records and arrangesappointments;

• answers enquiries and directs clients toappropriate experts;

• attends meetings and keeps records ofproceedings.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Legal secretaryLitigation secretary

4213 SCHOOL SECRETARIES

School secretaries file and maintain school and otherrecords, translate notes and dictation intotypewritten form and perform other routine clericaltasks within schools.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATE QUALIFICATIONS

There are no minimum academic requirements,although entrants to professional secretarial courses

typically require GCSEs/S grades. NVQs/SVQs inAdministration are available at Levels 2, 3 and 4.

TASKS

• sorts and files correspondence;

• writes down dictated matter into shorthand andtranscribes it into typewritten form;

• transcribes audio dictation into typewritten form;

• maintains administrative files and records ofattendance;

• handles enquiries from parents and arrangesmeetings with members of staff.

RELATED JOB TITLES

School clerkSchool secretary

4214 COMPANY SECRETARIES

Company secretaries (excluding qualified charteredsecretaries) file and maintain company records,translate notes and dictation into typewritten formand perform other routine clerical tasks withincommercial organisations.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no minimum academic requirements,although entrants to professional secretarial coursestypically require GCSEs/S grades. NVQs/SVQs inAdministration are available at Levels 2, 3 and 4.

TASKS

• sorts, distributes and files correspondence;

• writes down dictated matter into shorthand andtranscribes it into typewritten form;

• transcribes audio dictation into typewritten form;

• arranges meetings, circulates agenda and keepsrecords of proceedings;

• directs enquiries to appropriate members of staff.

Page 173: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 4

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 169

RELATED JOB TITLES

Club secretaryCompany secretary

4215 PERSONAL ASSISTANTS ANDOTHER SECRETARIES

Workers in this unit group perform a variety ofsecretarial tasks for individuals or withinorganisations not elsewhere classified in MINORGROUP 421: Secretarial and Related Occupations.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no minimum academic requirements,although entry to professional secretarial coursestypically requires GCSEs/S grades. NVQs/SVQsare available in Administration at Levels 2, 3 and 4.

TASKS

• acts as a first point of contact for a manager withcolleagues and people from outsideorganisations;

• arranges appointments, organises travelarrangements and makes reservations;

• maintains, sorts and files correspondence andother documentation;

• writes down dictated matter in shorthand andtranscribes it into typewritten form;

• attends meetings and keeps records ofproceedings;

• translates documents and liaises with overseasclients and suppliers.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Bilingual secretaryFarm secretaryManager's personal assistantPersonal managerial assistantSecretary

4216 RECEPTIONISTS

Receptionists receive and direct telephone calls andvisitors to commercial, government and otherestablishments.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements,although many employers expect entrants to possessGCSEs/S grades. There are a variety of relevantvocational qualifications available. NVQs/SVQs inAdministration are available at Level 2 andencompass various aspects of reception work.Professional qualifications are also available.

TASKS

• receives callers and clients and directs them tothe appropriate person or department;

• records the details of enquiries and makesappointments and reservations;

• deals with telephone enquiries;

• supplies brochures, pamphlets and otherinformation for clients;

• records details of visitors, issues security passesand informs visitors of any actions to be taken incase of an emergency.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Doctor's receptionistReceptionistSecretary-receptionist

4217 TYPISTS

Workers in this unit group type letters, minutes,memos, reports and other documents from writtenor dictated matter, using typewriters, wordprocessors or personal computers.

Page 174: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

4

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

170 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry is most common with GCSEs/S grades.Entrants are normally expected to have obtainedminimum typing speeds and hold professionalcertificates. Units in keyboarding skills andproducing documents are included in NVQs/SVQsin Administration at Levels 1 to 4.

TASKS

• types letters, minutes, memos, reports and otherdocuments;

• proof reads, edits and corrects errors to produceclean copy to specified layout;

• adjusts settings of printer as necessary andmonitors quality of printed document.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Audio typistShorthand typistTypistWord processor operator

Page 175: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 5

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 171

MAJOR GROUP 5SKILLED TRADES OCCUPATIONS

This major group covers occupations whose tasks involve the performance of complexphysical duties that normally require a degree of initiative, manual dexterity and otherpractical skills. The main tasks of these occupations require experience with, andunderstanding of, the work situation, the materials worked with and the requirements ofthe structures, machinery and other items produced.

Most occupations in this major group have a level of skill commensurate with a substantialperiod of training, often provided by means of work-based training programme.

Occupations in this major group are classified into the following sub-major and minorgroups:

51 SKILLED AGRICULTURAL TRADES

511 AGRICULTURAL TRADES

52 SKILLED METAL AND ELECTRICAL TRADES

521 METAL FORMING, WELDING AND RELATED TRADES522 METAL MACHINING, FITTING AND INSTRUMENT MAKING

TRADES523 VEHICLE TRADES524 ELECTRICAL TRADES

53 SKILLED CONSTRUCTION AND BUILDING TRADES

531 CONSTRUCTION TRADES532 BUILDING TRADES

54 TEXTILES, PRINTING AND OTHER SKILLED TRADES

541 TEXTILES AND GARMENTS TRADES542 PRINTING TRADES543 FOOD PREPARATION TRADES549 SKILLED TRADES NEC

Page 176: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

5

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

172 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

SUB-MAJOR GROUP 51SKILLED AGRICULTURAL TRADES

Skilled agricultural trades cultivate crops, raise animals and catch fish for consumption,grow plants and trees for sale, tend gardens, parks, sports pitches and other recreationalareas, and maintain areas of forestry.

MINOR GROUP 511AGRICULTURAL TRADES

Workers within agricultural trades cultivate crops and raise animals for consumption, growplants, trees, shrubs and flowers for sale, tend private and public gardens, parks, sportspitches and other recreational areas, and perform a variety of other skilled occupationsrelated to agriculture and fishing.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

5111 FARMERS5112 HORTICULTURAL TRADES5113 GARDENERS AND GROUNDSMEN/GROUNDSWOMEN5119 AGRICULTURAL AND FISHING TRADES NEC

5111 FARMERS

Farmers and related occupations cultivate arablecrops, fruits and trees, and raise cattle, sheep, pigs,poultry and other livestock for consumption.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

No formal academic qualifications are required.Training is typically received on-the-job. A varietyof vocational qualifications in agriculture areavailable, including NVQs/SVQs at Levels 1 to 4.

TASKS

• feeds and waters animals, supervises births, treatsminor ailments and calls vet if necessary;

• plants, propagates, sprays, fertilises and harvestsfield crops and horticultural produce;

• undertakes farm maintenance tasks such asfencing, hedging, cleaning and buildingmaintenance;

• operates and maintains farm machinery such ascombine harvesters, straw balers, milkingmachines and tractors;

• arranges for the sale of crops, livestock and otherfarm produce;

• maintains records of production, finance andbreeding.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Agricultural contractorFarmerHerd managerSmall holder

5112 HORTICULTURAL TRADES

Horticultural trades workers intensively cultivatevegetables, plants, fruit, shrubs, trees and flowersin greenhouses, market gardens, nurseries andorchards.

Page 177: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 5

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 173

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements.NVQs/SVQs in Horticulture are available at Levels1, 2 and 3. Professional qualifications from theRoyal Horticultural Society are also available.

TASKS

• prepares soil in field, bed or pot by hand ormachine;

• mixes soil, composts, fertilisers and/or organicmatter and spreads fertiliser and manure;

• sows seeds and bulbs and transplants seedlings;

• propagates plants by taking cuttings and bygrafting and budding, applies weed-killer,fungicide and insecticide to control pests anddiseases;

• prunes and thins trees and shrubs;

• supports trees by staking and wiring.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Horticulturist (market gardening)Market gardenerNurserymanPropagator

5113 GARDENERS ANDGROUNDSMEN/GROUNDSWOMEN

Gardeners and groundsmen/groundswomen cultivateflowers, trees, shrubs and other plants in public andprivate gardens, construct artificial features toimprove the appearance of existing terrain, cut andlay turf and maintain areas for sports and recreation.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements.NVQs/SVQs in Horticulture are available at Levels1, 2 and 3, and in Sports Turf Management at Level4. Professional qualifications are also available.

TASKS

• levels ground and installs drainage system asrequired;

• prepares soil and plants and transplants, prunes,weeds and otherwise tends plant life;

• protects plants from pests and diseases;

• cuts and lays turf using hand and machine toolsand repairs damaged turf;

• moves soil to alter surface contour of land usingmechanical equipment and constructs paths,rockeries, ponds and other features;

• rolls, mows and waters grass.

RELATED JOB TITLES

GardenerGreenkeeperGroundsman/groundswomanLandscape gardenerTurf cutter

5119 AGRICULTURAL ANDFISHING TRADES NEC

Workers in this unit group perform a variety ofagricultural and fishing occupations not elsewhereclassified in MINOR GROUP 511: AgriculturalTrades.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

No formal academic qualifications are required.Training is typically received on-the-job. A varietyof vocational and academic qualifications in fishfarming, forestry, horse and other animal care areavailable. Professional qualifications are alsoavailable and may be mandatory in some areas.

TASKS

• nets river fish and feeds and maintains them inspawning pens, cultivates and harvests oysters,mussels and clams on natural and artificial beds,treats water and diseased fish, and empties andcleans outdoor tanks;

Page 178: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

5

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

174 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

• commands, navigates and maintains shippingvessels, assists with the shooting, hauling andrepairing of nets, prepares, lays and emptiesbaited pots, and guts, sorts and stows fish;

• establishes and maintains forest nurseries,forestry and woodland, and diagnoses and treatsdiseased trees;

• houses, feeds, exercises, trains and groomshorses and dogs in preparation for entry to showsand races;

• monitors and maintains the level of wildfowl onpublic and private estates.

RELATED JOB TITLES

FishermanGamekeeperGreyhound trainerStable managerTree surgeon

Page 179: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 5

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 175

SUB-MAJOR GROUP 52SKILLED METAL AND ELECTRICAL TRADES

Workers in this sub-major group shape and join metal, erect and maintain metal structuresand fixtures, set up and operate metal working machinery, install and repair industrialplant and machinery, assemble parts in the manufacture of metal goods, make and calibrateprecision instruments, maintain and repair motor vehicles, and install, test and repairindustrial, domestic and commercial electrical/electronic equipment.

MINOR GROUP 521METAL FORMING, WELDING AND RELATED TRADES

Metal forming, welding and related trades workers shape, cast, finish and join metal, anderect, install, maintain and repair metal structures and fixtures.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

5211 SMITHS AND FORGE WORKERS5212 MOULDERS, CORE MAKERS, DIE CASTERS5213 SHEET METAL WORKERS5214 METAL PLATE WORKERS, SHIPWRIGHTS, RIVETERS5215 WELDING TRADES5216 PIPE FITTERS

5211 SMITHS AND FORGEWORKERS

Smiths and forge workers operate or direct theoperation of power hammers and presses to shapeheated metal to requirements and to make and repaira variety of metal articles by heating, hammeringand bending.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements.Training is usually via apprenticeships administeredby professional associations and last up to four years.Apprenticeships incorporate technical training andpractical experience and lead to recognised awardsand membership of professional bodies.

TASKS

• heats or supervises the heating of metal to beforged in furnace;

• positions or directs the positioning of heatedmetal on anvil or other work surface;

• operates or directs operation of press or hammerand repositions workpiece between strokes;

• holds special forging tools against workpiece toshape and cut metal as required;

• bends or shapes metal by hand forging methodsusing hammers, punches, drifts and other handtools;

• tempers and hardens forged pieces, as required,by quenching in oil or water;

• fits and secures horses shoes.

Page 180: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

5

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

176 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

RELATED JOB TITLES

BlacksmithFarrierForgerHot brass stamperSmith

5212 MOULDERS, CORE MAKERS,DIE CASTERS

Moulders, core makers and die casters make sand,loam and plaster moulds and cores for casting metaland pour or inject molten metal into dies by hand ormachine.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entrants typically possess GCSEs/S grades or haverelevant practical experience. Training is byapprenticeship including practical experience andtechnical training. Modern Apprenticeships inEngineering Material Processing at NVQ/SVQ Level3 are available.

TASKS

• positions moulding frame over pattern, fills itwith sand, loam, or plaster and compacts by handor machine;

• transfers mould unit to oven for baking or hardensby injecting carbon dioxide;

• separates mould from pattern and repairsdamaged mould surfaces;

• applies refractory bonding solution to moulds anddies to prevent molten metal fusing with sand;

• fits cores in mould to form hollow parts incasting;

• prepares casting pit with vents to allow the escapeof gases, scoops molten metal from furnace usingladle and pours it into die or die casting machine.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Coremaker (metal trades)Die casterFloor moulderMoulder and coremaker (foundry)

5213 SHEET METAL WORKERS

Sheet metal workers mark out, cut, shape and joinsheet metal using hand or machine tools, to makeand repair sheet metal products and components(excluding vehicle bodywork).

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entrants typically possess GCSEs/S grades.Training is usually via apprenticeship includingpractical experience and technical training. ModernApprenticeships in Engineering MaterialsProcessing, Engineering Assembly and EngineeringConstruction are available at NVQ/SVQ Level 3.

TASKS

• examines drawings and specifications to assessjob requirements;

• uses template, measuring instruments and toolsto mark out layout lines and reference points;

• uses hand or machine tools to bend, roll, fold,press or beat cut sheet metal;

• assembles prepared parts and joins them bybolting, welding or soldering;

• finishes product by grinding, filing, cleaning andpolishing;

• repairs damaged metal parts such as coppersheets and tubes by beating, riveting, soldering,welding and fitting replacement parts.

RELATED JOB TITLES

CoppersmithMetal finisherPanel beater (metal trades)Sheet metal fabricatorSheet metal worker

5214 METAL PLATE WORKERS,SHIPWRIGHTS, RIVETERS

Metal plate workers, shipwrights and riveters markoff, drill, shape, position, rivet and seal metal platesand girders to form structures and frameworks.

Page 181: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 5

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 177

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entrants typically possess GCSEs/S grades. Trainingis usually via apprenticeship including practicalexperience and technical training. ModernApprenticeships in Engineering MaterialsProcessing, Engineering Assembly and EngineeringConstruction are available at NVQ/SVQ Level 3.

TASKS

• examines drawings and specifications and usesrules, scribes and punches to mark out metal platewith guidelines and reference points;

• cuts metal plate to markings using hand ormachine tools;

• uses machine tools to bend, curve, punch, drilland straighten metal plate as required;

• uses hydraulic jacks to position and align metalplatework or frame for welding and bolting;

• selects suitable rivets and rivets together metalplates and girders;

• seals seams with caulking compound, smootheswelds, fixes metal doors, metal collars, portholes,tank and hatch covers and performs other metalplate finishing tasks using a variety of hand andpower tools.

RELATED JOB TITLES

BoilermakerCaulker-burnerPlater-welderShipwright

5215 WELDING TRADES

Welding trades workers join metal parts by welding,brazing and soldering, and cut and remove defects frommetal using a variety of equipment and techniques.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entrants typically possess GCSEs/S grades or anappropriate GNVQ/GSVQ. Training is typically byapprenticeship incorporating practical experience

and technical training. NVQs/SVQs are availableat Levels 1, 2 and 3. Modern Apprenticeships areavailable at NVQ/SVQ Level 3. To gainemployment, welders must pass a Welder ApprovalTest to demonstrate the required skills.

TASKS

• selects appropriate welding equipment such aselectric arc, gas torch, etc.;

• connects wires to power supply, or hoses tooxygen, acetylene, argon, carbon dioxide, electricarc, or other source and adjusts controls toregulate gas pressure and rate of flow;

• guides electrode or torch along line of weld,burns away damaged areas, and melts brazingalloy or solder into joints;

• cleans and smoothes weld.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Arc welderElectric welderFitter-welderSolderer (metal trades)Spot welderWelder

5216 PIPE FITTERS

Workers in this unit group install and repair pipes inindustrial and domestic premises.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements,some employers may expect entrants to possessGCSEs/S grades. Training is usually viaapprenticeship including practical experience andtechnical training. NVQs/SVQs in MechanicalEngineering Services (Plumbing) at Levels 2 and 3.

TASKS

• examines drawings and specifications todetermine layout of piping;

Page 182: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

5

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

178 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

• measures and cuts required lengths of copper,lead, steel, iron, aluminium or plastic pipingusing hand or machine tools;

• installs pipes for heating, ventilating, fireprevention, water and similar systems indomestic, commercial and industrial properties;

• fits piping into position and joins sections bywelding, soldering, cementing, fusing, screwingor by other methods;

• tests pipe work for leaks and makes necessaryadjustments.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Advanced pipe fitterPipe fitter

Page 183: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 5

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 179

MINOR GROUP 522METAL MACHINING, FITTING AND INSTRUMENT

MAKING TRADES

Metal machining, fitting and instrument making trades workers mark out metal for machinetool working, set up and operate lathes, boring, drilling, grinding, milling machines andpresses, assemble and repair machine tools, install and repair plant and industrial machinery,fit and assemble parts and sub-assemblies in the manufacture of metal products and make,calibrate, test and repair precision and optical instruments.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

5221 METAL MACHINING SETTERS AND SETTER-OPERATORS5222 TOOL MAKERS, TOOL FITTERS AND MARKERS-OUT5223 METAL WORKING PRODUCTION AND MAINTENANCE

FITTERS5224 PRECISION INSTRUMENT MAKERS AND REPAIRERS

5221 METAL MACHININGSETTERS AND SETTEROPERATORS

Workers in this unit group operate machines to drill,bore, grind, cut, and mill or to otherwise shape metalworkpieces.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic requirements althoughsome employers may require GCSEs/S grades.Training is usually received on-the-job. NVQs/SVQs at Level 2 are available.

TASKS

• examines drawings and specifications todetermine appropriate method, sequence ofoperations and machine setting;

• selects and fixes work-holding devices andappropriate cutting, shaping, grinding and/orforming tools;

• sets machine controls for rotation speeds, depthof cut and stroke, and adjusts machine table,stops and guides;

• operates automatic or manual controls to feedtool to workpiece or vice versa and checksaccuracy of machining;

• repositions workpiece, changes tools and resetsmachine as necessary during production run;

• instructs operators on the safe and correct methodof operation of the machine.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Centre lathe turnerMachine setter (metal trades)Machine tool setterSetter (metal trades)Setter-operator (metal trades)Tool setter-operator

5222 TOOL MAKERS, TOOLFITTERS AND MARKERS-OUT

Tool makers, tool fitters and markers-out mark outmetal for machining and fit, assemble and repairmachine and press tools, dies, jigs, fixtures and othertools.

Page 184: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

5

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

180 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic requirements althoughsome employers may require GCSEs/S grades.Training is usually received on-the-job. NVQs/SVQsat Level 2 are available.

TASKS

• examines drawings and specifications todetermine appropriate method and sequence ofoperations;

• marks out reference points using measuringinstruments and tools such as punches, rules andsquares;

• operates hand and machine tools to shapeworkpieces to specifications and checks accuracyof machining;

• assembles prepared parts, checks their alignmentwith micrometers, optical projectors and othermeasuring equipment and adjusts as necessary;

• repairs damaged or worn tools.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Die sinker (metal trades)Jig and tool fitterMarker-off (engineering)Tool maker (metal trades)Tool room fitter

5223 METAL WORKINGPRODUCTION ANDMAINTENANCE FITTERS

Metal working production and maintenance fitterserect, install and repair electrical and mechanicalplant and industrial machinery, fit and assemble partsand sub-assemblies in the manufacture of metalproducts and test and adjust new motor vehicles andengines.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entrants usually possess GCSEs/S grades, a GNVQ/GSVQ or a BTEC/SQA award. ModernApprenticeships in Engineering Maintenance at

NVQ/SVQ Level 3 are available. NVQs/SVQs inAircraft Engineering Maintenance are available atLevel 3. Further professional qualifications arerequired to become a licensed aircraft engineer.

TASKS

• examines drawings and specifications todetermine appropriate methods and sequence ofoperations;

• fits and assembles parts and/or metal sub-assemblies to fine tolerances to make aircraft andmarine engines, prototype metal products,agricultural machinery and machine tools;

• fits and assembles, other than to fine tolerances,prepared parts and sub-assemblies to make motorvehicles, printing and agricultural machinery,orthopaedic appliances and other metal goods;

• examines operation of, and makes adjustmentsto, internal combustion and jet engines and motorvehicles;

• erects, installs, repairs and services plant andindustrial machinery, including railway stock,textile machines, aircraft frames and engines,coin operated machines, locks, sewing machines,bicycles and gas and oil appliances.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Aircraft engineerAircraft fitterAircraft ground engineerBench fitterEngineering fitterFitter and turnerMachine fitterMaintenance fitterMechanic-fitterMillwrightPlant fitter

5224 PRECISION INSTRUMENTMAKERS AND REPAIRERS

Precision instrument makers and repairers make,calibrate, test and repair precision and opticalinstruments such as barometers, compasses, cameras,calibrators, watches, clocks and chronometers.

Page 185: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 5

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 181

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Some GCSEs/S grades qualifications may berequired. Training is usually via an apprenticeshipincluding work experience and practical andtechnical training leading to recognised awards.

TASKS

• examines drawings or specifications to determineappropriate methods, materials and sequence ofoperation;

• marks out and machines aluminium, brass, steeland plastics using machine tools such as grinders,lathes and shapers;

• tests watches and clocks for repair to diagnosefaults and removes, repairs or replaces damagedand worn parts;

• tests completed timepiece for accuracy usingelectronic or other test equipment;

• carries out service tasks such as cleaning, oilingand regulating;

• checks prepared parts for accuracy usingmeasuring equipment, assembles parts andadjusts as necessary using hand and machinetools;

• positions, aligns and secures optical lenses inmounts;

• tests, adjusts and repairs precision and opticalinstruments.

RELATED JOB TITLES

ClockmakerHorologistInstrument makerInstrument mechanicOptical technicianPrecision engineerWatch and clock repairerWatchmaker

Page 186: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

5

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

182 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

MINOR GROUP 523VEHICLE TRADES

Vehicle trades workers repair, service and maintain the bodies, engines, parts, sub-assemblies, internal trimmings, upholstery and exterior surfaces of vehicles.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

5231 MOTOR MECHANICS, AUTO ENGINEERS5232 VEHICLE BODY BUILDERS AND REPAIRERS5233 AUTO ELECTRICIANS5234 VEHICLE SPRAY PAINTERS

5231 MOTOR MECHANICS, AUTOENGINEERS

Motor mechanics and auto engineers accept callsfor help and repair and service the mechanical partsof cars, lorries, buses, motorcycles and other motorvehicles.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements,although some employers may require GCSEs/Sgrades or an equivalent qualification. Training isundertaken off- and on-the-job. NVQs/SVQs atLevels 2 and 3 are available. ModernApprenticeships at NVQ/SVQ Level 3 are availableand take three to four years to complete.

TASKS

• may drive to site of breakdown and visuallychecks, test drives or uses test equipment todiagnose engine and mechanical faults;

• removes, dismantles and checks the appropriateparts, systems or entire engine;

• repairs and replaces defective parts;

• prepares new parts using hand and machine tools;

• reassembles, tests, adjusts and tunes theappropriate parts, systems or entire engine;

• carries out routine maintenance checks on oil andair filters, brakes and other vehicle parts/systems.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Car mechanicDiesel fitterGarage mechanicMotor fitterMotor mechanicMotor vehicle technicianMotorcycle mechanicVehicle mechanicVehicle patrolman/woman

5232 VEHICLE BODY BUILDERSAND REPAIRERS

Workers in this unit group construct and repair thebodies of road vehicles, railway coaches and aircraft,and fit interior and exterior fittings to vehicle bodies.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirementsalthough some employers may require GCSEs/Sgrades or an equivalent qualification. Off- and on-the-job training is provided. NVQs/SVQs at Levels2 and 3 are available. Modern Apprenticeships atNVQ/SVQ Level 3 are also available and takebetween three to four years to complete.

Page 187: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 5

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 183

TASKS

• diagnoses job requirements or ascertains workspecifications from drawings or instructions;

• selects, cuts, shapes and assembles materials toform parts of vehicle underframe, framework andbody;

• repairs damage to chassis and engine mountingsusing hydraulic rams, jacks and jigs;

• hammers out dents in bodywork, fills in smalldepressions or corroded areas in solder, plasticor other filler compound and replaces bodypanels using hand and power tools;

• installs and repairs interior fittings includingseats, seatbelts and fascia in cars, sinks andspecial features in caravans, mobile shops andbulkheads in aircraft;

• positions, secures and repairs external fittingsincluding windows, doors, door handles, catchesand roof attachments.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Body builder (vehicles)Body maker (vehicles)Coach builderCoach finisherPanel beater (vehicle repair)Vehicle body repairerVehicle builder

5233 AUTO ELECTRICIANS

Auto electricians repair and service the electrical/electronic circuitry and components of cars, lorries,buses, motorcycles and other motor vehicles.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirementsalthough some employers may require GCSEs/Sgrades or an equivalent qualification. Off- and on-the-job training is provided. NVQs/SVQs at Levels2 and 3 are available. Modern Apprenticeships atNVQ/SVQ Level 3 are also available and takebetween three to four years to complete.

TASKS

• uses portable and bench test equipment todiagnose faults in electrical/electronic circuitry;

• removes faulty components and fits replacementsusing hand tools and by simple brazing/soldering;

• makes new parts using hand and machine tools;

• checks condition of electrical/electronic systemsand carries out servicing tasks;

• installs additional electrical amenities such asradio/cassette players, aerials and radiosuppressers.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Auto electricianAutomobile electrician

5234 VEHICLE SPRAY PAINTERS

Vehicle spray painters use spray equipment to applypaint, cellulose and other protective or decorativematerials to the bodywork of motor vehicles, railwaycoaches and aircraft.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirementsalthough some employers may require GCSEs/Sgrades or an equivalent qualification. Off- and on-the-job training is provided. NVQs/SVQs at Levels2 and 3 are available. Modern Apprenticeships atNVQ/SVQ Level 3 are also available and takebetween three to four years to complete.

TASKS

• applies masking material to protect areas not tobe coated and removes any external fixtures;

• consults vehicle colour code, choosesappropriate paint or mixes paint to achievedesired consistency and colour;

Page 188: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

5

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

184 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

• uses hand or electrostatic spray gun to coatsurfaces, adjusting nozzle and pressure valvesof the gun as required;

• removes masking materials and refits externalfittings after completion of spraying;

• cleans and maintains spray equipment, protectiveclothing and spraying booth.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Car paint sprayerCoach painterVehicle refinisher

Page 189: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 5

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 185

MINOR GROUP 524ELECTRICAL TRADES

Workers in electrical trades install wiring in road and rail vehicles and aircraft and assemble,install, maintain, test and repair electrical and electronic equipment, components and systemsconcerned with lighting, signalling, telecommunications, radio and television, computingand other commercial, industrial and domestic functions.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

5241 ELECTRICIANS, ELECTRICAL FITTERS5242 TELECOMMUNICATIONS ENGINEERS5243 LINES REPAIRERS AND CABLE JOINTERS5244 TV, VIDEO AND AUDIO ENGINEERS5245 COMPUTER ENGINEERS, INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE5249 ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS NEC

5241 ELECTRICIANS,ELECTRICAL FITTERS

Electricians and electrical fitters assemble parts inthe manufacture of electrical and electronicequipment, and install, maintain, and repair electricalplant, machinery, appliances and wiring.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Academic qualifications may not be required, thoughsome GCSEs/S grades or an equivalent qualificationmay be an advantage. NVQs/SVQs in ServicingElectronic Systems are available at Levels 1, 2 and3. Modern Apprenticeships combining practicalwork experience and technical training are availableat Levels 2 and 3. Entrants must have good eyesightand normal colour vision.

TASKS

• examines drawings, specifications and wiringdiagrams to determine the method and sequenceof operations;

• selects, cuts and lays wires and connects tosockets, plugs or terminals by crimping,soldering, brazing or bolting;

• cuts, bends and installs electrical conduit;

• assembles parts and sub-assemblies using handtools and by brazing, riveting or welding;

• installs electrical plant, machinery and otherelectrical fixtures and appliances such as fuseboxes, generators, light sockets etc.;

• examines electrical plant or machinery, domesticappliances and other electrical assembly forfaults using test equipment and replaces wornparts and faulty wiring.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Electrical contractorElectrical engineerElectrical fitterElectricianMaintenance electrician

5242 TELECOMMUNICATIONSENGINEERS

Telecommunications engineers install, maintain andrepair public and private telephone systems.

Page 190: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

5

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

186 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic requirements,although entrants typically possess GCSEs/S gradesor an equivalent qualification. ModernApprenticeships and National Traineeshipscombining work experience and practical trainingare available at NVQ/SVQ Levels 2 and 3.

TASKS

• installs internal cabling and wiring for telephonesystems and fits and wires junction anddistribution boxes;

• fixes connecting wires from underground andaerial lines to premises and connects cableterminals to inside wiring;

• installs telephones, switchboards and coinoperated phone boxes;

• uses testing equipment to locate defectivecomponents of circuitry and makes any necessaryrepairs;

• tests installation and makes any further necessaryadjustments.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Technical officer (telecommunications)Telecom engineerTelecommunications engineerTelephone engineerTelephone installation engineerTelephone technician

5243 LINES REPAIRERS ANDCABLE JOINTERS

Lines repairers and cable jointers install, maintain,test and repair overhead, underground, surface andsubmarine electricity and telecommunicationscables.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements.Training is typically received on-the-job. NVQs/SVQs are available at Levels 2 and 3.

TASKS

• assists with the erection of wood poles or steeltowers to carry overhead lines;

• removes protective sheath from cables, joinsconductor wires by brazing, soldering orcrimping and applies conductor insulation andprotective coverings;

• connects and installs transformers, fuse gear,lightning arrestors, aircraft warning lights, cableboxes and other equipment;

• connects cables to test equipment and tests forbalance, resistance, insulation and any defects;

• locates and repairs faults to lines and ancillaryequipment.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Cable jointerCable repairer (electric)Overhead linesman

5244 TV, VIDEO AND AUDIOENGINEERS

TV, video and audio engineers service and repairdomestic television, video and audio appliances.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entrants typically possess GCSEs/S grades or anequivalent qualification such as an IntermediateGNVQ/GSVQ Level II. Training is provided on-and off-the-job and may be supplemented by shortcourses delivered by manufacturers. NVQs/SVQsin Domestic Appliance Engineering are available atLevel 3.

TASKS

• examines equipment and observes reception todetermine nature of defect;

• uses electronic testing equipment to diagnosefaults and check voltages and resistance;

Page 191: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 5

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 187

• dismantles equipment and repairs or replacesfaulty components or wiring;

• re-assembles equipment, tests for correctfunctioning and makes any necessary furtheradjustments;

• carries out service tasks such as cleaning andinsulation testing according to schedule.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Radio and television engineerService engineer (radio and television)Television engineerTelevision service engineerVideo engineer (service and repair)

5245 COMPUTER ENGINEERS,INSTALLATION ANDMAINTENANCE

Computer engineers install, maintain and repairpersonal computers, mainframe and other computerhardware.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry is possible with a variety of academicqualifications and/or relevant experience. Entrantstypically possess GCSEs/S grades and A levels/Hgrades, BTEC/SQA awards, an Advanced GNVQ/GSVQ Level III or a degree. Training is usuallyprovided on-the-job supplemented by specialisedcourses. Postgraduate and professionalqualifications, and NVQs/SVQs at Levels 2 and 3are available.

TASKS

• maintains documentation to track and log systemcomponents and identify system upgrades,enhancements and conversions of infrastructure;

• examines drawings, specifications and wiringdiagrams to determine appropriate method andsequence of operations;

• installs and maintains hardware incorporatingPCs and mainframe, and installs optical fibre,copper cable and other appropriate links;

• places prepared parts and sub-assemblies inposition, checks alignment and secures with handtools;

• carries out preventative servicing tasks, monitorsthe operation of computer equipment, andadvises on hardware requirements andacquisition.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Computer engineerComputer maintenance engineerComputer service engineerComputer service technician

5249 ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONICSENGINEERS NEC

Workers in this group perform a variety of electricaland electronic occupations not elsewhere classifiedin MINOR GROUP 524: Electrical Trades.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic requirements althoughentrants typically possess GCSEs/S grades. Trainingis usually by apprenticeship and combines practicalwork experience and technical training. NVQs/SVQs in Servicing Electronic Systems are availableat Levels 2 and 3. Manufacturers may run specialisedcourses related to their products.

TASKS

• examines drawings, wiring diagrams andspecifications to determine appropriate methodsand sequence of operations;

• places prepared parts and sub-assemblies inposition, checks their alignment and secures withhand tools to install x-ray and medical equipment,aircraft instruments and other electronicequipment not elsewhere classified;

• connects wire or cable to specified terminals orconnectors by crimping, brazing, bolting orsoldering;

Page 192: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

5

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

188 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

• examines for defect and repairs, x-ray equipment,aircraft and ground control electronic equipment,teleprinters, accounting machines, dictatingmachines, electronic test equipment, railwayelectrical signalling equipment, sound andtelevision transmission equipment, radarequipment, microwave ovens, metal detectors,medical equipment, office equipment such asprinters, photocopiers and fax machines, andother electronic and related equipment notelsewhere classified;

• tests for correct functioning and makes anyfurther necessary adjustments;

• performs routine servicing tasks, such as cleaningand insulation testing.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Alarm engineerCustomer engineer (office machinery)Electronic engineer (maintenance)Office machinery mechanicService engineerSignal technician (railways)

Page 193: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 5

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 189

SUB-MAJOR GROUP 53SKILLED CONSTRUCTION AND BUILDING TRADES

Skilled construction and building trades lay stone, brick and similar materials, constructand repair roofs, install heating, plumbing and ventilating systems, fit windows, doors andother fixtures, and apply coverings and decorative material to walls, floors and ceilings.

MINOR GROUP 531CONSTRUCTION TRADES

Workers within construction trades erect and fit metal framework for building construction,cut, shape and lay stone, brick and similar materials, cover roofs and exterior walls, install,maintain and repair plumbing, heating and ventilating systems, construct and install woodenframeworks and fittings, fit glass into windows and doors, and perform other miscellaneousconstruction tasks.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

5311 STEEL ERECTORS5312 BRICKLAYERS, MASONS5313 ROOFERS, ROOF TILERS AND SLATERS5314 PLUMBERS, HEATING AND VENTILATING ENGINEERS5315 CARPENTERS AND JOINERS5316 GLAZIERS, WINDOW FABRICATORS AND FITTERS5319 CONSTRUCTION TRADES NEC

5311 STEEL ERECTORS

Steel erectors fit and erect structural metalframework for buildings and other structures suchas chimneys.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements,though GCSEs/S grades are advantageous. Entry istypically through a Modern Apprenticeship orNational Traineeship approved by the ConstructionIndustry Training Board leading to an NVQ/SVQ inGeneral Construction at Level 3.

TASKS

• examines drawings and specifications to assessjob requirements;

• erects ladders, scaffolding or working cage;

• directs hoisting and positioning of girders andother metal parts and checks alignment;

• arranges for or undertakes bolting and weldingof metal parts;

• checks alignment of metal parts using spiritlevel and plumb-rule.

Page 194: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

5

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

190 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

RELATED JOB TITLES

Steel erectorSteel fabricatorStructural erector

5312 BRICKLAYERS, MASONS

Bricklayers and masons erect and repair structuresof stone, brick and similar materials and cut, shapeand polish granite, marble, slate and other stone forbuilding, ornamental and other purposes.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements,though GCSEs/S grades are advantageous. Entry istypically through a Modern Apprenticeship orNational Traineeship approved by the ConstructionIndustry Training Board leading to an NVQ/SVQ inGeneral Construction at Level 3.

TASKS

• examines drawings, photographs andspecifications to determine job requirements;

• marks and cuts stone using hammers, mallet andhand or pneumatic chisels;

• spreads mortar on foundations and bricks, andplaces, levels and aligns bricks in mortar bed;

• uses hand and power tools to shape, trim, carve,cut letters in and polish stone;

• levels, aligns and embeds stone in mortar andfaces brick, concrete or steel frame with stone tomake and repair structures.

RELATED JOB TITLES

BricklayerMasonMonumental masonStone mason

5313 ROOFERS, ROOF TILERS ANDSLATERS

Workers in this unit group cover roofs and exteriorwalls with felting, sheeting, slates, tiles and thatchto provide a waterproof surface.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements,though GCSEs/S grades are advantageous. Entry istypically through a Modern Apprenticeship orNational Traineeship approved by the ConstructionIndustry Training Board leading to an NVQ/SVQin General Construction at Level 3.

TASKS

• measures roof or exterior wall and calculatesrequired amounts of underfelt, tiles, slates orthatching material;

• cuts wooden battens, felt and underfelt torequired size;

• lays and secures underfelt and covers with hotbitumen or other adhesive compound;

• lays, aligns and secures successive overlappinglayers of roofing material;

• seals edges of roof with mortar and ensures thatjoints are watertight.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Felt rooferRoof sheeterRoof tilerRooferRoofing contractorSlaterSlater and tilerThatcher

5314 PLUMBERS, HEATING ANDVENTILATING ENGINEERS

Workers in this unit group assemble, install, maintainand repair plumbing fixtures, heating and ventilatingsystems and pipes and pipeline systems incommercial, residential and industrialestablishments.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic requirements althoughGCSEs/S grades are advantageous. NVQs/SVQsin Mechanical Engineering Services are available

Page 195: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 5

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 191

at Levels 2 and 3. Modern Apprenticeships areavailable for plumbing and lead to an NVQ/SVQ atLevel 3.

TASKS

• examines drawings and specifications todetermine layout of system;

• measures and cuts required lengths of copper,lead, steel, iron, aluminium or plastic using handor machine tools;

• installs fittings such as storage tanks, cookers,baths, toilets, taps and valves, refrigerators,boilers, radiators and fires;

• tests completed installation for leaks and makesany necessary adjustments;

• attaches fittings and joins piping by welding,soldering, cementing, fusing, screwing or othermethods;

• repairs burst pipes and mechanical andcombustion faults and replaces faulty taps,washers, valves, etc.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Air conditioning engineerGas service engineerHeating engineerPlumberPlumbing and heating engineer

5315 CARPENTERS AND JOINERS

Carpenters and joiners construct, erect, install andrepair wooden structures and fittings used in internaland external frameworks and cut, shape, fit andassemble wood to make templates, jigs, scale modelsand scenic equipment for theatres.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements,though GCSEs/S grades are advantageous. Entry istypically through a Modern Apprenticeship orNational Traineeship approved by the ConstructionIndustry Training Board leading to an NVQ/SVQ inGeneral Construction at Level 3.

TASKS

• examines drawings and specifications todetermine job requirements;

• selects and measures appropriate wood and cuts,shapes and drills to specification using saws,planes, chisels and other power or hand tools;

• aligns and fixes prepared wood pieces byscrewing, nailing, gluing and dowelling to formframes, shop fronts, counter units, decking,theatrical sets, furniture, small wooden craft,scale models and wooden templates;

• checks accuracy of work with square, rule andspirit level;

• maintains and repairs woodwork and fittings.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Boat builderBuilder's joinerCarpenterCarpenter and joinerShop fitter

5316 GLAZIERS, WINDOWFABRICATORS AND FITTERS

Workers in this unit group install pre-glazed wooden,metal or PVC framework, and cut, fit and set glassin windows, doors, shop fronts, and other structuralframes.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements.Entry is typically through a Modern Apprenticeshipin Glazing Installation or Installing ArchitecturalGlazing Systems leading to an NVQ/SVQ at Level 3.

TASKS

• examines drawings or specifications to determinejob requirements;

• scores plain, coloured, safety and ornamentalglass with hand cutter and breaks off glass byhand or with pliers;

Page 196: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

5

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

192 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

• smoothes edges of glass and positions and securesin frame or grooved lead strips;

• applies mastic, putty or adhesive between glassand frame and trims off excess with knife;

• fixes mirror panels to interior and exterior wallsand repairs and replaces broken glass.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Double glazing installerGlass fitterGlazierLeaded light makerWindow fabricatorWindow fitter

5319 CONSTRUCTION TRADESNEC

Workers in this unit group undertake a variety of tasksin the construction, alteration, maintenance and repairof buildings, steeples, industrial chimneys and othertall structures.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements,though GCSEs/S grades are advantageous. Entry istypically through a Modern Apprenticeship orNational Traineeship approved by the ConstructionIndustry Training Board leading to an NVQ/SVQ inGeneral Construction at Level 3.

TASKS

• selects, measures and cuts steel bars, rods andwire to required lengths, positions and fixesreinforcements into position and tensions asrequired using hydraulic jacks;

• lays bricks, tiles and building blocks to construct,repair and decorate buildings;

• pours and levels concrete, prepares surfaces forpainting and plastering, and mixes and appliesplaster and paint;

• installs plumbing fixtures, woodwork structuresand fittings, and sets glass in frames;

• maintains and repairs steeples, industrialchimneys and other high structures, and installsand replaces lightning conductors.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Builder (building and contracting)Builder and decoratorBuilding contractorGeneral builderSteel fixerSteeplejack

Page 197: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 5

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 193

MINOR GROUP 532BUILDING TRADES

Workers in this minor group apply plaster and cement mixtures to walls and ceilings, layflooring covers and apply paint, varnish, wallpaper, tiles and other protective and decorativematerials to walls and ceilings.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

5321 PLASTERERS5322 FLOORERS AND WALL TILERS5323 PAINTERS AND DECORATORS

5321 PLASTERERS

Plasterers apply plaster and cement mixtures to wallsand ceilings, fix fibrous sheets and cast and fixornamental plasterwork to the interior or exterior ofbuildings.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements,though GCSEs/S grades are advantageous. Entry istypically through a Modern Apprenticeship orNational Traineeship approved by the ConstructionIndustry Training Board leading to an NVQ/SVQ inGeneral Construction at Level 3.

TASKS

• mixes, or directs the mixing of, plaster to desiredconsistency;

• applies and smoothes one or more coats of plasterand produces a finished surface, using hand toolsor mechanical spray;

• pours liquid plaster into mould to cast ornamentalplaster work;

• measures, cuts, installs and secures plaster boardand/or ornamental plasterwork to walls andceilings;

• covers and seals joints between boards andfinishes surface;

• checks surface level using line, spirit level andstraight edge.

RELATED JOB TITLES

PlastererPlastering contractor

5322 FLOORERS AND WALLTILERS

Workers in this unit group lay composition mixtures(other than mastic asphalt) to form flooring, plan,fit and secure carpet, underlay and linoleum andcover and decorate walls and floors with terrazzoand granolithic mixtures, tiles and mosaic panels.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements,though GCSEs/S grades are advantageous. Entry istypically through a Modern Apprenticeship orNational Traineeship approved by the ConstructionIndustry Training Board leading to an NVQ/SVQ inGeneral Construction at Level 3.

TASKS

• examines drawings and specifications todetermine job requirements;

• cleans floor surface, fixes wooden laying guidesand mixes, pours and levels granite and terrazzomixtures, bitumen, synthetic resin or othercomposition mixtures to form flooring;

Page 198: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

5

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

194 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

• examines premises to plan suitable layout andcuts, lays and secures underlay, carpet andlinoleum;

• finishes covering by rolling, smoothing, groutingor polishing;

• mixes cement screed or other adhesive, cuts andpositions floor and wall tiles and checksalignment of tiling with spirit level.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Carpet fitterCarpet plannerFloor layerFloor tilerTile fixerWall tiler

5323 PAINTERS ANDDECORATORS

Workers in this unit group apply paint, varnish,wallpaper and other protective and decorativematerials to interior and exterior walls and surfaces,make signs and showcards, paint designs andlettering on wood, glass, metal, plastics and othermaterials and stain, wax and french polish woodsurfaces by hand.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements,though GCSEs/S grades are advantageous. Entry istypically through a Modern Apprenticeship orNational Traineeship approved by the ConstructionIndustry Training Board leading to an NVQ/SVQ inGeneral Construction at Level 3.

TASKS

• erects working platform or scaffolding up to fivemetres in height;

• prepares surfaces by cleaning, sanding and fillingcracks and holes with appropriate filler;

• applies primer, undercoat and finishing coat(s)using brush, roller, or spray equipment;

• mixes adhesive or removes self-adhesive backingand positions covering material on wall,matching up patterns where appropriate andremoving wrinkles and air bubbles by hand orbrush;

• sketches outline of lettering or design ontosurface and paints, or presses gold or similar leafonto adhesive, as required to reproduce design;

• stains, waxes and french polishes wood surfacesby hand.

RELATED JOB TITLES

DecoratorFrench polisherHouse painterPainterPainter and decoratorSign writer

Page 199: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 5

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 195

SUB-MAJOR GROUP 54TEXTILES, PRINTING AND OTHER SKILLED TRADES

Workers in this sub-major group weave fabrics, make articles of clothing, soft furnishingsand leather goods, upholster vehicle interiors, set and operate printing machines, preparemeat, poultry and fish, bake bread and flour based confectionery products, and preparefood within hotels, restaurants and other establishments, and perform a variety of otherskilled trades not elsewhere classified.

MINOR GROUP 541TEXTILES AND GARMENTS TRADES

Workers within textiles and garments trades weave fabrics into fibre and carpet, knit garmentsfrom yarn, upholster the seating and interior of vehicles and planes, make soft furnishings,make, repair and finish leather goods, and make, fit and alter tailored articles of clothing.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

5411 WEAVERS AND KNITTERS5412 UPHOLSTERERS5413 LEATHER AND RELATED TRADES5414 TAILORS AND DRESSMAKERS5419 TEXTILES, GARMENTS AND RELATED TRADES NEC

5411 WEAVERS AND KNITTERSWeavers and knitters set up and operate hand andpower operated looms and machines to weave fabricsinto fibre and carpet or to knit garments and otherarticles from yarn.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entrants typically possess GCSEs/S grades or anappropriate BTEC/SQA award. Training is usuallyprovided on-the-job. NVQs/SVQs in ManufacturingTextiles are available at Levels 1, 2 and 3 and inProducts from Textiles at Levels 1 and 2.

TASKS

• prepares machine for operation by setting inputpackages, feeding thread, fibre or yarn throughguides, rollers, tensioners and conditioningdevices, and securing to output packages, spoolsor cards;

• sets controls to produce article of specified sizeand pattern;

• places fibre and yarn packages on machine anddraws them through appropriate guides andtensioners;

• monitors machine operation to detect brokenthreads of yarn, the evenness of warp tensionand the quality of output;

• removes completed garments and lengths offabric from machine;

• cleans and oils machine and reports anymechanical faults.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Carpet weaverKnitterNet makerTextile weaverWeaver

Page 200: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

5

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

196 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

5412 UPHOLSTERERS

Workers in this unit group upholster vehicle, aircraftand other seating, fix trimmings to the interiors ofvehicles and aircraft and make mattresses, curtainsand other soft furniture.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic requirements althoughsome employers may require GCSEs/S grades.Training is provided off- and on-the-job. NVQs/SVQs in Upholstered Furniture Production isavailable at Level 2.

TASKS

• measures frame to be covered or examinesdrawings or other specifications and cuts materialwith shears, knife or scissors;

• tacks and staples or otherwise secures webbingto furniture frame;

• pads springs and secures padding by stitching,stapling, tacking, etc.;

• pins sections of coverings together, joins bysewing and inserts trims, braids and buttons asrequired;

• operates machine to compress padded springassemblies and inserts them into mattress covers;

• encases bed springs and padding with selectedcovering material by hand or machine stitchingand fits castors where required;

• fits upholstery unit to frame or replaces covering,padding, webbing or springs to repair upholsteredfurniture.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Coach trimmerCurtain makerInterior sprung mattress makerUpholsterer

5413 LEATHER AND RELATEDTRADES

Workers in this unit group make and repair shoes,cut out, make up, sew, decorate and finish leatherand leather substitute goods other than garments.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic requirements althoughsome employers may require GCSEs/S grades.Training is mainly on-the-job. NVQs/SVQs areavailable in some areas.

TASKS

• uses hand tools or machine to cut out, trim, punchholes in or stitch guide lines on leather or leathersubstitute component parts;

• positions leather and rubber footwear componentparts on lasts and shapes and joins uppers toinsoles and soles;

• uses hand tools or machine to make up and repairsaddles, harnesses, belts, straps and other leatherproducts;

• uses hand and machine tools to sew and stitchleather in the making and decoration of footwearand leather goods other than garments;

• prepares paper or paperboard master patterns ofcomponent parts of footwear;

• waxes, cleans and finishes footwear and otherleather goods.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Clicker (footwear mfr)CobblerLasterSaddlerShoe makerShoe repairer

Page 201: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 5

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 197

5414 TAILORS ANDDRESSMAKERS

Tailors and dressmakers prepare patterns and make,fit and alter tailored garments, dresses and otherarticles of light clothing.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements,although some employers may require GCSEs/Sgrades. A Modern Apprenticeship in HandicraftTailoring is available leading to an NVQ/SVQ atLevel 3.

TASKS

• takes customer's measurements and discussesrequired style and material;

• prepares individual or adapts stock pattern;

• arranges pattern on correct grain of fabric, inmost economical layout, marks position and cutsout garment parts with shears;

• pins garment on customer or dummy model andmakes any necessary alterations;

• sews garment parts together by hand or machine,makes buttonholes and sews on fasteners andtrimmings;

• shapes garment by pressing seams, pleats, etc.;

• determines any necessary alterations andremoves or inserts stitching, lengthens or shortensgarment parts and adjusts seams, darts, etc. asrequired.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Alteration handDressmakerMillinerTailoress

5419 TEXTILES, GARMENTS ANDRELATED TRADES NEC

Workers in this unit group perform a variety oftextiles and related craft occupations not elsewhereclassified in MINOR GROUP 541: Textiles andGarments Trades.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry may not depend on academic qualifications.Training is mainly on-the-job.

TASKS

• marks out, cuts and sews corsets, light clothingand hoods and aprons and makes and repairssails, boat covers and other canvas goods;

• fills and stuffs cushions, quilts, soft toys andfurniture;

• examines sketches and draws out patterns for themanufacture of garments and upholstery;

• shapes and steams fabric into hats or hoods andgives final shape to fibre helmets and felt hats;

• performs other tasks not elsewhere classified, forexample, forms mounts for wigs, makes powderpuffs and buttons, shapes hat brims, and staplesseams of industrial gloves.

RELATED JOB TITLES

CorsetiereCushion fillerHat blockerSailmaker

Page 202: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

5

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

198 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

MINOR GROUP 542PRINTING TRADES

Printing and related trades workers compose and set type and printing blocks, produceprinting plates, cylinders and film, operate printing machines and bind the finished printedproduct.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

5421 ORIGINATORS, COMPOSITORS AND PRINT PREPARERS5422 PRINTERS5423 BOOKBINDERS AND PRINT FINISHERS5424 SCREEN PRINTERS

5421 ORIGINATORS,COMPOSITORS AND PRINTPREPARERS

Originators, compositors and print preparers prepareprinting layouts, make printing plates from moulds,set out photographed material, transfer film imagesto plates or cylinders and lay out printing copy to bephotographed.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic requirements althoughsome employers may require GCSEs/S grades.Training is typically received on-the-job. NationalTraineeships and Modern Apprenticeships inOrigination are available at NVQ/SVQ Levels 2 and3 respectively.

TASKS

• lays sheet of plastic, rubber, wax or pulp boardon former and passes under hydraulic press toform mould;

• determines from specification the kind and sizeof type to be used and prepares page layout, andoperates keyboard of perforating, composing, orfilmsetting machine;

• inputs original copy into computer andmanipulates text, illustrations and layout usingdesktop publishing software to produce desiredimage;

• examines proof copies and makes any necessaryalterations to type;

• processes filmsetting or desktop publishingoutput to produce image on film or sensitisedpaper;

• treats plates and cylinders with ultraviolet lightand chemicals to produce film positives;

• arranges and pastes printing material onto paperready for photographing.

RELATED JOB TITLES

CompositorLithographic plannerLithographic plate makerPaste-up artistStereotyperType setter

5422 PRINTERS

Printers operate printing presses, prepare printingplates and compose and assemble type and printingblocks.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic requirements althoughsome employers may require GCSEs/S grades.Training is typically received on-the-job. National

Page 203: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 5

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 199

Traineeships and Modern Apprenticeships inMachine Printing are available at NVQ/SVQ Levels2 and 3 respectively.

TASKS

• examine customer's requirements to determineappropriate format and kind and size of type;

• prepares composed type or printing plateaccording to type of press used;

• positions form or plate on machine, sets pressand prints proof copies;

• examines proof copies and adjusts press asnecessary;

• starts or directs start of printing run and ensuresthat printing proceeds smoothly.

RELATED JOB TITLES

General printerMaster printerPrinter

5423 BOOKBINDERS AND PRINTFINISHERS

Bookbinders and print finishers bind and/or finishprinted products by hand or machine.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic requirements althoughsome employers may require GCSEs/S grades.Training is typically received on-the-job. NationalTraineeships and Modern Apprenticeships inMachine Printing are available at NVQ/SVQ Levels2 and 3 respectively.

TASKS

• folds, collates and sews printed sheets by handor machine;

• compresses sewn book in nipping machine toexpel air and reduce swelling caused by sewing;

• trims head, tail and fore-edge of book and gildsand marbles page edges as necessary;

• cuts board and cloth for book cover and spine;

• embosses lettering or decoration on cover by handor machine;

• repairs worn bookbindings.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Binder's assistantBookbinderCollator (printing)Darkroom technicianPrint finisher

5424 SCREEN PRINTERS

Screen printers set and operate screen printingmachines and print lettering and designs on metal,glass, plastics, paper and other materials by hand ormachine.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic requirements althoughsome employers may require GCSEs/S grades.Training is typically received on-the-job. NationalTraineeships and Modern Apprenticeships inMachine Printing are available at NVQ/SVQ Levels2 and 3 respectively.

TASKS

• positions item for printing against guide markson work bench;

• pours colour into machine or directly onto screenand positions screen over item;

• operates squeegee by hand or machine to presscolour through screen;

• dips wooden pattern block into colour tray andlays different colours on top of, and adjacent to,others to form the required pattern;

• examines screen print during run and makes anynecessary adjustments.

Page 204: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

5

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

200 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

RELATED JOB TITLES

Block printerScreen printerSilk screen printer

Page 205: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 5

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 201

MINOR GROUP 543FOOD PREPARATION TRADES

Workers in food preparation trades slaughter livestock, cut, trim and prepare meat, poultryand fish and prepare, bake and finish bread and flour confectionery products, and prepares,seasons and cooks food in hotels, restaurants and other establishments.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

5431 BUTCHERS, MEAT CUTTERS5432 BAKERS, FLOUR CONFECTIONERS5433 FISHMONGERS, POULTRY DRESSERS5434 CHEFS, COOKS

5431 BUTCHERS, MEAT CUTTERS

Butchers and meat cutters direct and undertake theslaughter of animals and prepare carcasses forstorage, processing and sale.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic requirements althoughsome employers may require GCSEs/S grades.Training is typically by apprenticeship. NationalTraineeships leading to NVQ Level 2 in MeatProcessing are available. SVQs are available atLevels 1, 2 and 3. Professional qualifications arealso available.

TASKS

• slaughters animal and removes skin, hide, hairs,internal organs, etc.;

• cuts or saws carcasses into manageableproportions;

• removes bones, gristle, surplus fat, rind and otherwaste material;

• cuts carcass parts into chops, joints, steaks, etc.for sale;

• prepares meat for curing or other processing;cleans tools and work surfaces.

RELATED JOB TITLES

ButcherButcher's cutterMeat cutterSlaughterer

5432 BAKERS, FLOURCONFECTIONERS

Bakers and flour confectioners prepare and bakedough, pastry and cake mixtures and make and finishflour confectioners' products by hand.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements.Training is typically received on-the-job or byapprenticeship. Modern Apprenticeships andNational Traineeships leading to NVQs/SVQs atLevels 2 and 3 are available.

TASKS

• weighs flour and other ingredients according torecipe;

• mixes ingredients using hand or machine andadds water or other liquids to obtain the requiredconsistency;

Page 206: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

5

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

202 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

• rolls, cuts, stretches, kneads and moulds mixtureto form bread, rolls, buns, cakes and pastryshapes;

• allows dough to rise and fills and glazes pastry;

• makes cake decorations, spreads icing, fillingsand toppings and sprinkles sugar and otherconfections on products.

RELATED JOB TITLES

BakerBaker and confectionerCake decoratorConfectioner (not retail trade)

5433 FISHMONGERS, POULTRYDRESSERS

Fishmongers and poultry dressers clean, cut andprepare poultry carcasses and fish for processing orsale.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Academic qualifications may not be required.Training is typically provided on-the-job.

TASKS

• removes feathers and internal organs, extractsedible offal and cuts off feet and head frompoultry carcass as required;

• scrubs, heads, guts, washes and bones fish;

• cuts and slits fish for curing by hand or machine;

• cleans tools and work surfaces.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Filleter (fish)FishmongerPoultry dresser

5434 CHEFS, COOKS

Chefs and cooks plan menus and prepare, seasonand cook food in hotels, restaurants, clubs, privatehouseholds and other establishments.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic requirements.Training is provided off- and on-the-job. NVQs/SVQs in Food Preparation and Cooking are availableat Levels 1, 2 and 3. Modern Apprenticeshipsleading to an NVQ/SVQ at Level 3 are also available.Courses are also run by private cookery schools.

TASKS

• requisitions or purchases and examinesfoodstuffs to ensure quality;

• plans meals, prepares, seasons and cooksfoodstuffs;

• plans and co-ordinates kitchen work such asfetching, clearing and cleaning of equipment andutensils.

RELATED JOB TITLES

CatererChefCookCook in chargeHead cook

Page 207: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 5

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 203

MINOR GROUP 549SKILLED TRADES NEC

Workers in this unit group perform a `variety of craft and related trades not elsewhereclassified in MAJOR GROUP 5: Skilled Trades Occupations.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

5491 GLASS AND CERAMICS MAKERS, DECORATORS ANDFINISHERS

5492 FURNITURE MAKERS, OTHER CRAFT WOODWORKERS5493 PATTERN MAKERS (MOULDS)5494 MUSICAL INSTRUMENT MAKERS AND TUNERS5495 GOLDSMITHS, SILVERSMITHS, PRECIOUS STONE WORKERS5496 FLORAL ARRANGERS, FLORISTS5499 HAND CRAFT OCCUPATIONS NEC

5491 GLASS AND CERAMICSMAKERS, DECORATORS ANDFINISHERS

Glass and ceramics makers, form, shape, decorate,smooth and polish glassware, earthenware, refractorygoods, clay bricks and other ceramic goods.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements.Training is typically provided on-the-job. NVQs/SVQs at Levels 1, 2 and 3 are available in some areas.

TASKS

• uses hand tools and operates machinery to heat,bend, shape, press, drill and cut glass;

• makes artificial eyes, laminated glass sheets orblocks, glass fibre tissue, wool, filament andmatting, marks optical lenses and assemblesrimless spectacles;

• makes models and moulds from moulding clayand plaster for use in the making and casting ofpottery and other ceramic goods;

• throws, casts and presses clay by hand or machineto form pottery, stoneware or refractory goodssuch as bricks, crucibles, ornaments, sanitaryfurnishings, saggars, cups, saucers, plates androofing tiles;

• cuts and joins unfired stoneware pipes to formjunctions and gullies, moulds sealing bands onclay pipes, prepares and joins porcelain orearthenware components and assists cruciblemakers and stone workers with their tasks;

• applies decorative designs and finishes toglassware, optical glass and ceramic goods bygrinding, smoothing, polishing, cutting, etching,dipping, painting or transferring patterns orlabels.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Brick makerCaster (ceramics mfr)Ceramic artistGlass blowerGlass cutterGlass makerLithographer (ceramics mfr)Potter

Page 208: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

5

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

204 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

5492 FURNITURE MAKERS,OTHER CRAFTWOODWORKERS

Furniture makers and other craft woodworkers make,repair and restore wooden furniture, decorativeobjects and other crafted pieces of woodwork.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal entry requirements, althoughentrants typically possess a variety of academic andvocational qualifications. Training is provided off-and on-the-job. A number of NVQs/SVQs coveringvarious aspects of furniture production and woodmachining are available at Levels 1, 2 and 3. AModern Apprenticeship in Cabinet Making isavailable at NVQ/SVQ Level 3.

TASKS

• examines drawings and specifications todetermine job requirements and appropriatematerials;

• selects, measures, cuts and shapes wood usingsaws, chisels, planes, powered handtools andwoodworking machines;

• assembles parts with nails, screws, dowels oradhesives and fits locks, catches, hinges, castors,drawers, shelves and other fittings;

• removes, replaces or repairs damaged parts ofwooden furniture;

• measures floor area to be covered and lays woodblocks, parquet panels or hardwood strips;

• matches and marks out veneers ready for cuttingand examines and repairs defects in veneer orplywood sheets.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Antiques restorerCabinet makerCoffin makerFurniture fitterPicture frame makerVeneer preparerWood carver

5493 PATTERN MAKERS (MOULDS)

Pattern makers (moulds) make patterns from wood,metal, plaster and plastics for use in making mouldsfor metal castings.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal entry requirements, althoughsome employers may require GCSEs/S grades.Training is typically provided by an apprenticeshipcombining technical training and practical workexperience.

TASKS

• examines drawings and specifications todetermine job requirements and appropriatematerials;

• selects, measures, cuts and shapes wood usinghand and machine tools to form wooden patterns;

• machines and fits metal castings and/or metalparts to form metal;

• pours plaster around wooden pattern and fillsplaster mould with resin to form pattern;

• compares pattern dimensions with originaldrawings using callipers, micrometers,protractors, etc.;

• smoothes surface of pattern with grindingmachine or emery cloth.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Engineer's pattern makerModel maker (engineering)Pattern maker (metal trades)Wood pattern maker

5494 MUSICAL INSTRUMENTMAKERS AND TUNERS

Musical instrument makers and tuners make, adjust,string, tune and repair musical instruments, makebows and assemble, install and regulate piano actionparts.

Page 209: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 5

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 205

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry is most common with GCSEs/S grades.Training is by apprenticeship or through specialisedcollege courses.

TASKS

• examines drawings and specifications todetermine appropriate materials and jobrequirements;

• selects, cuts, drills, carves and planes wood tomake up parts for the assembly of pianos, organs,violins, cellos and other instruments;

• assembles and joins prepared parts such as bodysections, springs, pads, keys, pipes, dampers,bellows, stretched vellum, etc. to make wind andstring instruments, drums, organs and bows;

• uses tuning fork and hand tools to tune pianosand organs and adjusts organ pipes to improvetone quality, volume and pitch;

• fits prepared action assemblies and pedalmovements into piano cases and repairs orreplaces worn or broken strings, dampers,hammers and felt.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Musical instrument makerOrgan builderPiano tunerViolin repairer

5495 GOLDSMITHS,SILVERSMITHS, PRECIOUSSTONE WORKERS

Goldsmiths, silversmiths and precious stone workersmake and repair jewellery and precious metalware,set, cut and polish gems and other stones, decoratemetalware and make master patterns for articles ofjewellery.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

GCSEs/S grades are not usually required, thoughsome may be required for full-time courses. Training

is either by apprenticeship or study for a pre-vocational qualification. These range from craft todegree level awards.

TASKS

• marks out and cleans stone and operates lathe,grinding wheel, or rotating disc to cut, shape andsmooth stone;

• uses hand and machine tools to make mounts andthen to set gems in prepared mounts;

• cuts blank metal pieces and uses hand andmachine tools to beat, spin or form metal torequired shape;

• assembles metal pieces by soldering, bolting,brazing and riveting to form tea services,tankards, jewellery and other precious metalarticles;

• anneals, butts, decorates, etches out monographs,crests and designs using hand and machine tools;

• makes master pattern of articles using wood, wax,metal, or other materials.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Diamond mounterDiamond polisherGem setterGoldsmithManufacturing jewellerSilversmith

5496 FLORAL ARRANGERS,FLORISTS

Floral arrangers and florists design and make upfloral bouquets, wreaths, tributes and other floralarrangements for sale to the public.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements,although some employers may request GCSEs/Sgrades. Off- and on-the-job training is provided.NVQs/SVQs in Floristry are available at Levels 2and 3. Professional qualifications are also available.

Page 210: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

5

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

206 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

TASKS

• purchases fresh flowers and other floristry itemssuch as ribbons, wire, cards, artificial flowersetc. from wholesalers;

• designs wreaths, bouquets, posies and buttonholes and selects appropriate foliage trimmings;

• wraps flower stems as necessary and selects ormakes up suitable frame for flower arrangement;

• secures flowers to frame and adds foliage,ribbons, etc. until the desired effect is achieved;

• arranges for the delivery of floral arrangementsas requested by the customer.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Floral designerFloristFlower arranger

5499 HAND CRAFT OCCUPATIONSNEC

Workers in this unit group engrave jewellery andstoneware, make artificial hairpieces, charge fireworksand munitions with explosive material, and makelampshades, wickerwork, toys, dolls, models, candles,artificial flowers, other fancy goods, and perform otherhand craft occupations not elsewhere classified inMINOR GROUP 549: Skilled Trades n.e.c.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements.Training is typically via apprenticeship or throughspecialised courses. NVQs/SVQs are available insome areas.

TASKS

• uses hand or machine tools to engrave letters,patterns and other designs on jewellery andstoneware;

• constructs wire frames for lampshades, arrangesand stretches covering material over frame, andsecures covering material;

• makes wigs, beards and other artificial hairpiecesfrom human hair or synthetic materials;

• interweaves canes of willow, withy, bamboo,rattan or similar material to make baskets andother pieces of wickerwork;

• charges fireworks, cartridges and other munitionswith explosive material;

• makes childrens toys, dolls, models, candles,artificial flowers and other fancy goods

• makes, maintains and adapts surgical andorthopaedic appliances.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Basket maker (not wire)Billiard table fitterBlind makerLampshade makerToy makerWig maker

Page 211: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 6

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 207

MAJOR GROUP 6PERSONAL SERVICE OCCUPATIONS

This major group covers occupations whose tasks involve the provision of a service tocustomers, whether in a public protective or personal care capacity. The main tasksassociated with these occupations involve the care of the sick and the elderly; the supervisionof children; the care of animals; and the provision of travel, personal care and hygieneservices.

Most occupations in this major group require a good standard of general education andvocational training. To ensure high levels of integrity, some occupations require professionalqualifications or registration with professional bodies.

Occupations in this major group are classified into the following sub-major and minorgroups:

61 CARING PERSONAL SERVICE OCCUPATIONS

611 HEALTHCARE AND RELATED PERSONAL SERVICES612 CHILDCARE AND RELATED PERSONAL SERVICES613 ANIMAL CARE SERVICES

62 LEISURE AND OTHER PERSONAL SERVICE OCCUPATIONS

621 LEISURE AND TRAVEL SERVICE OCCUPATIONS622 HAIRDRESSERS AND RELATED OCCUPATIONS623 HOUSEKEEPING OCCUPATIONS629 PERSONAL SERVICES OCCUPATIONS NEC

Page 212: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

6

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

208 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

SUB-MAJOR GROUP 61CARING PERSONAL SERVICE OCCUPATIONS

Workers in this sub-major group assist health professionals in the care of patients, supervisethe activities of pre-school age children, assist teachers with non-teaching duties, providetechnical assistance to veterinarians, and provide other services in the care of animals.

MINOR GROUP 611HEALTHCARE AND RELATED PERSONAL SERVICES

Workers in health care and related personal services transport patients by ambulance,stretcher, wheelchair or other means and assist health professionals with the care of patientsin hospitals, dental surgeries, nursing homes, clinics and within the home.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

6111 NURSING AUXILIARIES AND ASSISTANTS6112 AMBULANCE STAFF (EXCLUDING PARAMEDICS)6113 DENTAL NURSES6114 HOUSEPARENTS AND RESIDENTIAL WARDENS6115 CARE ASSISTANTS AND HOME CARERS

6111 NURSING AUXILIARIES ANDASSISTANTS

Nursing auxiliaries and assistants assist doctors,nurses and other health professionals in caring forthe sick and injured within hospitals, homes, clinicsand the wider community.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements.Off- and on-the-job training is provided. NVQs/SVQs in Care are available at Levels 2 and 3.

TASKS

• performs basic clinical tasks such as takingpatients' temperature and pulse, weighing andmeasuring, performing urine tests and extractingblood samples;

• prepares patient for examination and treatment;

• distributes and serves food, assists patients infeeding and prepares snacks and hot drinks;

• assists patients in washing, dressing, toiletryactivities and general mobility;

• changes bed linen, makes beds and tidieswards.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Assistant nurseNursing assistantNursing auxiliaryOccupational therapy helperOperating department assistantPhlebotomistPhysiotherapy helperWard assistantWard orderly

Page 213: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 6

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 209

6112 AMBULANCE STAFF(EXCLUDING PARAMEDICS)

Ambulance staff transport sick, injured andconvalescent persons and give first aid treatment inemergencies.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Academic qualifications are not normally required.Entry requirements vary between ambulanceservices. Entrants must have usually possessed afull clean driving licence for one to two years.Entrants undertake a minimum of 2 weeks trainingin first aid and patient care. The ambulanceproficiency certificate is awarded upon completionof 12 to 18 months of assessed practical experiencein an accident and emergency environment.

TASKS

• drives ambulance or accompanies driver totransport patients to hospitals or other treatmentcentres and homes;

• ascertains nature of injuries and provides firstaid treatment;

• cleans and disinfects ambulance after use;

• replenishes medical supplies in ambulance asnecessary.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Ambulance driverAmbulance technicianAmbulanceman/woman

6113 DENTAL NURSES

Dental nurses prepare patients for, and assist with,dental examinations, prepare and steriliseinstruments and maintain case records.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry is most common with GCSEs/S grades.Training is available both off- and on-the-job. Most

entrants work towards the National Certificate forDental Nurses.

TASKS

• prepares patient for examination;

• prepares and sterilises instruments;

• hands required equipment and medication todentist during examination;

• assists with minor treatment, such as preparingmaterials for fillings;

• maintains records, processes and mounts x-rayfilms and undertakes reception duties.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Dental nurseDental surgery assistant

6114 HOUSEPARENTS ANDRESIDENTIAL WARDENS

Houseparents and residential wardens areresponsible for the care and supervision of children,young offenders and the elderly within residentialhomes and nurseries, schools or institutions foryoung offenders.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements.Entrants must typically be 18 years old and haveexperience of working in a care environment. Bothoff- and on-the-job training is available. BTEC/SQAawards and NVQs/SVQs covering various aspectsof care are available.

TASKS

• creates friendly, secure atmosphere and tries togain the trust and confidence of those in the homeor under supervision;

• plans and participates in games and leisureactivities to encourage emotional, social, physicaland intellectual development;

Page 214: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

6

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

210 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

• ensures that all material needs of residents areprovided and endeavours to resolve anyproblems that they may have;

• establishes and maintains contact with membersof the neighbouring community and/or theresidents' family and friends;

• maintains contact and discusses problems/progress with other staff and social workers.

RELATED JOB TITLES

HouseparentMatron (residential home)Resident wardenWarden (sheltered housing)

6115 CARE ASSISTANTS ANDHOME CARERS

Care assistants and home carers attend to the personalneeds and comforts of the elderly and infirm, eitherwithin residential establishments or at home.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements.Entrants must typically be 18 years old and haveexperience of working in a care environment. Bothoff- and on-the-job training is available. BTEC/SQAawards and NVQs/SVQs covering various aspectsof care are available.

TASKS

• assists residents to dress, undress, wash andbathe;

• serves meals to residents at table or in bed;

• accompanies infirm residents on outings andassists with recreational activities;

• undertakes light cleaning and domestic duties asrequired.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Care assistantHome care assistantNight care assistantResidential social worker

Page 215: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 6

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 211

MINOR GROUP 612CHILDCARE AND RELATED PERSONAL SERVICES

Workers in childcare and related personal services supervise play and other activities forpre-school age children, assist teachers with their non-teaching duties and care for childrenin day or residential nurseries, children's homes and private households.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

6121 NURSERY NURSES6122 CHILDMINDERS AND RELATED OCCUPATIONS6123 PLAYGROUP LEADERS/ASSISTANTS6124 EDUCATIONAL ASSISTANTS

6121 NURSERY NURSES

Nursery nurses care for children in day or residentialnurseries, children's homes, maternity units andsimilar establishments.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry is most common with GCSEs/S gradesfollowed by the award of a certificate from theCouncil for Awards in Childrens Care and Education.NVQs/SVQs in Child Care and Education areavailable at Levels 2 and 3.

TASKS

• baths, dresses, prepares feed for and feeds babies;

• changes babies clothing whenever necessary;

• supervises young children at mealtimes;

• organises games and other activities andsupervises children's play.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Crèche assistantNursery assistantNursery nurse

6122 CHILDMINDERS ANDRELATED OCCUPATIONS

Childminders and related occupations perform avariety of domestic activities in the day-to-day careof children, and supervise and participate in theirplay, educational and other activities.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry may not depend upon academic qualifications,although employers may expect a candidate topossess a qualification accredited the Council forAwards in Children's Care or other qualifications.Childminders must be registered with localauthorities to verify their fitness to provide day care.NVQs/SVQs in Child Care and Education areavailable at Levels 2 and 3.

TASKS

• assists children to wash and dress;

• prepares and serves children's meals andsupervises children during meals;

• mends, washes and irons children's clothes andtidies their rooms;

• supervises and participates in children's games,play, educational and other activities.

Page 216: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

6

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

212 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

RELATED JOB TITLES

Au pairChild minderChildren's nanny

6123 PLAYGROUP LEADERS/ASSISTANTS

Playgroup leaders/assistants deliver and facilitateplay opportunities for children in a range of formaland informal settings including play groups, playschemes, free play locations and after-schoolactivities.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry may not depend upon academic qualifications,although some employers may expect candidate topossess a certificate from the Council for Awards inChildren's Care or other qualifications. NVQs/SVQsin Child Care and Education are available at Levels2 and 3.

TASKS

• supervises children's games and encourages thedevelopment of physical, social and languageskills;

• prepares paints, glue, paper, toys, etc. forchildren's activities;

• organises and supervises children on excursions;

• organises and supervises children's activitiesin accordance with Health and Safetyregulations;

• puts away equipment and cleans premises afteruse.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Play leaderPlaygroup assistantPlaygroup leader

6124 EDUCATIONAL ASSISTANTS

Educational assistants assist teachers with, or relievethem of, a variety of non-teaching duties.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Academic qualifications may be required by someemployers, although entry is possible with relevantexperience alone.

TASKS

• assists teacher with preparation or clearing upof classroom;

• looks after lesson materials such as paper, pencilsand crayons;

• assists children with washing or dressing foroutdoor and similar activities;

• makes simple teaching aids and constructsthematic displays of educational material orchildren's work;

• works with individual children as directed by theclass teachers or other senior member of staff.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Classroom helperEducation care officerNon-teaching assistantSchool helperSpecial needs helper

Page 217: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 6

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 213

MINOR GROUP 613ANIMAL CARE SERVICES

Workers in this minor group provide technical assistance to veterinarians, care for animalsin stables, kennels, zoos and other such establishments, provide specialised grooming andclipping services for animals and capture stray or unruly dogs.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

6131 VETERINARY NURSES AND ASSISTANTS6139 ANIMAL CARE OCCUPATIONS NEC

6131 VETERINARY NURSES ANDASSISTANTS

Veterinary nurses and assistants provide technicalassistance to veterinarians in the treatment and careof sick or injured animals.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entrants require GCSEs/S grades or an equivalentqualification. Entrants must obtain employment atan approved veterinary practice to gain practicalexperience and tuition with an employer for aminimum duration of two years. Candidates mustalso pass professional examinations beforequalifying as a veterinary nurse.

TASKS

• carries out tests, operates x-ray equipment to aidthe diagnosis and treatment of animal injuriesand disorders and prepares animals for autopsies;

• prepares operating theatre, sterilises equipmentand assists in theatre as required;

• dispenses medicines and applies dressings toanimals;

• feeds, waters and exercises animals and keepstheir quarters clean and tidy.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Animal technicianVeterinary assistant

6139 ANIMAL CAREOCCUPATIONS NEC

Workers in this unit group care for animals held inkennels, stables, zoos and similar establishments,provide specialised grooming, clipping and trimmingservices for animals, and searches for and capturesstray or nuisance dogs in public areas.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entry is possible without formal academicqualifications, although some employers may ask forGCSEs/S grades. There are a variety of vocationalqualifications available, including NVQs/SVQs inAnimal Care at Levels 1 and 2, and in Dog Groomingat Levels 2 and 3.

TASKS

• feeds, washes, grooms, trims and exercisesanimals;

• cleans animals' quarters and renews bedding asnecessary;

• checks animals for illness, treats minor ailmentsor calls for vet if further treatment is required;

• meets prospective owners and advises on animalselection and animal care;

• patrols public areas to search for and capturestray or nuisance dogs, and transports capturedanimals to kennels.

Page 218: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

6

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

214 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

RELATED JOB TITLES

Canine beauticianDog wardenGroomKennel maidZoo keeper

Page 219: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 6

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 215

SUB-MAJOR GROUP 62LEISURE AND OTHER PERSONAL SERVICE

OCCUPATIONSWorkers within Leisure and Other Personal Service Occupations provide services andequipment for sporting and recreational activities, make travel arrangements for clients,provide ancillary services for travellers, provide hairdressing and beauty services, undertakedomestic and care-taking duties in private households, public buildings and otherestablishments, provide funeral services and control pests hazardous to public health.

MINOR GROUP 621LEISURE AND TRAVEL SERVICE OCCUPATIONS

Workers in leisure and travel service occupations organise and maintain services andequipment necessary for sporting and recreational activities, advise upon and make travelarrangements for customers and provide services to enhance the enjoyment, comfort andsafety of holidaymakers and air, rail, and sea passengers.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

6211 SPORTS AND LEISURE ASSISTANTS6212 TRAVEL AGENTS6213 TRAVEL AND TOUR GUIDES6214 AIR TRAVEL ASSISTANTS6215 RAIL TRAVEL ASSISTANTS6219 LEISURE AND TRAVEL SERVICE OCCUPATIONS NEC

6211 SPORTS AND LEISUREASSISTANTS

Sports and leisure assistants offer odds and acceptbets on the result of sporting and other events, controlgambling activities, provide and maintain facilitiesfor sporting and recreational activities and supervisesits use, and maintain the continuity of entertainmentand social events.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements,although some employers may require GCSEs/Sgrades. A variety of vocational qualifications areavailable in Sports and Recreation and Leisure andTourism.

TASKS

• assesses likely outcome of event and establishesodds, accepts and records bets, issues receiptsand pays out on winning bets;

• controls the progress of games of cards, rouletteand other gambling activities according toestablished rules;

• maintains sports and leisure equipment andprepares equipment for use;

• supervises the use of swimming pools,gymnasium apparatus, fitness machines and otherrecreational equipment;

• maintains hygienic operation of swimming poolsand associated facilities such as jacuzzis, showersand changing areas;

Page 220: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

6

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

216 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

• carries clubs for golfers, advises on the layoutand distance of golf courses and appropriatechoice of golf club;

• announces acts, makes introductions, proposestoasts and maintains the continuity ofentertainment events and social functions.

RELATED JOB TITLES

CroupierLifeguardRecreation assistantTurf accountantWardrobe mistress

6212 TRAVEL AGENTS

Travel agents advise travellers upon travelarrangements, make bookings and receive paymentfor travel arrangements made.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements,although many employers require entrants to possessGCSEs/S grades. Training is typically received on-the-job. NVQs/SVQs in Travel Services areavailable at Levels 2 and 3.

TASKS

• discusses client requirements and showsbrochures containing suitable packages;

• establishes availability with tour operators andmakes bookings;

• consults travel time tables, books travel ticketsand accommodation;

• handles cash, debit and credit card payment;

• advises on issues of currency, passports, visarequirements, insurance, car hire and healthprecautions required.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Booking clerk (travel agents)Reservations clerk (travel)

Travel agency clerkTravel agentTravel sales executive

6213 TRAVEL AND TOUR GUIDES

Travel and tour guides ensure that travelarrangements made for clients run smoothly andprovide a range of services to enhance the enjoyment,comfort and safety of passengers.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Academic qualifications may be required by someemployers. Spoken fluency in a foreign language isessential for some posts. NVQs/SVQs in TravelServices are available at Levels 2 and 3.

TASKS

• receives passengers, checks tickets and conductsthem to their seats;

• makes announcements to passengers regardingthe details of travel arrangements and deals withany queries;

• assists with the booking and transfer of luggageand other items;

• comments on places of interest during thejourney;

• makes local arrangements for food andaccommodation at stop over points;

• responds to enquiries and complaints, makesarrangements and takes bookings for excursionsand other entertainment, and provides assistanceand advice to holidaymakers.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Coach guideCourier (tour operator)EscortGuideRepresentative (tour operator)

Page 221: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 6

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 217

6214 AIR TRAVEL ASSISTANTS

Air travel assistants issue travel tickets and boardingpasses, examines other documentation, provideinformation and assistance at airport terminals andlook after the welfare, comfort and safety ofpassengers travelling in aircraft.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entrants usually possess GCSEs/S grades. Fluencyin a foreign language may also be required in someposts. Training typically lasts between 3 to 6 weeksfollowed by a 6 to 12 month probationary period ofon-the-job training.

TASKS

• receives passengers at airport terminal, examinestickets and other documentation, checks inluggage and distributes boarding passes;

• checks emergency equipment, distributes readingmaterial, blankets and other items, and ensuresthat the aircraft is ready for the receipt ofpassengers;

• welcomes passengers on board the aircraft,conducts them to their seat and assists withany hand luggage, ensures that sufficientstocks of meals and beverages are on boardthe aircraft prior to take off and servespassengers during the flight;

• makes announcements on behalf of the pilot,demonstrates the use of emergency equipmentand checks that safety belts are fastened.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Air hostessAir steward/stewardessAircraft purserCabin attendantPassenger services agent

6215 RAIL TRAVEL ASSISTANTS

Rail travel assistants issue, collect and inspect traveltickets, provide information and assistance to railwaypassengers, operate train doors, and perform avariety of duties on station platforms in connection

with the arrival and departure of trains and themovement of goods and passengers.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements,although entrants are required to take a medicalexamination and have normal colour vision.Training is provided off- and on-the-job. NVQs/SVQs in Rail Transport (Passenger) are availableat Level 2.

TASKS

• examines and collects tickets at the ticket barrierof a railway station;

• helps with passenger enquiries and makesannouncements over a public address system atstations;

• loads and unloads mail, goods and luggage,operates lifts and hoists and drives small trucks;

• assists passengers with special needs to boardand leave trains;

• checks control panel operation before start ofjourney, operates train door controls and signalsto driver to start or stop train;

• inspects and issues tickets on trains, deals withpassenger enquiries, and takes charge of goodsbeing transported on train.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Conductor (railways)Revenue protection officer (railways)Ticket collector (railways)Train guard

6219 LEISURE AND TRAVELSERVICE OCCUPATIONS NEC

Workers in this unit group perform a variety ofleisure and travel service occupations not elsewhereclassified in MINOR GROUP 621: Leisure andTravel Service Occupations.

Page 222: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

6

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

218 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements.Training is received on-the-job. Vocationalqualifications are available in some areas.

TASKS

• observes regulations concerning the carryingcapacity of vehicles and controls the boardingof passengers accordingly;

• signals to driver when to stop and start bus,collects fares from passengers and issuestickets and changes destination indicators asnecessary;

• completes way-bill at scheduled points on routeand balances cash taken with tickets issued;

• receives passengers on ship, examines tickets andother documentation, directs them to their cabinand assists with any luggage;

• makes announcements to passengers and dealswith enquiries;

• serves food and beverages to passengers.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Bus conductorShip's steward

Page 223: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 6

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 219

MINOR GROUP 622HAIRDRESSERS AND RELATED OCCUPATIONS

Hairdressers and related occupations cut, style and treat hair, apply cosmetics and givefacial and body beauty treatments.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

6221 HAIRDRESSERS, BARBERS6222 BEAUTICIANS AND RELATED OCCUPATIONS

6221 HAIRDRESSERS, BARBERS

Hairdressers and barbers shampoo, cut, style andtreat hair.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no minimum academic requirements forentry, although some colleges require candidates topossess GCSEs/S grades. Training is provided off-and on-the-job and lasts upto three years leading tothe awarding of NVQs/SVQs at Levels 1, 2 and 3.Modern Apprenticeships leading to an NVQ/SVQat Level 3 are also available.

TASKS

• discusses customer requirements and cuts andtrims hair using scissors, clippers, razor and comb;

• washes, bleaches, tints, dyes or waves hair andprovides any necessary scalp treatments;

• combs, brushes, blow-dries or sets wet hair inrollers to style or straighten;

• shaves and trims beards and moustaches;

• collects payment, arranges appointments andcleans and tidies salon.

RELATED JOB TITLES

BarberHair stylistHairdresser

6222 BEAUTICIANS AND RELATEDOCCUPATIONS

Beauticians and related workers give facial and bodybeauty treatments, apply cosmetics and dress wigs.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no minimum academic requirements forentry, although some colleges require candidates topossess GCSEs/S grades. NVQs/SVQs in BeautyTherapy are available at Levels 1, 2 and 3.Professional qualifications are also available.

TASKS

• discusses clients requirements, advises client onskin care and applies creams or lotions to theface or body;

• massages scalp, face and other parts of the body;

• uses waxing, sugaring and epilation techniquesto remove any unwanted bodily hair;

• cleans, shapes and polishes finger and/or toe nails;

• applies make-up to hide blemishes or emphasisefacial features;

• advises clients on diet and exercise to assist inweight loss and slimming.

RELATED JOB TITLES

BeauticianMake-up artistManicuristSlimming consultant

Page 224: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

6

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

220 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

MINOR GROUP 623HOUSEKEEPING OCCUPATIONS

Domestic staff and related occupations workers supervise, co-ordinate and undertakedomestic tasks in private households, hotels, schools, hostels and other residentialestablishments, take care of schools, churches, offices, flats and other buildings.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

6231 HOUSEKEEPERS AND RELATED OCCUPATIONS6232 CARETAKERS

6231 HOUSEKEEPERS ANDRELATED OCCUPATIONS

Housekeepers and related workers supervise andperform domestic cleaning and other housekeepingtasks within private households, hotels, schools,hostels and other non-private households.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements,although entrants typically possess GCSEs/S gradesor an equivalent qualification. NVQs/SVQs inCatering and Hospitality (Housekeeping) at Level 2and Accommodation Supervision at Level 3 areavailable. Modern Apprenticeships at NVQ/SVQLevel 3 are also available.

TASKS

• controls the purchase and storing of food,cleaning materials and other household supplies;

• maintains household records;

• supervises the activities of cleaners and otherhousekeeping staff and inspects work undertaken;

• performs a variety of domestic tasks includingfood preparation and service, cleaning, washingand ironing;

• assists employer in washing, dressing, packingand other personal activities.

RELATED JOB TITLES

ButlerCook-housekeeperHousekeeperValet

6232 CARETAKERS

Caretakers supervise and undertake the care andmaintenance of church, school, office and otherbuildings and furnishings.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

No academic qualifications are required. Trainingis provided.

TASKS

• locks and unlocks doors and entrances atappropriate times;

• supervises and/or undertakes the cleaning andmaintenance of premises;

• controls heating, lighting and security systems;

• undertakes minor repairs and notifies owner ofneed for major repairs;

• checks fire and safety equipment for adequatefunctioning.

Page 225: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 6

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 221

RELATED JOB TITLES

CaretakerJanitorSchool caretaker

Page 226: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

6

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

222 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

MINOR GROUP 629PERSONAL SERVICES OCCUPATIONS NEC

Workers in this minor group make funeral arrangements for clients, prepare bodies forburial or cremation, assist the proceedings of funerals, and investigate and destroy pestshazardous to public health.

6291 UNDERTAKERS AND MORTUARY ASSISTANTS6292 PEST CONTROL OFFICERS

6291 UNDERTAKERS ANDMORTUARY ASSISTANTS

Undertakers and mortuary assistants make funeralarrangements for clients, prepare the deceased forburial or cremation, and supervise and assist theproceedings of funerals.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic requirements althoughsome employers require candidates to possessGCSEs/S grades. A full driving licence is oftenrequired. Training is provided on-the-job.Professional qualifications in funeral directing andembalming are available.

TASKS

• collects body of deceased and assists with thecompletion of necessary documents;

• interviews relative or representative of thedeceased to discuss preparations for funeral;

• liaises with cemetery or crematorium authoritieson behalf of client;

• washes and injects body with sterilising fluid toprevent deterioration prior to funeral, and appliescosmetics, wax and other materials to restorenormal appearance;

• provides hearse and funeral cars and leads funeralprocession;

• controls the operations of crematoriums andcemeteries and processes legal documentation.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Bearer (funeral directors)EmbalmerFuneral directorUndertaker

6292 PEST CONTROL OFFICERS

Pest control officers investigate the presence of peststhat are hazardous to public health or cause nuisance,lay traps to capture pests and treat areas ofinfestation.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry qualifications,though some employers may expect entrants topossess GCSEs/S grades. Training is provided on-the-job, supplemented by specialist courses coveringdifferent aspects of pest control.

TASKS

• receives reports from public, property ownersand authorities regarding the presence of pestsand infestations;

• visits sites to investigate the presence of rodents,infestations and other pests that may behazardous to public health;

• lays traps to capture pests, and fumigates anddisinfects areas to remove infestations;

• advises property owners on courses of action toprevent the return of pests;

Page 227: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 6

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 223

• liaises with environmental health officers,housing officers and other relevant authoritieswhere measures on a large scale are required toremove pests;

• returns to sites to examine contents of traps laidand the continued presence of reported pests;

• treats wood for effects of termites, woodwormand other infestations of timber.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Pest control officerPest controller

Page 228: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 7

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 225

MAJOR GROUP 7SALES AND CUSTOMER SERVICE

OCCUPATIONSThis major group covers occupations whose tasks require the knowledge and experiencenecessary to sell goods and services, accept payment in respect of sales, replenish stocks ofgoods in stores, provide information to potential clients and additional services to customersafter the point of sale. The main tasks involve a knowledge of sales techniques, a degree ofknowledge regarding the product or service being sold, familiarity with cash and credithandling procedures and a certain amount of record keeping associated with those tasks.

Most occupations in this major group require a general education and skills in interpersonalcommunication. Some occupations will require a degree of specific knowledge regardingthe product or service being sold, but are included in this major group because the primarytask involves selling.

Occupations in this major group are classified into the following sub-major and minorgroups:

71 SALES OCCUPATIONS

711 SALES ASSISTANTS AND RETAIL CASHIERS712 SALES RELATED OCCUPATIONS

72 CUSTOMER SERVICE OCCUPATIONS

721 CUSTOMER SERVICE OCCUPATIONS

Page 229: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

7

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

226 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

SUB-MAJOR GROUP 71SALES OCCUPATIONS

Workers in this sub-major group sell goods and services in retail and wholesaleestablishments, accept payment in respect of sales, obtain orders and collect payments forgoods and services from private households, replenish stocks of goods in stores, createdisplays of merchandise and perform other sales related occupations.

MINOR GROUP 711SALES ASSISTANTS AND RETAIL CASHIERS

Sales assistants and retail cashiers sell goods and services in retail or wholesaleestablishments, accept payments and give change in respect of sales, and obtain, receiveand record telephone orders for goods and services.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

7111 SALES AND RETAIL ASSISTANTS7112 RETAIL CASHIERS AND CHECK-OUT OPERATORS7113 TELEPHONE SALESPERSONS

7111 SALES AND RETAILASSISTANTS

Sales and retail assistants demonstrate and sell avariety of goods and services in shops, showroomsand similar establishments.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

No minimum academic qualifications are requiredalthough some employers may require GCSEs/Sgrades. Training is typically provided on-the-job.Modern Apprenticeships at NVQ/SVQ Level 3 andNational Traineeships at NVQ Level 2 may beavailable. NVQs/SVQs in Retail Operations areavailable at Levels 1 and 2.

TASKS

• discusses customer requirements, including typeand price range of goods/services desired;

• advises customer on selection, purchase, use andcare of merchandise and quotes prices, discountsand delivery times;

• receives full or partial payment, writes bill,receipt or docket and packages merchandise forcustomer;

• arranges goods on display stands, undertakesstock checks and assists with the receipt ofdeliveries from suppliers into the stock room;

• handles returns and deals with customercomplaints.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Counter assistantRetail assistantSales assistantShop assistant

7112 RETAIL CASHIERS ANDCHECK-OUT OPERATORS

Retail cashiers and check-out operators acceptpayments from customers and give change in respectof sales or services.

Page 230: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 7

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 227

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no minimum academic requirementsalthough some employers may require GCSEs/Sgrades or relevant experience. Training is typicallyprovided on-the-job. NVQs/SVQs in RetailOperations are available at Levels 1 and 2.

TASKS

• records cost of each item on cash register or byuse of bar code reader and totals the amount tobe paid;

• receives cash, cheque or credit card payment,gives change and issues receipts for purchase;

• debits customer's account in respect of purchasesor services;

• monitors fuel taken by self-service customers orrefuels vehicle if required;

• reconciles takings with receipts and till rolls andmaintains other transaction records as requested.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Cashier (retail trade)Check-out operatorForecourt attendantPetrol pump attendantRestaurant cashier

7113 TELEPHONE SALESPERSONS

Telephone salespersons obtain, receive and recordtelephone orders for goods and services.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Academic qualifications may be required. Trainingis typically received on-the-job, supplemented byshort courses in practical skills. NVQs/SVQs inSelling are available at Levels 2 and 3.

TASKS

• assesses the characteristics of product/servicebeing sold and decides on its main selling points;

• telephones potential customers, explains purposeof call, discusses their requirements and adviseson the goods/services being offered;

• quotes prices, credit terms and deliveryconditions and records details of orders agreed;

• receives orders for goods/services by telephoneand records relevant details;

• stays abreast of advances in product/servicesfield.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Telephone canvasserTelephone salesperson

Page 231: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

7

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

228 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

MINOR GROUP 712SALES RELATED OCCUPATIONS

Workers in this minor group visit private households to obtain orders and collect payments,deliver and sell food, drink and other goods in streets and open spaces from portablecontainers, stalls and vans, collect and deliver laundered and similarly serviced articles,replenish and display stocks of merchandise, and undertake a variety of sales occupationsnot elsewhere classified in MINOR GROUP 712: Sales Related Occupations.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

7121 COLLECTOR SALESPERSONS AND CREDIT AGENTS7122 DEBT, RENT AND OTHER CASH COLLECTORS7123 ROUNDSMEN/WOMEN AND VAN SALESPERSONS7124 MARKET AND STREET TRADERS AND ASSISTANTS7125 MERCHANDISERS AND WINDOW DRESSERS7129 SALES RELATED OCCUPATIONS NEC

7121 COLLECTOR SALESPERSONSAND CREDIT AGENTS

Collector salespersons and credit agents visit privatehouseholds to obtain orders and collect paymentsfor goods and services.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

No academic qualifications are required. Trainingis provided on-the-job and may be supplemented byspecialist short courses provided by employers.

TASKS

• calls on household, explains purpose of call anddisplays or describes goods/services on offer;

• emphasises main selling point of goods/servicesto stimulate customer interest;

• quotes prices and terms, collects any paymentsand completes hire purchase or creditarrangements;

• distributes advertising literature and samplegoods;

• makes follow up calls to obtain further orders.

RELATED JOB TITLES

CanvasserCollector-salespersonCredit agentDoor-to-door salesman/womanInsurance agent

7122 DEBT, RENT AND OTHERCASH COLLECTORS

Debt, rent and other cash collectors collect paymentsdue or overdue from households and businesses andempty cash from prepayment meters or machines.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

No academic qualifications are required. Trainingis typically provided on-the-job. This may besupplemented by specialised training courses withinlarger agencies.

TASKS

• receives payment at centralised office or callson household/business premises;

Page 232: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 7

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 229

• records details of transaction, issues receipt orannotates rent book;

• reads gas, water and electricity meters;

• cleans, services and fills vending machines andcollects money from meters, vending machinesand other cash operated machinery;

• collects tolls from persons wishing to gain accessto private roads, bridges, piers, etc. and operatestollgates to control entry;

• remits cash, cheques or credit notes to cashier,supervisor or bank, building society or postoffice.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Collector-agentDebt collectorMeter readerRent collectorVending machine operator

7123 ROUNDSMEN/WOMEN ANDVAN SALESPERSONS

Roundsmen/women and van salespersons deliverand sell food, drink and other goods by calling onhouseholders or by selling from a mobile shop orvan and call on households to collect and receivepayment for laundered or similarly serviced articles.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

No academic qualifications are required butcandidates should hold a clean driving licence. Off-and on-the-job training is provided.

TASKS

• loads vehicle with food, drink or articles that havebeen laundered, etc.;

• drives vehicle over established route and parksat recognised stopping places or households;

• calls at customers' premises and delivers orderedgoods;

• calls out, rings bell or otherwise attracts attentionto the items on sale;

• sells goods, records deliveries, takes furtherorders or articles requiring servicing and collectscash or prepares bill;

• returns to depot and hands in unsold goods andcash.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Driver-salesman/womanIce-cream salesman/womanMilkman/woman (milk retailing)Roundsman/womanVan salesman/woman

7124 MARKET AND STREETTRADERS AND ASSISTANTS

Market and street traders and assistants sell goods(other than refreshments) from stalls, barrows andother portable containers in streets and market places.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

No academic qualifications are required.

TASKS

• displays products on stall or barrow;

• calls out to attract attention to goods on offer;

• sells goods at fixed price or by bargaining withcustomer;

• accepts payment and may wrap goods;

• cleans up site on completion of each day's trading.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Market assistantMarket traderStall holderStreet trader

Page 233: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

7

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

230 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

7125 MERCHANDISERS ANDWINDOW DRESSERS

Merchandisers and window dressers replenish stocksof goods in stores, advise retailers on the optimumdisplay of merchandise and create displays ofmerchandise in shop windows.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Entrants typically possess a professional qualificationfrom the British Design Society, or an approvedvocational qualification. Candidates usually requireGCSEs/S grades. NVQs/SVQs in VisualMerchandising are available at Levels 1 and 2.

TASKS

• monitors stock movements, considers customerrequirements and assists customers in completingorders;

• supplies information about the product to theretailer and sales staff and deals with customerenquiries;

• advises retailers on the optimal display of aproduct and of any promotions;

• dismantles existing displays, returns merchandiseto relevant departments and prepares area for newdisplay;

• arranges clothes, accessories, furnishings etc.according to plan or own design.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Display assistant (retail trade)MerchandiserWindow dresser

7129 SALES RELATEDOCCUPATIONS NEC

Workers in this unit group perform a variety of salesoccupations not elsewhere classified in MINORGROUP 712: Sales Related Occupations.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements.Training is typically received on-the-job, supplementedby short courses covering practical skills and detailsof the product or service being sold. NVQs/SVQs inSelling are available at Levels 2 and 3.

TASKS

• assesses characteristics of goods/services beingsold and decides on main selling points;

• advises vendors and purchasers on market pricesof property, accompanies clients to view propertyand assists with purchasing arrangements;

• advises clients and agents on insurance relatedproblems, seeks new outlets for business andquotes premiums, bonus rates, tax concessions,etc.;

• obtains orders for advertising, financial, catering,printing and transportation services;

• organises parties in private households to sellclothing, fashion accessories, giftware and othergoods;

• provides demonstrations of a product withinretail stores, exhibitions and trade fairs topromote interest amongst potential customers;

• negotiates agreements for the passage of supplylines over or under land/property and the sitingof supporting structures and other items.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Advertising representativeDemonstratorNegotiator (estate agents)Sales representative (retail trade)Wayleave officer

Page 234: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 7

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 231

SUB-MAJOR GROUP 72CUSTOMER SERVICE OCCUPATIONS

Customer service occupations receive and respond to enquiries regarding products orservices, deal with customer complaints and perform a variety of tasks in the provision ofadditional services to customers after the point of sale.

MINOR GROUP 721CUSTOMER SERVICE OCCUPATIONS

Workers in this minor group receive and respond to telephone and other enquiries regardingthe products and services offered by an organisation, deal with customer complaints, andprovide further services to customers after the point of sale.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

7211 CALL CENTRE AGENTS/OPERATORS7212 CUSTOMER CARE OCCUPATIONS

7211 CALL CENTRE AGENTS/OPERATORS

Call centre agents and operators receive telephonecalls from potential clients and existing customersregarding the products and services offered by anorganisation.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements,although many employers expect candidates topossess GCSEs/S grades. Training is typicallyprovided on-the-job, supplemented by specialistshort courses.

TASKS

• answers incoming telephone calls from existingor prospective customers;

• interviews caller to establish the nature of anycomplaint or the requirements of the client;

• informs existing and potential customers on anyimmediate action to be taken, advises on servicesavailable and sells additional products orservices;

• maintains details of calls received, the actiontaken as a result of a call and updates customerrecords as required;

• arranges for field staff to visit the caller if furtherassistance is required.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Answer line operatorSales order clerkTelephone adviser

7212 CUSTOMER CAREOCCUPATIONS

Workers in this unit group provide information toexisting and potential clients regarding the productsand services offered by an organisation, and furtherservices to customers after the point of sale.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements,although many employers expect candidates to

Page 235: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

7

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

232 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

possess GCSEs/S grades. Training is typicallyprovided on-the-job, supplemented by specialistshort courses.

TASKS

• receives enquiries from potential and existingclients, discusses requirements, and recommendsproducts or services;

• discusses pricing processes with clients, agreespayment arrangements and handles customeraccounts;

• follows up clients to ensure their satisfaction witha product or service and to gain renewal ofcustomer service agreements;

• addresses customer complaints and problems;

• informs customers of special promotions and newproduct launches.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Commercial officer (telecommunications)Customer care adviserCustomer liaison officerCustomer services assistant

Page 236: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 8

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 233

MAJOR GROUP 8PROCESS, PLANT AND MACHINE OPERATIVES

This major group covers occupations whose main tasks require the knowledge andexperience necessary to operate and monitor industrial plant and equipment; to assembleproducts from component parts according to strict rules and procedures and to subjectassembled parts to routine tests; and to drive and assist in the operation of various transportvehicles and other mobile machinery.

Most occupations in this major group do not specify that a particular standard of educationshould have been achieved but will usually have an associated period of formal experience-related training. Some occupations require licences issued by statutory or professionalbodies.

Occupations in this major group are classified into the following sub-major and minorgroups:

81 PROCESS, PLANT AND MACHINE OPERATIVES

811 PROCESS OPERATIVES812 PLANT AND MACHINE OPERATIVES813 ASSEMBLERS AND ROUTINE OPERATIVES814 CONSTRUCTION OPERATIVES

82 TRANSPORT AND MOBILE MACHINE DRIVERS ANDOPERATIVES

821 TRANSPORT DRIVERS AND OPERATIVES822 MOBILE MACHINE DRIVERS AND OPERATIVES

Page 237: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

234 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

SUB-MAJOR GROUP 81PROCESS, PLANT AND MACHINE OPERATIVES

Process, plant and machine operatives operate and attend machinery to manufacture,process or otherwise treat foodstuffs, beverages, textiles, chemicals, glass, ceramics,rubber, plastic, metal, synthetic and other products, operate plant and machinery toproduce paper, wood and related products, extract coal and other minerals from theearth, attend and operate power generation and water treatment systems, perform routineoperations in the manufacture of motor vehicles, metal goods, electrical products,clothing and other goods, and perform a variety of tasks in relation to the constructionand repair of buildings, public highways, underground piping systems, railway tracksand other structures.

MINOR GROUP 811PROCESS OPERATIVES

Process operatives set, operate and attend machinery to bake, freeze, heat, crush, mix,blend and otherwise process foodstuffs, beverages and tobacco leaves, prepare natural andsynthetic fibres for processing, spin and twist fibre into yarn, thread, twine, rope and othersimilar material, prepare colouring matter required for printing or dyeing fabrics, and produceor otherwise treat chemical, glass, ceramics, rubber, plastic, metal, synthetic and otherproducts.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

8111 FOOD, DRINK AND TOBACCO PROCESS OPERATIVES8112 GLASS AND CERAMICS PROCESS OPERATIVES8113 TEXTILE PROCESS OPERATIVES8114 CHEMICAL AND RELATED PROCESS OPERATIVES8115 RUBBER PROCESS OPERATIVES8116 PLASTICS PROCESS OPERATIVES8117 METAL MAKING AND TREATING PROCESS OPERATIVES8118 ELECTROPLATERS8119 PROCESS OPERATIVES NEC

8111 FOOD, DRINK AND TOBACCOPROCESS OPERATIVES

Food, drink and tobacco process operatives set,operate and attend machinery to bake, freeze, heat,crush, mix, blend and otherwise process foodstuffs,beverages and tobacco leaves.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements,though some GCSEs/S grades can be an advantage.Off- and on-the-job training is available. NVQs/SVQs in Food and Drink Manufacturing Operationsare available at Levels 1, 2 and 3. NVQs/SVQs inTobacco Processing are available at Level 2.

Page 238: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 8

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 235

TASKS

• sets, operates and attends machinery and ovensto mix, bake and otherwise prepare bread andflour confectionery products;

• operates machinery to crush, mix, malt, cookand ferment grains and fruits to produce beer,wines, malt liquors, vinegar, yeast and relatedproducts;

• attends equipment to make jam, toffee, cheese,processed cheese, margarine, syrup, ice, pasta,ice-cream, sausages, chocolate, maize starch,edible fats and dextrin;

• operates equipment to cool, heat, dry, roast,blanch, pasteurise, smoke, sterilise, freeze,evaporate and concentrate foodstuffs and liquidsused in food processing;

• mixes, pulps, grinds, blends and separatesfoodstuffs and liquids with churning, pressing,sieving, grinding and filtering equipment;

• processes tobacco leaves by hand or machine tomake cigarettes, cigars, pipe and other tobaccoproducts.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Bakery assistantBrewery workerDairy workerProcess worker (food products mfr)

8112 GLASS AND CERAMICSPROCESS OPERATIVES

Workers in this unit group position articles readyfor firing in kilns and operate and attend furnacesand kilns to make and treat glass and ceramic articles.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Academic qualifications are not normally required.Training is mostly on-the-job, the amount and extentdepending on the equipment used and type ofoperations performed. NVQs/SVQs covering glassprocessing, kiln operations and manufacturingceramic items are available at Levels 1 and 2.

TASKS

• directs loading of furnace with prescribedquantities and types of ingredients;

• sets timing and temperature controls, monitorspressure gauges, adjusts controls as necessaryand regulates level of glass in furnace as required;

• operates controls to rotate rotary furnaces andcreate a vacuum in vacuum furnaces, ensures thatstatic furnaces are correctly positioned andswitches on current;

• monitors temperature of drying and annealingkilns and reports any significant deviations fromschedule sheet;

• cuts off heat supply after firing/ heating/dryingand cleans furnace and kiln areas.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Glass furnace operatorKiln burner (glass, ceramics mfr)Kiln placerKiln setter

8113 TEXTILE PROCESSOPERATIVES

Workers in this unit group operate machines toprepare natural and synthetic fibres for processing,spin and twist fibre into yarn, thread, twine, ropeand other similar material, and estimate the quantitiesof colouring matter required for printing and dyeingfabrics.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTS ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements.Training is typically provided on-the-job. NVQs/SVQs in Manufacturing Textiles are available atLevels 1, 2 and 3.

TASKS

• sets controls, starts machinery and monitors thepassage of material processed;

Page 239: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

236 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

• replenishes the supply of input fibres, removesand replaces full output packages, cards andspools;

• detects blockages, tangled thread, defective orbroken material, and joins broken ends by handor mechanical knotting;

• checks quality of completed material, marks anyflaws and removes badly damaged sections;

• examines colour cards or specifications,estimates quantity of colouring material neededto print or dye fibre and calculates and mixesingredients accordingly;

• stretches, shrinks, brushes, dampens and pressesfabric and shears or burns off protruding fabricfibres as required;

• cleans and oils machine, detects and reportsmechanical faults to technicians.

RELATED JOB TITLES

CreelerSpinner (textile mfr)Stenter operatorWinder (textile mfr)

8114 CHEMICAL AND RELATEDPROCESS OPERATIVES

Workers in this unit group operate plant andmachinery in the processing of chemical andrelated materials by chemical, heat or othertreatment, manufacture synthetic materials andbleach, dye or otherwise treat textiles, and treathides, skins and pelts for making into fur, leatherand skin products.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements,although some employers require entrants to possessGCSEs/S grades. Training is typically received on-the-job, supplemented by specialised trainingcourses. NVQs/SVQs in Process Operations areavailable at Levels 1, 2 and 3.

TASKS

• loads prescribed quantities of ingredients intoplant equipment, starts operational cycle,monitors instruments and gauges indicatingconditions affecting the operation of the plantand adjusts controls as necessary;

• prepares dye, bleaching, water repellent, fixingsalt and other chemical solutions to finish andtreat textiles;

• regulates input of polymer into melting unit,extrudes polymer, gathers extruded filaments andfeeds strands through rolling, cutting andtreatment units to produce synthetic fibre;

• operates kilns, furnaces and ovens to producecharcoal, coke and other carbon products;

• operates machines to coat film and tape withsensitising material and otherwise impregnatematerials by immersion, split and mould micaand produce asbestos pipes and sheets;

• cuts and trims skins, hides and pelts, removeswool, hair, flesh and other waste material, andwashes, limes, tans, dyes and otherwise treatshides for making into leather, skin and furproducts;

• withdraws samples for quality control testing,removes and regulates discharge of batchmaterial upon completion of processing.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Colour mixerDye house operative (textile mfr)Nylon spinnerPaint makerProcess worker (chemical mfr)

8115 RUBBER PROCESSOPERATIVES

Workers in this unit group attend and operatemasticating, calendering, mixing, forming, shaping,moulding, extruding, cutting, trimming and windingmachines to make and repair rubber products.

Page 240: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 8

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 237

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements,although some employers require entrants to possessGCSEs/S grades. Training is typically on-the-job,supplemented by specialised training courses.NVQs/SVQs in Processing Rubber are available atLevels 1 and 2.

TASKS

• ascertains ingredients and mixing requirements,feeds machine or regulates flow from feedconveyors and hoppers;

• regulates speed, temperature and pressure ofmasticating, mixing, extruding and vacuummoulding machinery;

• operates winding machinery to form endless beltsand builds up rubberised material to formindustrial belting and pneumatic tyres;

• prepares surfaces and coats or lines metal or otherproducts with rubber;

• trims, sandblasts, or manipulates rubber articleagainst abrasive wheel to finish product;

• locates defects and repairs worn and faultysheathing, belting and rubber and pneumatictyres.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Curer (rubber)Rubber moulder (moulds)Rubber workerTyre makerVulcaniser

8116 PLASTICS PROCESSOPERATIVES

Workers in this unit group attend and operatemoulding, extruding, thermoforming, calendering,covering, cutting and other process equipment tomake and repair plastic products.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements.Training is typically provided on-the-job,supplemented by specialised courses. NVQs/SVQsin Plastic Processing Operations are available atLevels 1 and 2. Modern Apprenticeships in PolymerProcessing leading to an NVQ/SVQ at Level 3 areavailable.

TASKS

• prepares machine for operation by affixing anynecessary attachments;

• weighs and mixes ingredients, loads machinewith plastic to be worked or regulates flow fromfeed conveyor or hopper;

• monitors controls regulating temperature,pressure, etc. and operates moulding, extruding,calendering, thermoforming and coveringmachines;

• inspects plastic products for defects, takesmeasurements and repairs plastic belting andsheathing;

• trims, cuts and performs other finishingoperations on plastic using hand and machinetools;

• makes artificial eyes and contact lens discs, andmakes and repairs spectacle frames and plasticparts of artificial limbs and other orthopaedicappliances.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Extruder operator (plastics mfr)Fabricator (plastics mfr)Fibreglass laminatorInjection moulder (plastics goods mfr)Plastic moulder

Page 241: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

238 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

8117 METAL MAKING ANDTREATING PROCESSOPERATIVES

Metal making and treating process operatives operatefurnaces, ovens and other heating vessels, drawing,rolling, extruding, galvanising, forging and othermetal processing equipment to smelt, shape and treatmetal and metal products.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements.Training is typically provided on-the-job. NVQs/SVQs in Steel Making, Steel Refining, Steel Castingand Metal Forging are available at Levels 2 and 3.

TASKS

• charges furnace, operates controls to regulatefurnace temperature, and adds oxidising, alloyingand fluxing agents as required;

• withdraws samples of molten metal for analysis,taps slag from surface of molten metal and directsflow of molten metal into casts;

• sets rolling speed, tension and space betweenrolls, guides the metal to and from rollers, andmonitors the rolling process to detectirregularities, and ensure that the gauge and finishmatch required specifications;

• operates equipment to remove dirt, scale andother surface impurities by immersion inchemical solution;

• heats metal or metal articles in furnace, allowsto cool for a specified time or quenches in brine,oil or water to harden, reduces brittleness andrestores ductility;

• operates piercing, extruding, galvanising,pressing and other metal processing equipmentto shape and treat metal or metal articles.

RELATED JOB TITLES

AnnealerFurnaceman (metal trades)Heat treatment operator (metal)

Jigger (metal trades)Rolling mill operatorWire drawer

8118 ELECTROPLATERS

Electroplaters operate continuous plant to coat metalparts and articles electrolytically, form metal articlesby electro- and vacuum-deposition, dip and sprayarticles with another metal, plastic powder or othermaterial and treat articles chemically to producedesired surface finishes.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements.Training is typically provided on-the-job. NVQs/SVQs in Product Coating are available at Levels 2and 3.

TASKS

• cleans and rinses article or preshaped former tobe coated;

• masks area not to be covered with wax, resistantadhesive tape or other material;

• fits appropriate nozzle on spray gun, loads spraygun with appropriate coating material andprepares electrolytic solutions;

• sets machine, plant, or equipment controls toregulate electric current and temperature ofmolten zinc, tin, chromium, copper or other non-ferrous metal;

• immerses articles in plating solutions or spraysarticle until required thickness of coating hasbeen deposited;

• removes article from solution and centrifuges, ifnecessary, to remove excess molten metal beforecooling.

RELATED JOB TITLES

AnodiserElectroplaterGalvaniser

Page 242: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 8

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 239

8119 PROCESS OPERATIVES NEC

Workers in this unit group perform a variety ofprocessing occupations not elsewhere classified inMINOR GROUP 811: Process Operatives.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements,though some employers may expect entrants topossess GCSEs/S grades. Training is typicallyprovided on-the-job, supplemented by specialisttraining courses. NVQs/SVQs in Process Operationsare available at Levels 1, 2 and 3.

TASKS

• packs products ready for kilnsetting;

• operates kilns, furnaces and ovens to producecement clinker, linoleum cement and asphalt, tofire abrasive and carbon products and otherwisecook and heat treat materials and products notelsewhere classified;

• operates machines to mix, blend, crush, wash andseparate seeds and other materials not elsewhereclassified;

• operates machines to produce flat and corrugatedasbestos cement pipes and sheets;

• performs other processing tasks not elsewhereclassified.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Concrete worker (concrete products mfr)Process worker (jewellery, plate mfr)

Page 243: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

240 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

MINOR GROUP 812PLANT AND MACHINE OPERATIVES

Workers in this minor group operate plant and machinery to produce paper, wood andrelated products, operate drilling and excavating equipment to extract coal and otherminerals, attend and operate boilers, compressors, turbines, electrical substations and otherpower generation equipment, operate machinery to cut, shape and finish metal, operateand attend water purifying, sedimentation and sewerage systems, and perform othermiscellaneous operative tasks.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

8121 PAPER AND WOOD MACHINE OPERATIVES8122 COAL MINE OPERATIVES8123 QUARRY WORKERS AND RELATED OPERATIVES8124 ENERGY PLANT OPERATIVES8125 METAL WORKING MACHINE OPERATIVES8126 WATER AND SEWERAGE PLANT OPERATIVES8129 PLANT AND MACHINE OPERATIVES NEC

8121 PAPER AND WOOD MACHINEOPERATIVES

Paper and wood machine operatives operatemachines to produce, treat and cut wood, paper,paperboard, leatherboard, plasterboard and similarmaterial, assemble and make wooden crates andcontainers.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements.Training is typically provided on-the-job. NVQs/SVQs in Paper and Board Making and in LeatherProduction are available at Level 2. NVQs/SVQsin Woodmachining are available at Levels 2and 3.

TASKS

• cuts and shapes wood using hand and powertools, assembles parts of wooden crates, barrelsand other wooden containers using nails, bolts

and staples, and fits metal strips and corner piecesto strengthen container as required;

• examines job requirements, ascertainsnecessary ingredients and loads machines tobeat, mix and crush wood, cork and pulp forfurther processing;

• attends and operates ovens, kilns, milling,filtering, straining, calendering, coating, drying,finishing, winding and other machines to produceand/or treat wood, paper, paperboard,leatherboard and plasterboard;

• sets and adjusts edge guides, stops and blades ofcutting machine, threads material through rollersor loads into machine hopper, starts and monitorsoperation of machine, removes completed workand clears machine of waste material.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Case makerGuillotine operator (paper goods mfr)Sawyer (wood)Wood machinist

Page 244: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 8

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 241

8122 COAL MINE OPERATIVES

Coal mine operatives detonate charges and usecutting equipment to extract coal from coal faces,build and dismantle roof and wall supports inunderground coal workings, and transport coal andother material from the coal face.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements.Training is provided through specialised courses.NVQs/SVQs in Process Operations (ExtractionIndustries) are available. There is a minimum agelimit of 18 years for underground work.

TASKS

• uses machine or portable drill to drill holes torequired depth for blasting, bursting, release ofgas or water infusion;

• inserts and compacts appropriate explosive,primer and detonator in drilling hole anddetonates charge to break and loosen coal androck from solid formations;

• operates heading, ripping and coal cutting-loading machines to remove material fromworking face, and monitors conveyor carryingaway loose material;

• cleans machinery, equipment and tools, andmaintains refuge holes, roads and airways;

• erects permanent and temporary wall and roofsupports from dry stone material, timber and metal,withdraws supports and serviceable material/equipment from worked out or abandoned faces;

• stows waste in area from which coal has beenremoved using feed hopper or stowing machine;

• conveys goods and materials to and from coal faceand work areas, loads and unloads mine cars andtransfers materials from underground and surfaceconveyors to bunkers, tubs and rail trucks.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Coal minerMiner (coal mine)

Power loader (coal mine)Underground worker

8123 QUARRY WORKERS ANDRELATED OPERATIVES

Quarry workers erect supports in undergroundworkings, set and detonate explosives to loosenrocks, and set up and operate drilling equipment toextract minerals (other than coal) from the ground,and operate machinery to wash, crush or separatecoal, stone and ores.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements.Training is typically provided on-the-job. NVQs/SVQs in Drilling Operations and Process Operations(Extractive Industries) are available at Level 2.There is a lower age limit of 18 for undergroundwork.

TASKS

• inspects blasting area, drills shot holes, insertsexplosives and detonates charges to loosen largepieces of rock/ore;

• assembles drilling and cutting tools, operatescontrols to start machines and to regulate thespeed and pressure of cutting and drilling;

• erects timber or metal supports to shore up tunneland assists tunnel miner with the excavation ofvertical shafts and underground tunnels;

• conveys goods and materials to and from theworkface, loads and unloads mine cars andtransfers materials from underground and surfaceconveyors to bunkers, tubs and rail trucks;

• operates agitators/vibrators to separate mineralsand ensures that screened, filtered, crushed andseparated material is discharged to appropriatechutes or conveyors;

• performs other mining and quarrying tasks notelsewhere classified including digging clay fromopen pits, operating high-pressure hoses to washchina clay from open pit faces and otherwiseassisting miners.

Page 245: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

242 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

RELATED JOB TITLES

Miner (mine, not coal)Quarry workerRoughneckWashery operatorWell driller

8124 ENERGY PLANT OPERATIVES

Workers in this unit group operate boilers to producehot water or steam and attend and operatecompressors, turbines, electrical substations,switchboards and auxiliary plant and machinery tofuel nuclear reactors, drive blowers and pumps,electricity generators and other equipment.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements.Training is typically by apprenticeship, incorporatingtechnical training and practical experience. NVQs/SVQs in Maintaining Electricity Generating Systemsare available at Levels 2 and 3.

TASKS

• determines job requirements from switchboardattendant or operating instructions;

• opens valves and operates controls to regulatethe flow of fuel to boiler or generating equipment;

• operates remote control panel to load fuel andremove discharged fuel elements from nuclearreactors;

• adjusts controls to maintain correct running speedof turbine or generator and monitors temperatureand pressure controls on boilers;

• records instrument readings periodically andshuts down turbine/generator or boiler as demanddecreases;

• carries out minor maintenance tasks andprescribed tests and reports any faults.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Auxiliary plant attendantBoiler attendant

Boiler operatorStokerSubstation attendant (electricity supplier)Unit operator

8125 METAL WORKING MACHINEOPERATIVES

Metal working machine operatives operate machinesto cut, shape, abrade and otherwise machine metal,use hand and power tools to remove surplus metaland rough surfaces from castings, forgings or othermetal parts, and clean, smooth and polish metalworkpieces.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements.Training is typically received on-the-job. NVQs/SVQs in Engineering Machining are available atLevel 1.

TASKS

• secures workpiece in drilling, boring, milling,planing, grinding, lapping, honing,electrochemical, or other shaping machines, orloads metal stock on to press;

• sets controls, starts machine and operatescontrols to feed tool to workpiece or vice versaand repositions workpiece during machining asrequired;

• withdraws workpiece and examines accuracyusing measuring instruments;

• operates burning, chipping and grindingequipment to remove defects from metal parts,and files, chisels, burns and saws off surplusmetal;

• smoothes rough surfaces with hand tools,abrasive belts and wheels, compressed air, jetsof vapour, or blasting with shot, grit, sand or otherabrasive material;

• selects and secures polishing head to machinetool, prepares head with emery, grease or othersubstance, sets speed and angle of polishing head,and operates controls to feed polishing head toworkpiece or vice versa.

Page 246: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 8

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 243

RELATED JOB TITLES

Fettler (metal trades)Grinding machinist (metal trades)Metal polisherPress operator (metal trades)Shot blasterTool room machinist

8126 WATER AND SEWERAGEPLANT OPERATIVES

Water and sewerage plant operatives operate valvesto control water supplies in mains and pipelines,attend screening, filtering, water purifying andsedimentation plant, clear any blockages and patroland maintain sewerage systems.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements.Training is provided off- and on-the-job. NVQs/SVQs in Operating Process Plant are available atLevel 2.

TASKS

• attends water filtration and purification plant,monitors chemical treatment, regulates treatmentof water supply within strict guidelines;

• opens and closes valves to regulate quantity andpressure of water and reports defective valvesor abnormal water pressure;

• stops water supply in an emergency and informsconsumers likely to be affected;

• regulates flow of raw sewage into screening plant,releases screened sewage and regulates its flowinto detritus pits, sedimentation tanks andfiltration beds;

• cleans out screen compartments, sedimentationtanks and filtration beds manually or usingmechanical scraper;

• patrols sections of sewer, examines for anyblockages or gas releases and clears blockagesby flushing or by using boring rods;

• digs trench and assists pipelayers to lay, renewor repair sewerage pipes.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Filter attendant (water works)Plant operator (sewage/water works)SewermanTurncockWater treatment plant operator

8129 PLANT AND MACHINEOPERATIVES NEC

Plant and machine operatives n.e.c. operate a varietyof plant and machinery not elsewhere classified inMINOR GROUP 812: Plant and MachineOperatives.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements.Training is typically provided on-the-job. NVQs/SVQs are available in some areas.

TASKS

• operates acetylene torches and other cuttingequipment to dismantle boilers, cars, ships,railway track, engines, machinery and other scrapmetal;

• bends, coils, crimps and spins metal wires in themanufacture of cables, springs, rope and otherwire goods;

• operates machines in the manufacture of nuts,bolts, nails, screws, pins, rivets, etc.;

• fills grease gun with grease of appropriate grade,and applies grease or oil to grease points orlubrication holes in machinery or equipment andover bearings, axles and other similar parts;

• ensures that rollers in rope haulage system arewell greased and running freely;

• inspects machines and equipment, and reportsany faults.

Page 247: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

244 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

RELATED JOB TITLES

Duct erectorGuillotine operator (metal trades)PumpsmanSaw doctorSpring makerTelevision aerial erectorWire worker

Page 248: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 8

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 245

MINOR GROUP 813ASSEMBLERS AND ROUTINE OPERATIVES

Assemblers and routine operatives perform routine tasks in the wiring of electricalequipment, assembly of prepared parts in the manufacture of vehicles, electrical, metaland other goods, inspect, test, sort, weigh and grade products, parts and materials, fit andrepair tyres, exhausts and windscreens on motor vehicles, mark out and cut material forgarment making, sew and embroider garments, perform routine laboratory tests of productsand materials and perform a variety of other routine assembly operations not elsewhereclassified.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

8131 ASSEMBLERS (ELECTRICAL PRODUCTS)8132 ASSEMBLERS (VEHICLES AND METAL GOODS)8133 ROUTINE INSPECTORS AND TESTERS8134 WEIGHERS, GRADERS, SORTERS8135 TYRE, EXHAUST AND WINDSCREEN FITTERS8136 CLOTHING CUTTERS8137 SEWING MACHINISTS8138 ROUTINE LABORATORY TESTERS8139 ASSEMBLERS AND ROUTINE OPERATIVES NEC

8131 ASSEMBLERS (ELECTRICALPRODUCTS)

Workers in this unit group wire up prepared partsand/or sub-assemblies in the manufacture ofelectrical and electronic equipment, make coils andwiring harnesses and assemble previously preparedparts in the batch or mass production of electricaland electronic goods and components.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements.Training is typically provided on-the-job,supplemented by short courses. NVQs/SVQs inElectronic Product Assembly are available at Level 1.

TASKS

• examines drawings, specifications and wiringdiagrams to identify appropriate materials andsequence of operations;

• selects, cuts and connects wire to appropriateterminals by crimping or soldering;

• positions and secures switches, transformers,tags, valve holders or other parts and connectscapacitors, resistors, transistors or sub-assemblies to appropriate terminals by soldering;

• lays out and secures wire to make harnessesand operates machine to wind heavy and lightcoils of wire or copper for transformers,armatures, rotors, stators and light electricalequipment;

• assembles previously prepared electrical orelectronic components by winding, bolting,screwing or otherwise fastening using anassembly machine or hand tools.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Armature winderAssembler (electrical, electronic equipment)Coil winderWireman/woman

Page 249: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

246 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

8132 ASSEMBLERS (VEHICLESAND METAL GOODS)

Workers in this unit group undertake the routineassembly of vehicles and other metal goods orcomponents such as frames, axles, wire brushes andwheels.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

No academic qualifications are required. In somecases candidates must take aptitude and dexteritytests. Normal colour vision is required for somejobs. Training varies according to the complexityof the work.

TASKS

• follows instructions and drawings and positionscomponents on work bench or in assemblymachine;

• assembles prepared components in sequence bysoldering, bolting, fastening, spot-welding,screwing and hammering using power and handtools or assembly machine;

• rejects faulty assembly components;

• inspects finished article for faults, monitorsassembly machine operation and reports anyfaults.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Assembler (metal trades)Car assemblerLineworker (vehicle mfr)

8133 ROUTINE INSPECTORS ANDTESTERS

Workers in this unit group inspect and/or testmetal stock, parts and products, electrical plant,machinery and electronic components, systemsand sub-assemblies, textiles, wood, paper, food,plastics and rubber goods, parts and materials todetect processing, manufacturing and otherdefects.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements,although some employers require candidates topossess GCSEs/S grades. Training is typicallyreceived on-the-job, supplemented by trainingcourses where instruction in specific techniques isrequired. Various NVQs/SVQs encompass aspectsof quality control.

TASKS

• examines articles for surface flaws such as cracks,dents, defective sealing or broken wires by visualinspection or using aids such as microscopes ormagnifying glasses;

• checks sequence of assembly operations andchecks assemblies and sub-assemblies againstparts lists to detect missing items;

• sets up test equipment, connects items/system topower source/pressure outlet, etc. and operatescontrols to check performance and operation ofelectrical plant and machinery and electronicssystems;

• examines yarn packages, textile fabrics andgarments, wood or wood products, paper andpaperboard, plastics and rubber materials, foodproducts, food storage containers, etc., checksspecifications, marks any repairable defects andrejects faulty items;

• reports any recurrent or major defects andrecommends improvements to productionmethods.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Engineering inspectorExaminer (manufacturing)Passer (manufacturing)Quality control inspector (manufacturing)Test engineerViewer (electrical goods mfr)

Page 250: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 8

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 247

8134 WEIGHERS, GRADERS,SORTERS

Workers in this unit group weigh, grade and sortmaterials, goods and products.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements.Training is typically received on-the-job,supplemented by short courses relating to the specificmaterial or product being considered.

TASKS

• examines hide, skins, leather, fabric, wool, rags,scrap metal, tobacco pipe bowls, fish, fibres,ceramics, produce and other goods;

• assesses product quality visually and by touch,and grades according to weight, thickness, colourand other quality criteria;

• ascertains material(s) required from order card,recipe, or specification and weighs and measuresprescribed quantities accordingly;

• uses balances, springs, weighing platforms,automatic scales and weighbridges to checkthe weight of goods, products and loadedvehicles;

• records and calculates gross and net weight,checks delivery notes and prepares documentsand labels for identification purposes;

• operates machines to measure lengths of rolls ofmaterial and irregularly shaped materials suchas leather or sheepskin.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Egg graderFruit sorterSelector (ceramics mfr)Weighbridge clerkWeigher

8135 TYRE, EXHAUST ANDWINDSCREEN FITTERS

Tyre, exhaust and windscreen fitters fit, repair andadjust tyres, exhausts and windscreens on cars, buses,motorcycles and other motor vehicles.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements.Training is typically provided on-the-job, orthrough training programmes within largercompanies. NVQs/SVQs in Vehicle Maintenance(Service Replacement) are available at Levels 1and 2.

TASKS

• carries out inspection and assesses the nature andextent of repair necessary;

• removes wheel, exhaust or windscreen usingsemi-automatic machinery or hand and powertools;

• separates tyre from wheel and fits replacementtyre using automatic machine or by using a wheelstand and hand tools;

• inflates tyre to correct pressure, refits wheel toaxle and balances wheel using balancingmachine;

• replaces faulty parts of exhaust and refits exhaustor windscreen to vehicle.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Exhaust fitter (vehicles)Tyre and exhaust fitterTyre fitterWindscreen fitter

Page 251: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

248 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

8136 CLOTHING CUTTERS

Clothing cutters examine fabrics, mark out and cutmaterial for garment making.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements.Training is typically received on-the-job. NVQs/SVQs in Manufacturing Sewn Products are availableat Levels 1 and 2.

TASKS

• examines fabrics or skins for flaws, grain andstretch;

• cuts out blemishes, brushes, combs and moistensskins;

• discusses customer's requirements or examinesphotographs or sketches of garment;

• places lay-plan on cloth or marks out garmentparts and linings;

• cuts material using shears, electric knife, orcutting machine.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Band knife cutterClothing cutterCutting machinist (clothing mfr)Marker (clothing mfr)

8137 SEWING MACHINISTS

Workers in this unit group rectify faults inmanufactured textile goods, repair worn garmentsand sew and embroider garments by hand or machine.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements.Training is received off- and on-the-job. NVQs/SVQs in Manufacturing Sewn Products are availableat Levels 1 and 2.

TASKS

• examines natural and synthetic fabrics of all typesto identify imperfections and determine bestmethod of repair;

• operates standard and specialised machines tosew and repair garments and other textile, fabric,fur and skin products;

• performs hand sewing tasks in the making andfinishing of fur, sheepskin, leather, upholstery,mats, carpets, umbrellas and other textile products;

• embroiders decorative designs on, or securestrimmings to, textile fabric with hand or machinestitching;

• cleans and oils machine and reports or remediesany mechanical faults.

RELATED JOB TITLES

BurlerClothing machinistLockstitch machinistOverlockerSeamstressSewing machinist (clothing mfr)

8138 ROUTINE LABORATORYTESTERS

Routine laboratory testers perform routine checks,at various stages of production, to verify the physical,chemical and other quality related characteristics ofmaterials and products.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements,although some employers may require GCSEs/Sgrades. Training is available both off- and on-the-job. NVQs/SVQs in Laboratory and AssociatedTechnical Activities are available at Levels 2, 3 and 4.

TASKS

• examines test card to determine type of testrequired;

Page 252: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 8

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 249

• sets up appropriate testing equipment andprepares item for testing;

• carries out prescribed tests to check acidity,alkalinity, absorption, colour, density, elasticity,solubility, or other physical and chemicalcharacteristics;

• records test data and cleans, maintains and checksequipment for reliability.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Laboratory assistantTester (paint mfr)

8139 ASSEMBLERS AND ROUTINEOPERATIVES NEC

Workers in this unit group perform assembly androutine operative tasks not elsewhere classified inMINOR GROUP 813: Assemblers and RoutineOperatives.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements,though some employers may require GCSEs/Sgrades. Some employers may set dexterity andaptitude tests for entrants. Normal colour vision maybe required for some posts. NVQs/SVQs at Levels1, 2 and 3 are available in a variety of areas.

TASKS

• follows instructions and drawings and positionscomponents on work bench or in assemblymachine;

• assembles prepared components in sequence bysoldering, bolting, fastening, spot-welding,screwing, nailing, stapling, dipping and fasteningusing power and hand tools or assembly machine;

• rejects faulty assembly components, inspectsfinished article for faults, monitors assemblymachine operation and reports any faults;

• applies enamel to jewellery and coats, lacquers,dips and touches up articles (other than ceramic);

• sets up and operates machines to apply colour towallpaper and to coat articles (other thanceramic) with paint, cellulose or other protective/decorative material;

• performs miscellaneous painting and coatingtasks not elsewhere classified including, stainingarticles, applying transfers, operating frenchpolishing machines, removing surplus enamelfrom components and marking design outlineson articles.

RELATED JOB TITLES

AssemblerDipper's assistantEnamellerShoe machinist

Page 253: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

250 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

MINOR GROUP 814CONSTRUCTION OPERATIVES

Construction operatives erect and dismantle scaffolding and working platforms, maintaintall structures, construct and maintain public highways and railway tracks, lay and repairunderground piping systems, and perform a variety of tasks in relation to the construction,maintenance, repair and demolition of buildings.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

8141 SCAFFOLDERS, STAGERS, RIGGERS8142 ROAD CONSTRUCTION OPERATIVES8143 RAIL CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE OPERATIVES8149 CONSTRUCTION OPERATIVES NEC

8141 SCAFFOLDERS, STAGERS,RIGGERS

Workers in this unit group erect and dismantlescaffolding and working platforms, set up liftingequipment and ships' rigging, maintain and repairsteeples, industrial chimneys and other tall structuresand install, maintain and repair ropes, wires andcables.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements.Training is initially received on-the-job. Skilledworkers must obtain Construction Industry TrainingBoard (CITB) recognised scaffolders record schemecards through the completion of approved coursesand further work experience. NVQs/SVQs inScaffolding are available at Levels 2 and 3.

TASKS

• examines drawings and specifications todetermine job requirements;

• examines scaffold tubing and couplings fordefects and selects, fits and bolts scaffold tubesuntil scaffolding reaches required height;

• lays and secures wooden planking to formworking platforms and fixes guard rails, ladders,cradles and awnings as required;

• erects jib, derrick and similar hoisting equipmentand installs ropes, pulleys and other liftingtackle;

• forms rope slings, ladders, netting and otherrigging and measures, cuts and repairs wire orfibre rope.

RELATED JOB TITLES

RiggerScaffolderStager (shipbuilding)

8142 ROAD CONSTRUCTIONOPERATIVES

Workers in this unit group construct, repair andmaintain roads and lay paving slabs and kerbstonesto form pavements and street gutters.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

No academic qualifications are required. Trainingis typically provided on-the-job. All sites are requiredto have a 'trained operative' registered with the StreetWorkers Qualification Register. Trained operativesare required to attend accredited assessment centres.NVQs/SVQs in Highway Maintenance and RoadBuilding are available at Levels 1 and 2.

Page 254: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 8

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 251

TASKS

• inspects road surfaces for hazards or signs ofdeterioration, clears mud, weeds and debris fromroad and spreads grit or salt as required;

• cuts away broken road surface with pick orpneumatic drill;

• heats bitumen in bucket, applies it to newly laidasphalt and beats or draws tamper head on asphaltto close joints;

• spreads bitumen, tar or asphalt and compactssurface using roller;

• spreads aggregate over road surfaces usingshovel and lays markings on road surface;

• removes damaged paving slabs and kerb stones,lays bedding of sand, concrete or mortar onprepared foundation, lays new slabs or stonesand fills joints with mortar.

RELATED JOB TITLES

AsphalterPaviourRoad worker

8143 RAIL CONSTRUCTION ANDMAINTENANCE OPERATIVES

Workers in this unit group lay, re-lay, repair andexamine railway track and maintain surroundingareas.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements.Off- and on-the-job training is provided. NVQs/SVQs in Rail Transport Engineering are availableat Levels 2 and 3.

TASKS

• patrols length of track and visually inspects rails,bolts, fishplates and chairs for distortion orfracture;

• checks tightness of bolts and wedges, replacesdamaged rail chairs and repacks ballast undersleepers if necessary;

• lubricates points, examines fences, drains,culverts and embankments and carries out anynecessary maintenance;

• spreads ballast and lays sleepers or metal platesat specified intervals;

• positions lengths of rail, sets of points andcrossovers and secures rail with bolts, woodenwedges or clips;

• fastens together sections of rail by boltingfishplates to rails.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Leading trackman/woman (railways)Plate layerTrackman/woman (railways)

8149 CONSTRUCTIONOPERATIVES NEC

Workers in this unit group operate insulatingequipment, fix plasterboard or dry linings to ceilingsand walls, help construct, maintain, repair anddemolish buildings and clean and resurface erodedstonework, and lay, join and examine pipe sectionsfor drainage, gas, water or similar piping systems.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements.Training is typically provided on-the-job. NVQs/SVQs in General Construction Operations areavailable at Levels 1, 2 and 3.

TASKS

• fills machine with insulating mixture, positionshose, drills access hole and fills cavities or coatssurfaces to prevent loss or absorption of heat andprovide fire protection;

• selects appropriate plasterboard or dry liningpanels, cuts them to required size and fixes themto ceilings and walls;

Page 255: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

252 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

• cuts, shapes and fits wood, lays bricks and tiles,cleans exterior surfaces of buildings andresurfaces eroded stone or brickwork, andperforms other tasks in the construction,alteration, repair and demolition of buildings;

• selects appropriate asbestos, clay, concrete,plastic or metal pipe sections and lowers theminto prepared trenches using hoisting equipment;

• joints pipe by sealing with rubber, cement, lead,etc., connects piping to manholes and attachespipe junctions as required;

• tests joints with electronic test equipment or byfilling piping with water, smoke or compressedair.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Building site foremanCeiling fixerPipe layerThermal insulation engineer

Page 256: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 8

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 253

SUB-MAJOR GROUP 82TRANSPORT AND MOBILE MACHINE DRIVERS AND

OPERATIVESTransport and mobile machine drivers and operatives drive motor vehicles to transportgoods and people, guide and monitor the movement of rail traffic, operate mechanicalequipment on board ships, assist in the boarding, fuelling and movement of aircraft atairports, operate lifting, earth moving and earth surfacing equipment, agricultural equipmentand other mobile machinery.

MINOR GROUP 821TRANSPORT DRIVERS AND OPERATIVES

Transport drivers and operatives collect, transport and deliver goods in Large GoodsVehicles, other lorries and vans, drive road passenger carrying vehicles, instruct peoplelearning to drive cars and light commercial vehicles, assist train drivers in the operation ofpassenger and goods trains, guide the movement of rail coaches in coal mines, sidings andmarshalling yards, control the movement of rail traffic, monitor and inspect the operationsof railways, perform deck duties and operate engines, boilers and mechanical equipmenton board ships, assist in the boarding, fuelling, and movement of aircraft at airports, andperform other transport related tasks not elsewhere classified.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

8211 HEAVY GOODS VEHICLE DRIVERS8212 VAN DRIVERS8213 BUS AND COACH DRIVERS8214 TAXI, CAB DRIVERS AND CHAUFFEURS8215 DRIVING INSTRUCTORS8216 RAIL TRANSPORT OPERATIVES8217 SEAFARERS (MERCHANT NAVY); BARGE, LIGHTER AND BOAT

OPERATIVES8218 AIR TRANSPORT OPERATIVES8219 TRANSPORT OPERATIVES NEC

8211 HEAVY GOODS VEHICLEDRIVERS

Large Goods Vehicle (LGV) drivers (formerly HGVdrivers), collect, transport and deliver goods in rigidvehicles over 7.5 tonnes, articulated lorries andlorries pulling trailers.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

No formal academic entry qualifications are required.The LGV test incorporates a medical examination,theory test and assessed road driving. Candidates arenormally at least 21 years old. NVQs/SVQs inTransporting Goods by Road are available at Level 2.

Page 257: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

254 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

TASKS

• checks tyres, brakes, lights, oil, water and fuellevels and general condition of the vehicle;

• drives vehicle from depot to loading/unloadingpoint;

• assists with loading/unloading and ensures thatload is evenly distributed and safely secured;

• drives vehicle to destination in accordance withschedule;

• maintains records of journey times, mileage andhours worked;

• undertakes minor repairs and notifies supervisorof any mechanical faults.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Haulage contractorHGV driverLorry driverTanker driver

8212 VAN DRIVERS

Van drivers collect, transport and deliver goods invehicles up to 7.5 tonnes in weight.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements.Entrants must possess a clean car driving licence.In order to drive vehicles between 3.5 and 7.5 tonnes,entrants must pass an additional test for a categoryC1 licence. NVQs/SVQs in Transporting Goods byRoad are available at Level 2.

TASKS

• checks tyres, brakes, lights, oil, water and fuellevels and general condition of the vehicle;

• drives vehicle from depot to loading/unloadingpoint;

• assists with loading/unloading and obtains receiptsfrom customers for goods collected/delivered;

• drives vehicle to destination in accordance withschedule;

• maintains records of journey times, mileage andhours worked;

• undertakes minor repairs and notifies supervisorof any mechanical faults.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Delivery driverVan driver

8213 BUS AND COACH DRIVERS

Bus and coach drivers drive road passenger-carryingvehicles such as buses, coaches, trams and mini-buses.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements,though candidates must be in possession of a fullcar driving licence. All bus and coach drivers mustpass the Passenger Carrying Vehicle (PCV) test. Thisincorporates a theoretical examination and assesseddriving. Entrants to the PCV test must be at least 18years old. NVQs/SVQs in Transporting Passengersby Road are available at Levels 2 and 3.

TASKS

• checks tyres, brakes, lights, oil, water and fuellevels and general condition of the vehicle beforestart of journey;

• drives single- and double-decked vehicle overpre-determined route, complying with trafficregulations and keeping to time schedule;

• stops and opens and closes doors at pre-arrangedplaces to allow passengers to board and alight,observing regulations concerning the number ofpassengers carried;

• may collect fares from passengers and issuetickets or ensure that they use a ticket machine;

• may plan routes in conjunction with private hirerand assist with loading and unloading of luggage;

Page 258: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 8

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 255

• balances cash taken with tickets sold and maybe responsible for cleanliness of vehicle.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Bus driverCoach driverPSV driver

8214 TAXI, CAB DRIVERS ANDCHAUFFEURS

Taxi, cab drivers and chauffeurs drive motor carsfor private individuals, government departments andindustrial organisations, drive taxis for public hire,drive new cars to delivery points and drivemotorcycles and other motor vehicles.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

No academic qualifications are required but mostentrants require a clean, current driving licence anda medical examination. Local authorities typicallyset their own tests of local knowledge and additionaldriving tests before awarding licences.

TASKS

• checks tyres, brakes, lights, oil, water and fuellevels and general condition of vehicle beforestart of journey;

• drives passenger-carrying motor cars, taxis andother motor cars and motorcycles, complyingwith road and traffic regulations;

• collects passengers when hailed or in responseto telephone/radio message and helps them tosecure their luggage;

• conveys passenger to destination and helpsunload luggage;

• cleans, services and maintains vehicle or motorcycle.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Cab driverChauffeurPrivate hire driverTaxi driver

8215 DRIVING INSTRUCTORS

Driving instructors co-ordinate and undertake theinstruction of people learning to drive cars,motorcycles, buses and haulage vehicles.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic requirements.Candidates must have held a current driving licencefor four out of the last six years, have no motoringor criminal convictions and be over 21 years old.To gain registration as an Approved DrivingInstructor, entrants must pass a three-partexamination. Instructors for Large Goods Vehicles(LGVs) and Passenger Carrying Vehicles (PCVs) aretrained internally or at specialist trainingestablishments. NVQs/SVQs in Driving Instructionat Level 3 are available for instructors in all licencecategories.

TASKS

• checks instruction and learning standards anddiscusses teaching plans with otherinstructors;

• plans lessons in accordance with the needs andabilities of individual pupils;

• explains driving techniques and assists pupil withdifficulties;

• familiarises pupil with the Highway Code anddifferent road and traffic conditions;

• advises pupil when to apply for theoretical andpractical driving tests and familiarises them withtest procedures and standards.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Driving instructorHGV instructor

Page 259: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

256 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

8216 RAIL TRANSPORTOPERATIVES

Rail transport operatives assist drivers in theoperation of passenger and goods trains, drivelocomotive engines in coal mines, guide wagonsand coaches in marshalling yards and sidings tomake up trains, operate signals and points tocontrol the movement of rail traffic, and monitorthe operation of surface and undergroundrailways.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements.Candidates may be required to have good hearing,eyesight, and normal colour vision and pass amedical examination for entry to some posts.Training is initially undertaken in training centres,followed by practical experience on-the-job. NVQs/SVQs in Rail Transport Operations are available atLevel 2.

TASKS

• provides crews for breakdown trains, allocatesrelief and replacement crews as necessary,keeps crews informed of any line repairs orrestrictions, and checks train running times forpunctuality;

• examines schedules and decides priority ofmovement of trains, monitors movement of trainsand issues instructions to drivers, signaloperatives and level crossing keepers;

• operates signals and opens and closes barriers atlevel crossings as required;

• examines shunting instructions, uncoupleswagons and coaches, guides movement ofcarriages using manual points and wagonbreaks, links-up carriages, ensures security ofcouplings and reconnects brake and heatingsystems;

• assists drivers in the operation of diesel, diesel-electric, electric and steam locomotives;

• checks loading of tubs and carriages, and informsdriver of load distribution and any specialfeatures of route.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Level crossing keeperRailwaymanShunterSignalman (railways)

8217 SEAFARERS (MERCHANTNAVY); BARGE, LIGHTERAND BOAT OPERATIVES

Workers in this unit group supervise and carry out avariety of deck duties and operate and maintainengines, boilers and mechanical equipment on boardships.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements,although some employers may expect entrants topossess GCSEs/S grades. Candidates are expectedto pass a medical examination and have goodeyesight. Training takes place at nautical collegeand lasts between 11-13 weeks.

TASKS

• ensures that necessary fuel supplies are on boardand inspects engine, boilers and othermechanisms for correct functioning;

• removes and repairs or replaces damaged orworn parts of plant and machinery and ensuresthat engine and plant machinery are welllubricated;

• stows cargo, assists passengers to embark anddisembark, watches for hazards and moors orcasts off mooring ropes as required;

• steers ship, under the supervision of a dutyofficer, checks navigational aids and keepsbridge, wheel and chartroom clean and tidy;

• performs other deck duties, including servicingand maintaining deck gear and rigging, splicingwire and fibre ropes, greasing winches andderricks, opening up and battening down hatches,securing gangways and ladders and lowering andraising lifeboats.

Page 260: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 8

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 257

RELATED JOB TITLES

Boatman/womanBo'sunDeck hand (shipping)Merchant seaman/womanSeaman/woman (shipping)

8218 AIR TRANSPORTOPERATIVES

Air transport operatives refuel, load and unloadaircraft, direct the movement of aircraft at airports,and positions gangways or staircases to allowpassengers to board and disembark aircraft.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements,though employers may require entrants to possessGCSEs/S grades for some posts. Training isprovided off- and on-the-job. NVQs/SVQs inProviding Airside Ramp Operations are available atLevel 2.

TASKS

• refuels aircraft from mobile tankers;

• directs the ground movement of aircraft atairports;

• loads and unloads conveyor belts to transportluggage between terminal buildings and aircraft,monitors conveyor belts and clears anyblockages;

• loads aircraft with luggage, in-flight meals,refreshments and other items;

• operates retractable gangway or positions mobilestaircases to enable passengers and crew to boardand disembark aircraft.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Aircraft handlerAirport handBaggage handlerRamp agent

8219 TRANSPORT OPERATIVESNEC

Workers in this unit group monitor the activities ofbus drivers, conductors and other road transportdepot drivers, undertake various tasks related towater transportation, and perform othertransportation tasks not elsewhere classified.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements.Training is provided both off- and on-the-job.NVQs/SVQs in Organising Road TransportOperations and Marine Operations are available atLevel 2.

TASKS

• checks that vehicles run as scheduled, monitorsnumber of passengers travelling particular routesand makes recommendations for improvementof services;

• organises relief and replacement crews asnecessary, ensures compliance with regulationsregarding the carrying of passenger and luggage,and submits reports of any irregularities;

• checks that goods have been correctly loadedinto vehicle, monitors and records informationfrom tachographs, and arranges for servicing,refuelling, cleaning and repair of depotvehicles;

• operates lighthouses and locks, opens and closesmoving bridge across inland waterways anddocks, maintains navigational lights in harbours,assists in mooring craft, and measures depth ofwater in canals, rivers, etc. to determine possibledumping or dredging sites;

• guides horses or ponies and drives horse drawnvehicles to transport goods and passengers.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Bus inspectorLock keeperTransport supervisor

Page 261: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

258 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

MINOR GROUP 822MOBILE MACHINE DRIVERS AND OPERATIVES

Workers in this minor group drive and operate earth moving and surfacing equipment,cranes, power driven hoisting machinery, fork-lift trucks, tractor driven and other agriculturalmachinery, and operate other mobile machines not elsewhere classified.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

8221 CRANE DRIVERS8222 FORK-LIFT TRUCK DRIVERS8223 AGRICULTURAL MACHINERY DRIVERS8229 MOBILE MACHINE DRIVERS AND OPERATIVES NEC

8221 CRANE DRIVERS

Crane drivers supervise and undertake the operationof cranes, jib cranes, power driven hoistingmachinery and power driven stationary engine toraise and lower mine and other cages, lift and to moveequipment, materials, machinery and containers.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements.Training is typically provided on-the-job,supplemented by short courses. Operators arerequired to hold a Certificates of TrainingAchievement (CTA) card administered by theConstruction Industry Training Board,demonstrating basic skills and safety awareness.

TASKS

• gives signals for movement of cage carryingworkers/equipment;

• starts crane or engine motor and checks that cablesrun freely and that brakes and drum(s) are working;

• manipulates levers, switches and pedals to rotatejibs into position and turns winding drum to raiseor lower hook, bucket or other holdingequipment;

• lifts load or cage, or hauls object into requiredposition and lowers or positions for groundworkers to detach, unload or load;

• watches control panel for warning lights andindications of wind speed and direction andcarrying capacity of crane;

• oils and greases machine and checks ropes.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Banksman (coal mine)Crane driver/operatorWinding engine operator

8222 FORK-LIFT TRUCK DRIVERS

Fork-lift truck drivers operate fork-lift trucks infactories, warehouses, storerooms and other areasto transfer goods and materials.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements.Training is through accredited training schemesprovided in-house or by manufacturers. NVQs/SVQsin Lift Truck Operations are available at Level 2.

TASKS

• operates controls to pick up load on forks;

• drives truck to unloading point and lowers forksto correct position on stack or ground;

Page 262: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 8

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 259

• ensures that truck is connected to charger or iscorrectly refuelled for use;

• keeps records of work undertaken;

• cleans, oils and greases machine.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Fork-lift driverFork-lift operatorFork-lift truck driverStacker truck driver

8223 AGRICULTURALMACHINERY DRIVERS

Workers in this unit group operate and drive tractor-drawn or other machinery to clear and cultivate landand to sow and harvest plants and crops.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

No academic qualifications are required. Candidateswill require the relevant driving licence to operatevehicles on public roads. A variety of NVQs/SVQsin Agriculture are available and incorporate theoperation of agricultural machinery.

TASKS

• attaches plough, cultivator, distributor, mower,baler or other implement to tractor;

• adjusts depth, speed and height of attachedimplement according to requirements;

• drives and operates machinery to plough,fertilise, plant, cultivate or harvest crops;

• services and maintains equipment and carries outany minor repairs.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Agricultural machinistTractor driver (agriculture)

8229 MOBILE MACHINE DRIVERSAND OPERATIVES NEC

Workers in this unit group supervise and undertakethe operation of machines to transport, excavate,grade, level, and compact sand, earth, gravel andsimilar materials, drive piles into the ground and laysurfaces of asphalt, concrete and chippings, andoperate other mobile machines not elsewhereclassified in MINOR GROUP 822: Mobile MachineDrivers and Operatives.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

No academic qualifications are required. On-the-job training is provided. The appropriate currentdriving licence will be required for driving on publichighways.

TASKS

• fixes any necessary extensions onto machine andloads machine with asphalt, concrete, bitumen,tar, stone chippings or any other requiredmaterials;

• manipulates levers, pedals and switches tomanoeuvre vehicle, regulate angle and height ofblades, buckets and hammers and starts conveyor,suction or water spraying system;

• watches operation and removes any likelyobstacle or obstructions;

• directs refilling of machine hopper and repeatsoperations as necessary;

• cleans, oils and greases machine and carries outminor repairs.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Digger driverExcavator driverHeavy plant operatorJCB driverPlant operator (building and contracting)

Page 263: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 9

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 261

MAJOR GROUP 9ELEMENTARY OCCUPATIONS

This major group covers occupations which require the knowledge and experience necessaryto perform mostly routine tasks, often involving the use of simple hand-held tools and, insome cases, requiring a degree of physical effort.

Most occupations in this major group do not require formal educational qualifications butwill usually have an associated short period of formal experience-related training.

Occupations in this major group are classified into the following sub-major and minorgroups:

91 ELEMENTARY TRADES, PLANT AND STORAGE RELATEDOCCUPATIONS

911 ELEMENTARY AGRICULTURAL OCCUPATIONS912 ELEMENTARY CONSTRUCTION OCCUPATIONS913 ELEMENTARY PROCESS PLANT OCCUPATIONS914 ELEMENTARY GOODS STORAGE OCCUPATIONS

92 ELEMENTARY ADMINISTRATION AND SERVICEOCCUPATIONS

921 ELEMENTARY ADMINISTRATION OCCUPATIONS922 ELEMENTARY PERSONAL SERVICES OCCUPATIONS923 ELEMENTARY CLEANING OCCUPATIONS924 ELEMENTARY SECURITY OCCUPATIONS925 ELEMENTARY SALES OCCUPATIONS

Page 264: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

262 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

SUB-MAJOR GROUP 91ELEMENTARY TRADES, PLANT AND STORAGE

RELATED OCCUPATIONSWorkers in this sub-major group perform agricultural, fishing and forestry related tasks,undertake general labouring duties and assist building and construction trades workers,perform a variety of duties in foundry, engineering and other process and plant relatedtrades, and assist in the storage and transportation of goods.

MINOR GROUP 911ELEMENTARY AGRICULTURAL OCCUPATIONS

Workers in this minor group cultivate and harvest crops, breed and rear animals, catch andbreed fish and other aquatic life and perform forestry and related tasks.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

9111 FARM WORKERS9112 FORESTRY WORKERS9119 FISHING AND AGRICULTURE RELATED OCCUPATIONS NEC

9111 FARM WORKERS

Farm workers perform a variety of tasks, by handand machine, to produce and harvest crops and tobreed and rear cattle, sheep, pigs and poultry.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no minimum academic entry requirements.Training is typically received on-the-job,supplemented by vocational training at anagricultural college. A variety of NVQs/SVQs inAgriculture are available at Levels 1 and 2.

TASKS

• operates farm machinery to prepare soil, fertiliseand treat crops;

• cultivates growing crops by hoeing, spraying andthinning as necessary;

• weighs and measures foodstuffs, feeds animalsand checks them for any signs of disease;

• cleans barns, sheds, pens, yards, incubators andbreeding units and sterilises milking and otherequipment as necessary;

• treats minor ailments and assists veterinarysurgeon as required;

• tends flock of sheep and is responsible for theirwelfare;

• implements breeding policy, mates animals andtends them during birth of young.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Agricultural workerFarm labourerFarm workerHerdsmanShepherd

9112 FORESTRY WORKERS

Forestry workers perform a variety of tasks relatedto the planting, cultivation and protection of trees.

Page 265: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 9

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 263

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no minimum academic entry requirements.Training is typically received on-the-job,supplemented by short courses covering specialisedskills. NVQs/SVQs in Forestry are available atLevels 1 and 2.

TASKS

• prepares ground for planting by clearingvegetation and other debris;

• drains and ploughs land and erects and maintainsfences as necessary;

• collects seeds, plants and prunes trees and selectsand marks trees for felling;

• fells trees using axe or power saw and saws woodinto required lengths;

• removes tops of standing trees and lops branchesas necessary;

• assists in the control of harmful diseases, pestsor forms of wildlife;

• maintains watch for fires and operates firefightingequipment.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Forestry contractorForestry workerLumberjackTimber feller

9119 FISHING AND AGRICULTURERELATED OCCUPATIONSNEC

Workers in this unit group perform a variety of tasksin relation to the breeding and rearing of animalsand fish, catch fish at sea and from inland waterways,assist in the picking and lifting of crops, plant andmaintain hedges, oversee the incubation and hatchingof eggs and perform other fishing and agriculturerelated tasks not elsewhere classified.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no minimum academic entry requirements.Training is typically received on-the-job,supplemented by vocational training at anagricultural college. A variety of NVQs/SVQs inAgriculture, Fish Husbandry and Fishing VesselOperations are available at Levels 1 and 2.Fishermen/women are required to undertake a threeday safety course.

TASKS

• assists with the shooting, hauling and repairingof nets, prepares, lays and empties baited pots atintervals, operates winches and lifting gear, andguts, sorts and stows fish;

• harvests oysters, mussels, clams and seaweed offnatural or artificial beds, nets river fish andmaintains them in spawning pens, assists withfeeding and water treatment, and empties andcleans outdoor tanks;

• cleans animals' quarters and renews bedding asnecessary;

• extracts semen for storage, selects appropriatesemen from store, injects recipient animal andissues certificate giving pedigree and date ofinsemination;

• incubates eggs in hatchery and supplies chicksfor meat and egg production and game birds forreserves;

• plants cuttings or shrubs, maintains hedges byclipping, pruning and re-planting, and picks fruit,vegetables, hops and flowers;

• performs other farming and related tasks notelsewhere classified including sorting andmarking livestock, catching rabbits, cutting peat,shearing sheep and sexing chickens.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Artificial inseminatorHorticultural workerMushroom pickerNursery worker

Page 266: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

264 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

MINOR GROUP 912ELEMENTARY CONSTRUCTION OCCUPATIONS

Workers in this minor group assist the work of woodworking and building trades workers,electricians, plumbers, and painters and perform a variety of general labouring andconstruction tasks.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

9121 LABOURERS IN BUILDING AND WOODWORKING TRADES9129 LABOURERS IN OTHER CONSTRUCTION TRADES NEC

9121 LABOURERS IN BUILDINGAND WOODWORKINGTRADES

Workers in this unit group perform a variety ofgeneral labouring and construction duties to assistbuilding and woodworking trades workers in theperformance of their tasks.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

No academic qualifications are required. Trainingis typically provided on-the-job. NVQs/SVQs in avariety of construction and craft occupations areavailable at Levels 1, 2 and 3.

TASKS

• conveys blocks, bricks, stone, mortar, roofing,felt, slates, wood and other building materials tothe work area;

• assists with the erection of ladders, scaffoldingand work platforms, the rigging of cradles ofhoisting equipment and the attaching of slings,hooks and guide ropes;

• mixes mortar, grouting material, cement screed,and plaster, and prepares adhesive, primer andpaints and similar construction material;

• cleans equipment and tools, clears work area andotherwise assists building and woodworkingtrades workers as directed;

• performs general labouring tasks such as diggingtrenches and foundations, removing wallcoverings, and preparing surfaces by cleaning,sanding, filling, etc.;

• undertakes basic decorating, painting, plumbing,joinery, and other maintenance and repair tasks.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Builder's labourerBuilding workerHandymanHod carrier

9129 LABOURERS IN OTHERCONSTRUCTION TRADESNEC

Workers in this unit group perform a variety oflabouring occupations in building and civilengineering not elsewhere classified in MINORGROUP 912: Elementary Construction Occupations.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements.Training is typically provided on-the-job. NVQs/SVQs are available in some areas.

Page 267: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 9

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 265

TASKS

• covers ceilings, floors, walls and exposedsurfaces of boilers, pipes and plant withinsulating material;

• lights oil, coal or other heating vessel and breaksup blocks of asphalt, bitumen or tar;

• stirs melting mixture, adds aggregate if required,pours mixture into buckets and turns off heating;

• measures and fixes timber and other structuresto support excavations, cables or other rail, signaland telecommunications equipment;

• erects and repairs fencing, excavates, constructsand maintains land drainage systems andprepares graves for burial;

• operates, cleans and lubricates valves and sluices,removes weeds, dead animals and other debrisfrom water and carries out minor repairs to banksand footbridges.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Drainage workerFence erectorGrave diggerMarquee erectorReservoir attendant

Page 268: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

266 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

MINOR GROUP 913ELEMENTARY PROCESS PLANT OCCUPATIONS

Workers in this minor group perform a variety of manual tasks in foundry, engineering andallied trades, assist the work of machine operatives, clean metal goods, machinery andindustrial premises, operate printing machines and reprographic equipment, and wrap, fill,label and seal containers by hand or machine.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

9131 LABOURERS IN FOUNDRIES9132 INDUSTRIAL CLEANING PROCESS OCCUPATIONS9133 PRINTING MACHINE MINDERS AND ASSISTANTS9134 PACKERS, BOTTLERS, CANNERS, FILLERS9139 LABOURERS IN PROCESS AND PLANT OPERATIONS NEC

9131 LABOURERS IN FOUNDRIES

Workers in this unit group perform various manualtasks in foundries, engineering and allied trades.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements.Training is provided off- and on-the-job. NVQs/SVQs in Engineering Material Processing areavailable at Level 1.

TASKS

• assists with the charging of furnaces and keepsfurnace area or casting bay clean;

• supplies moulders with sand and/or molten metal,assists with pouring molten metal into moulds,removes castings from moulds and conveys themto dresser;

• assists in setting up attachments on plant andmachinery, helps load metal billets and operatessaws, shears or other equipment;

• removes scale and scrap metal from work area,cleans scale from shears, roll and water channelsand assists with the cleaning and changing of rollsand otherwise assist blast furnace, teeming,rolling, tube making, moulding and casting crewsas directed.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Foundry labourerFoundry worker

9132 INDUSTRIAL CLEANINGPROCESS OCCUPATIONS

Workers in this unit group clean manufactured goods,plant and machinery, and industrial, commercial andother premises.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements.Training is typically received on-the-job. NVQs/SVQs covering various aspects of industrial cleaningare available at Levels 1 and 2. Qualifications arealso offered by the British Institute of CleaningScience.

TASKS

• uses industrial hoovering, polishing, pressurewasher, steam cleaning and sandblastingequipment to clean commercial and industrialpremises, public buildings and building exteriors;

Page 269: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 9

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 267

• dismantles engines, boilers, furnaces and otherindustrial plant and machinery, cleans componentparts and reassembles equipment;

• washes, rinses, dries and cleans manufacturedgoods, and stacks cleaned articles ready forremoval.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Cleaner (metal goods mfr)Hygiene operative

9133 PRINTING MACHINEMINDERS AND ASSISTANTS

Printing machine minders and assistants set andoperate letterpress, platen or cylinder, lithographicand photogravure printing machines, photocopiers,office printers, duplication machines and otherreprographic equipment.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

No academic qualifications are required. Off- andon-the-job training is provided. NVQs/SVQs inScreen Printing are available at Levels 1 and 2, andin Machine Printing at Levels 2 and 3.

TASKS

• positions printing plates, loads inks intoreservoirs and loads paper rolls or sheets intoprinting press;

• sets controls to control the speed, pressure andink flow of printing machine;

• loads photocopiers, office printers, duplicationmachines and other reprographic equipment withstationery;

• starts reprographic or printing machine andmonitors operation for paper misfeeds and errormessages, removes blockages and replacesdamaged paper, and monitors quality of output;

• sets and operates presses for stamping patternsand labels on textiles, clothing, pottery, footwearand other leather goods.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Lithographic machine operatorPrinter's assistantPrinting machine operator

9134 PACKERS, BOTTLERS,CANNERS, FILLERS

Workers in this unit group pack, wrap, fill, label andseal containers by hand or machine.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

No academic qualifications are required. Trainingis typically provided on-the-job and varies accordingto the type of packing and product. Formal coursesare run for specialist packing.

TASKS

• selects appropriate cylinder, ensures that thereis no corrosion or other damage and fills withgas;

• fills tubes, ampoules, bottles, drums, barrels,bags, sacks, cans, boxes and other containers byhand using measuring/weighing aid or bypositioning container under feeder spout;

• packs heavy goods in crates and boxes usinghoist, mobile crane or similar lifting equipment;

• loads machine with packaging containers,materials, adhesive, etc., loads hopper with itemsto be packaged/wrapped, monitors filling,wrapping and packaging, adjusts controls asnecessary and clears any blockages;

• examines cans, bottles and seals and rejects anythat are faulty;

• labels goods by hand or machine;

• packs specialist items according to specificationsand completes necessary documentation.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Bottle fillerPackerPacking machine operatorWrapper

Page 270: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

268 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

9139 LABOURERS IN PROCESSAND PLANT OPERATIONSNEC

Workers in this unit group assist the work of machineoperatives and perform a variety of manual tasks inprocess and plant operations.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

No academic qualifications are required. On-the-job training is provided. NVQs/SVQs may beavailable in some areas.

TASKS

• conveys goods, materials, equipment, etc. towork area, assists in setting up machinery andequipment and prepares tools, lamps and otherequipment for use;

• assists operative to mark out, bend, drill,galvanise, coat and otherwise machine metal;

• loads and unloads vehicles, trucks and trolleys;

• removes finished pieces from work area, paintsor fixes identification labels or markers onproducts or containers;

• clears machine blockages, cleans machinery,equipment and tools, keeps work area tidy andclears waste and any spillages;

• performs a variety of manual tasks in relation tothe operation of coke ovens, boilers and blastfurnaces.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Electrician's mateFactory hand (engineering)Fitter's mateLabourer (engineering)Material handler

Page 271: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 9

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 269

MINOR GROUP 914ELEMENTARY GOODS STORAGE OCCUPATIONS

Workers in this minor group load and unload cargo from ships, boats and barges, supplyberthed ships with water, oil and fuel, load, unload and convey furniture, goods and otherequipment in and around warehouses, depots and similar establishments, and accompanymotor vehicle and other road vehicle drivers.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

9141 STEVEDORES, DOCKERS AND SLINGERS9149 OTHER GOODS HANDLING AND STORAGE OCCUPATIONS NEC

9141 STEVEDORES, DOCKERSAND SLINGERS

Stevedores, dockers and slingers supply berthedships with water, oil and petroleum, attach chains,hooks, slings and other grappling attachments tocargo, and load and unload cargo from ships, boatsand barges.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

No academic qualifications are required. Off- andon-the-job training is provided. NVQs/SVQs inCargo Operations are available at Levels 1 and 2.

TASKS

• attaches hoses to ship's flow connections, startspump to transfer oil, petroleum or water to andfrom a ship and uncouples hose system whenloading/discharging is complete;

• arranges cargo on quayside or in hold for loadingor unloading, examines type and weight of loadto be moved and selects appropriate hook, chain,rope, sling or other grappling attachment;

• attaches winch or crane hooks, slings, ropes orclamps to load, signals to crane driver tocommence lifting, visually checks that load isbalanced and ensures that route is clear formovement;

• removes slings, hooks, clamps or ropes fromcargo and stows cargo in hold or loads cargo ontolorries, railway wagons or into warehouses.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Dock labourerDock workerDockerPort operatorSlingerStevedore

9149 OTHER GOODS HANDLINGAND STORAGEOCCUPATIONS NEC

Workers in this unit group convey household andoffice furniture, goods, equipment or other items inor near warehouses, slaughterhouses, shops, goodsdepots, etc., prepare requisitions or despatchdocuments of stocks held, accompany drivers of roadvehicles, and perform other goods handling andstorage related tasks not elsewhere classified.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements.Training is typically provided on-the-job. NVQs/SVQs in Distribution and Warehouse Operations areavailable at Level 2.

TASKS

• loads and unloads goods from removal vans ordelivery vehicles either by hand or using trolleysand lift trucks;

Page 272: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

270 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

• packs furniture and household goods into cratesand cartons for storage;

• undertakes the loading and unloading of goodsand conveys goods about storage area;

• retrieves stored items as listed on order sheets,makes up orders against requisitions and preparesgoods for despatch;

• accompanies driver on journey and assists him/her with manoeuvres such as reversing;

• secures goods to prevent movement or damageduring journey and assists driver to load andunload vehicle.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Store keeperStoremanWarehouse assistantWarehouseman

Page 273: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 9

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 271

SUB-MAJOR GROUP 92ELEMENTARY ADMINISTRATION AND SERVICE

OCCUPATIONSWorkers in this sub-major group collect, sort and deliver written correspondence, undertakeelementary clerical tasks within offices, perform a variety of carrying, preparation andserving tasks within hospitals, catering, domestic and other establishments, undertakeelementary cleaning tasks, protect and supervise people and property, and performelementary sales related tasks.

MINOR GROUP 921ELEMENTARY ADMINISTRATION OCCUPATIONS

Workers in this minor group collect, receive, sort and deliver mail, documents,correspondence or messages and perform a variety of elementary clerical tasks within offices.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

9211 POSTAL WORKERS, MAIL SORTERS, MESSENGERS, COURIERS9219 ELEMENTARY OFFICE OCCUPATIONS NEC

9211 POSTAL WORKERS, MAILSORTERS, MESSENGERS,COURIERS

Workers in this unit group collect, receive, sort anddeliver mail, documents, correspondence ormessages, either between or within establishments.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements.A medical examination may be required. Entrantscomplete short induction courses followed by aprogramme of off- and on-the-job training. NVQs/SVQs in Mail Operations are available at Levels 1and 2.

TASKS

• collects mail from post boxes, receives parcels,and collects correspondence, documents andother material from individuals, offices or otherestablishments;

• sorts mail, parcels and other incoming andoutgoing material for delivery, and maintainsrecords of material received and despatched;

• delivers mail, parcels, correspondence and othermaterials to specified or agreed routes andschedules;

• completes delivery forms, collects charges, andissues receipts for the collection and delivery ofregistered or recorded mail and other items.

RELATED JOB TITLES

CourierDispatch riderMessengerPostal workerPostman/woman

9219 ELEMENTARY OFFICEOCCUPATIONS NEC

Workers in this unit group perform a variety ofelementary clerical tasks within offices.

Page 274: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

272 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements.Training is typically provided on-the-job. NVQs/SVQs in Administration are available at Level 1.

TASKS

• copies, duplicates or destroys documents andother records;

• records and retrieves information;

• compiles, sorts and files correspondence;

• distributes internal and external correspondenceto office staff.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Office juniorOffice workerPaper keeper

Page 275: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 9

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 273

MINOR GROUP 922ELEMENTARY PERSONAL SERVICES OCCUPATIONS

Workers in this minor group perform manual tasks to assist nursing and domestic staff inhospitals, assist guests staying at hotels, perform a variety of cleaning, preparation, carryingand fetching tasks in kitchens, serves food, beverages and alcoholic drinks in catering,domestic and other establishments, assist in the operation of cinemas, theatres, amusementarcades, funfairs, theme parks and holiday camps, and perform other elementary personalservice occupations not elsewhere classified.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

9221 HOSPITAL PORTERS9222 HOTEL PORTERS9223 KITCHEN AND CATERING ASSISTANTS9224 WAITERS, WAITRESSES9225 BAR STAFF9226 LEISURE AND THEME PARK ATTENDANTS9229 ELEMENTARY PERSONAL SERVICES OCCUPATIONS NEC

9221 HOSPITAL PORTERS

Hospital porters perform various manual tasks inhospitals to assist nursing and domestic staff withthe care of patients.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements.Training is provided off- and on-the-job. Entrantsmust typically pass a medical examination and maybe required to hold a driving licence.

TASKS

• lifts, escorts and wheels patients between hospitalwards;

• assists with the delivery of meals, laundry,medical supplies and post to the wards ortheatres;

• collects and disposes of refuse from wards andother departments;

• assists with unloading and delivery of supplies.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Domestic porter (hospital service)Hospital porter

9222 HOTEL PORTERS

Hotel porters meet guests, assist with their luggageand direct them to an appropriate room in a hotel orsimilar establishment.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements.Training is typically provided on-the-job. NVQs/SVQs in Catering and Hospitality (Portering) areavailable at Level 1.

TASKS

• meets guests on arrival and assists with theirluggage;

• assists in tidying entrance hall;

Page 276: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

274 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

• collects room keys from departing guests andarranges transport where necessary;

• deals with enquiries regarding hotel services andlocal amenities.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Hall porterHotel porterHouse porter

9223 KITCHEN AND CATERINGASSISTANTS

Workers in this unit group assist in the preparationand service of food and beverages in restaurants,cafés and other eating establishments, and performvarious cleaning, fetching and carrying tasks.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements.Training is typically received on-the-job. NVQs/SVQs in Food and Drink Service are available atLevels 1 and 2, and in Kitchen Portering at Level 1.

TASKS

• cleans or prepares food for cooks by hand ormachine;

• carries meat, vegetables and other foodstuffsfrom delivery van to storeroom and fromstoreroom to kitchen;

• cleans and tidies service area, kitchen surfaces,crockery, cutlery, glassware, kitchen utensils anddisposes of rubbish;

• prepares and serves beverages and lightrefreshments, accepts payment and gives change;

• keeps service area well stocked.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Canteen assistantCatering assistant

CounterhandDining room assistantKitchen assistantKitchen porterWasher-up (hotels, catering, public houses)

9224 WAITERS, WAITRESSES

Waiters and waitresses serve food and beverages inhotels, clubs, restaurants and other establishments.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements,though some employers may require GCSEs/Sgrades. Training is typically provided on-the-job.NVQs/SVQs in Food and Drink Service are availableat Levels 1 and 2.

TASKS

• sets tables with clean linen, cutlery, crockery andglassware;

• presents menus and wine lists to patrons and maydescribe dishes and advise on selection of foodor wines;

• takes down orders for food and/or drinks andpasses order to kitchen;

• serves food and drinks;

• presents bill and accepts payment at end of themeal.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Head waiter/waitressWaiter/waitress

9225 BAR STAFF

Bar staff prepare, mix and serve alcoholic and non-alcoholic drinks and beverages at bars in publichouses, hotels, clubs and other establishments.

Page 277: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 9

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 275

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements.Training is typically received on-the-job. NVQs/SVQs in Food and Drink Service are available atLevels 1 and 2.

TASKS

• assists in keeping bar properly stocked;

• washes used glassware and cleans bar area;

• takes customer orders and mixes and servesdrinks;

• receives payment for drinks.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Bar assistantBar steward/stewardessBarman/maid/person

9226 LEISURE AND THEME PARKATTENDANTS

Leisure and theme park attendants monitor theoperation of amusement arcades, check tickets ofentry to theatres and cinemas and show people totheir seats, operate rides at funfairs and theme parks,and entertain and look after guests at holiday camps.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements.Training is typically received on-the-job. NVQs/SVQs are available in some areas.

TASKS

• checks tickets of people entering cinemas andtheatres, and directs people to their seats;

• operates rides and supervises stalls at fairgroundsand amusement parks;

• issues change at amusement arcades, monitorsthe operation of arcade machines and emptiescoins from machines;

• welcomes holidaymakers, provides informationabout holiday camp, organises and participatesin entertainment and activities for guests.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Arcade attendantFairground workerFunfair attendantUsher/usherette

9229 ELEMENTARY PERSONALSERVICES OCCUPATIONSNEC

Workers in this unit group perform a variety ofelementary personal service occupations notelsewhere classified in MINOR GROUP 922:Elementary Personal Services Occupations.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements.Training is typically received on-the-job.

TASKS

• assists in the movement of scenery and otherstage equipment;

• loads numbered balls into bingo machine, startsmachine, removes balls and reads numbers, andchecks winning bingo cards against numbersdrawn;

• examines and collects tickets at harbours, piersand similar thoroughfares or establishments notelsewhere classified;

• collects payment, issues tickets and monitors theuse of bathing huts, changing rooms, bath housesand deck chairs.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Bingo callerBingo operativeStage hand (entertainment)

Page 278: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

276 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

MINOR GROUP 923ELEMENTARY CLEANING OCCUPATIONS

Workers in this minor group clean windows, chimneys, roads, and interiors of buildings,wash, dry and press household linen, clean carpets, curtains and similar articles, collectrefuse from business and private premises, and perform other elementary cleaning tasksnot elsewhere classified.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

9231 WINDOW CLEANERS9232 ROAD SWEEPERS9233 CLEANERS, DOMESTICS9234 LAUNDERERS, DRY CLEANERS, PRESSERS9235 REFUSE AND SALVAGE OCCUPATIONS9239 ELEMENTARY CLEANING OCCUPATIONS NEC

9231 WINDOW CLEANERS

Window cleaners wash and polish windows and otherglass fittings.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

No academic qualifications are required. On-the-job training may be available in larger firms. NVQs/SVQs in Cleaning: Windows, Glass and FaçadeSurfaces at Level 2 are available.

TASKS

• secures ladders and other equipment to gainaccess to glass;

• selects appropriate cleaning or polishingimplement;

• washes and polishes glass with brushes, cloths,water, solvents and squeegees.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Window cleaner

9232 ROAD SWEEPERS

Workers in this unit group sweep and remove refusefrom public thoroughfares and clean soot anddeposits from flues and chimneys.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

No academic qualifications are required. On-the-job training is provided. NVQs/SVQs in Cleaning:Highways and Land are available at Levels 1 and 2.

TASKS

• sweeps pavements, gutters and roadways withhand broom;

• shovels refuse into containers and empties publiclitter bins into containers;

• selects appropriate brush head and pushes itthrough flue or chimney, collects soot and otherdislodged material with brush or vacuumequipment.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Chimney sweepRoad sweeperStreet cleaner

Page 279: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 9

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 277

9233 CLEANERS, DOMESTICS

Cleaners and domestics clean interiors of privatehouses, shops, hotels, schools, offices, otherbuildings, ships, aircraft, trains and road vehiclesand wash and polish vehicle exteriors.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

No academic qualifications are required. On-the-jobtraining may be provided. NVQs/SVQs in Cleaning:Building Interiors are available at Levels 1 and 2.

TASKS

• scrubs, washes, sweeps and polishes floors,corridors and stairs;

• dusts and polishes furniture and fittings;

• cleans toilets and bathrooms;

• washes down walls and ceilings;

• empties ashtrays, waste bins and removesrubbish;

• cleans, polishes and vacuums the interiorsurfaces of motor cars.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Car valeterChambermaidCleanerDomesticDomestic cleaner

9234 LAUNDERERS, DRYCLEANERS, PRESSERS

Launderers, dry cleaners and pressers supervise andundertake the washing, dry cleaning, ironing andpressing of household and other linen, carpets andother articles.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

Academic qualifications may be required. Trainingis mainly on-the-job. NVQs/SVQs in Laundering areavailable at Levels 1 and 2.

TASKS

• receives garment or item from customer forcleaning, checks pockets, buttons, zips, etc. andissues receipt;

• sorts articles by fabric, colour and type anddetermines appropriate cleaning process;

• removes difficult stains using chemicals or steamgun;

• loads articles into washing and dry cleaningmachines or electrically operated drum cleaningmachine, operates controls to admit cleaningfluids and starts machine;

• sets and operates tumble drying machines andsmoothes and shapes washed garments usinghand iron or machine press;

• allocates washing machines to customers, ensurescorrect use of equipment and gives change;

• performs a variety of laundering, dry cleaningand pressing tasks not elsewhere classified,including beating carpets and shaping starchedcollars, cuffs and hats.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Carpet cleanerDry cleanerGarment presserHoffman presserLaundry assistantLaundry worker

9235 REFUSE AND SALVAGEOCCUPATIONS

Refuse and salvage collectors supervise andundertake the collection and processing of refusefrom household, commercial and industrial premises.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

No academic qualifications are required. Trainingis provided on-the-job.

TASKS

• rides in or on refuse vehicle and alights to pickup domestic refuse;

Page 280: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

278 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

• carries waste material in dustbins or othercontainers from premises to refuse vehicle;

• empties refuse into vehicle manually or using anelectronic tipping device;

• returns dustbins or other containers to premises;

• collects scrap metal, salvage, paper and otherrecyclable material from domestic and industrialpremises, and sorts material in preparation forrecycling;

• attends the operation of refuse tips, supervisesthe use of public refuse disposal facilities, andcompacts and covers up refuse at landfill sites.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Binman/woman (refuse collection)Dustman/womanRecycling operativeRefuse collector

9239 ELEMENTARY CLEANINGOCCUPATIONS NEC

Workers in this unit group perform elementarycleansing service occupations not elsewhereclassified in MINOR GROUP 923: ElementaryCleaning Occupations.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

No formal academic qualifications are required.Training may be provided on-the-job.

TASKS

• cleans toilets, washrooms, rest rooms and othersimilar amenities;

• replenishes supplies of soap, toilet paper andtowels;

• reports acts of vandalism and any defects insanitary equipment;

• completes worksheets to note the date and timethat facilities were last cleaned.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Hygiene cleanerToilet cleanerWash room attendant

Page 281: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 9

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 279

MINOR GROUP 924ELEMENTARY SECURITY OCCUPATIONS

Workers in this minor group protect individuals or property from injury, theft or damage,patrol areas to detect and prevent parking infringements, assist children in crossing roads,supervise the activities of school children during break and meal times, control the parkingof vehicles in car parks, and perform other elementary security tasks not elsewhere classified.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

9241 SECURITY GUARDS AND RELATED OCCUPATIONS9242 TRAFFIC WARDENS9243 SCHOOL CROSSING PATROL ATTENDANTS9244 SCHOOL MIDDAY ASSISTANTS9245 CAR PARK ATTENDANTS9249 ELEMENTARY SECURITY OCCUPATIONS NEC

9241 SECURITY GUARDS ANDRELATED OCCUPATIONS

Workers in this unit group protect merchandise,individuals, hotels, offices, factories, public groundsand private estates from injury, theft or damage.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements.For some vacancies a current and clean drivinglicence is required and entrants may have to pass amedical examination. Training is typically providedon-the-job. NVQs/SVQs covering various aspectsof security guarding are available at Level 2.

TASKS

• investigates crimes, trading practices and theprivate affairs of individuals;

• walks or rides near person requiring protection,watches for suspicious occurrences and defendsguarded person from attack;

• monitors and patrols hotels, factories, offices andother premises, forests, parks, and public orprivate estates to prevent theft and unauthorisedentry;

• checks persons and vehicles entering and leavingpremises, establishes their credentials andarranges for escorts for visitors;

• receives duty sheet, time-clock and keys forpremises to be visited, checks locks, doors,windows, etc. and reports any suspiciouscircumstances to security headquarters;

• calls in civil police and gives evidence in courtwhere necessary.

RELATED JOB TITLES

CCTV operatorDoor keeperNight watcherPrivate detectiveSecurity officerStore detective

Page 282: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

280 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

9242 TRAFFIC WARDENS

Traffic wardens patrol assigned areas to detect andprevent infringements of local parking regulations.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements.Candidates should be at least 18 years of age (insome areas 20-25+) and may be required to pass amedical examination. Training is typically providedon-the-job.

TASKS

• patrols assigned area to detect vehicles parkedin no-parking zones and vehicles parked in excessof permitted time in restricted parking zones;

• warns offenders or issues tickets;

• advises motorists on local parking facilities anddirects them as required;

• notes any cases of obstruction, evasion of tax orother infringement and reports them to the police;

• gives evidence in court as required.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Parking meter attendantTraffic wardenWheel clamper

9243 SCHOOL CROSSING PATROLATTENDANTS

School crossing patrol attendants assist children tocross roads near to the entrances of schools.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements.Training is provided off- and on-the-job.

TASKS

• meets children wanting to cross the road anddirects them to wait at the kerb;

• waits for a safe gap in traffic and walks to thecentre of road;

• signals approaching traffic to stop by using handsignals and school crossing signs;

• directs children to cross the road when safe.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Lollipop man/ladySchool crossing patrol officer

9244 SCHOOL MIDDAYASSISTANTS

Workers in this unit group supervise the activities ofschool children during break and meal times.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements.Some employers may expect candidates to showprevious experience in caring for children.

TASKS

• supervises the playground activities of childrenduring meal and break times;

• cares for sick children and administers first aidif necessary;

• sets up and dismantles dining room furniture;

• assists young children with feeding, dressing,washing and toiletry activities.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Dinner supervisorLunchtime supervisorMidday assistant (schools)Supervisory assistant (school meals)

Page 283: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Major G

roup 9

Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 281

9245 CAR PARK ATTENDANTS

Car park attendants control the parking of vehiclesin public and private car parks, and operate passengerand goods lifts in commercial, industrial, residentialand other establishments.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

No academic qualifications are required. On-the-job training is provided.

TASKS

• regulates entry/exit of vehicles to and from carparks and may park cars;

• issues and examines tickets in car parks, collectscharges and gives change;

• operates push-button or hand controls to raiseand lower lifts to required floor;

• ensures safety of goods and passengers carriedin lift.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Car park attendantLift attendantParking attendant

9249 ELEMENTARY SECURITYOCCUPATIONS NEC

Workers in this unit group perform a variety ofelementary security occupations not elsewhereclassified in MINOR GROUP 924: ElementarySecurity Occupations.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no formal academic entry requirements.For some vacancies a current and clean drivinglicence is required and entrants may have to pass amedical examination. Off- and on-the-job trainingmay be provided.

TASKS

• serves summonses and, on court authority, takespossession of goods to the value of outstandingdebt;

• accepts payment on behalf of court and issuesreceipts;

• ejects persons in illegal occupation of premises;

• watches for illegal fishing or attemptedsmuggling;

• deals with any security difficulties in art galleriesand museums, clubs, public houses, employers'establishments and other buildings;

• receives clothing, luggage and other articles,collects fee and issues ticket and returns item todepositor on presentation of receipt.

RELATED JOB TITLES

CommissionaireCourt bailiffCourt usherMuseum attendant

Page 284: STANDARD OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATION 2000 Occupational Classification... · Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1 ix. Preface. PREFACE. In 1990 the first single classification

Maj

or G

roup

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

282 Standard Occupational Classification 2000 Volume 1

MINOR GROUP 925ELEMENTARY SALES OCCUPATIONS

Workers in this minor group remove and replace posters from hoardings, bill boards andother advertising spaces, replenish stocks of goods in retail establishments, collect andissue shopping trolleys and baskets, and perform other elementary sales related tasks.

Occupations in this minor group are classified into the following unit groups:

9251 SHELF FILLERS9259 ELEMENTARY SALES OCCUPATIONS NEC

9251 SHELF FILLERS

Shelf fillers receive incoming goods from storage,check them for damage and place them on theappropriate shelves in the store.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no minimum academic entryrequirements. Some on-the-job training may beprovided.

TASKS

• selects goods from storeroom and checks for anydamage;

• checks store layout or written instructions todetermine the appropriate shelf location for thegoods;

• prices goods by machine and fills shelves withgoods;

• monitors depletion of stocks and re-fills shelvesas required.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Display assistant (shelf filling)Shelf fillerStock handler

9259 ELEMENTARY SALESOCCUPATIONS NEC

Workers in this unit group perform a variety ofelementary sales related occupations not elsewhereclassified in MINOR GROUP 925: Elementary SalesOccupations.

TYPICAL ENTRY ROUTES ANDASSOCIATED QUALIFICATIONS

There are no minimum academic entry requirements.Some on-the-job training may be provided.

TASKS

• strips old posters from hoardings and fits newposters using brushes and working from a ladderif necessary;

• collects shopping baskets and trolleys in andaround wholesale/retail establishments andpositions near entrance to store;

• offers shopping baskets to customers enteringretail establishments;

• uses a pricing gun to attach price labels on goodsfor sale.

RELATED JOB TITLES

Bill posterTicket checker (wholesale, retail trade)Trolley collector (wholesale, retail trade)